Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
5000
FORD8800 6710 7610
5800 8810 7000 7700
5810 8700 7800 7710
Tractor Series identification Plate is located under right hood panel. Trac-
tor Serial Number, along with manufacturing and production code numbers
and tractor model number, will appear on implement mounting pad at right
front corner of transmission (directly behind engine starter). Numbers will
be stamped on top of pad, on mounting face of pad, or partially on top of
and partially on mounting face of pad. Refer to following explanation of the
numbers that will appear at this location:
Transmission
Tractor r - -_ _- - - - - - - - - - - - P r o d u c t i o n
Tractor
Manufacturing--_ _ _ _ _ _ _--i.,c::..,1 01 002,5A2, Tractor
Code Number -....r.---------Production
Code Number
Engine Serial Number, along with tractor size identification, engine type
identification and engine production code number, will appear on either
the left or right pan rail of cylinder block casting approximately at mid·
length of engine. Refer to following explanation of the numbers that will ap·
pear at this location:
Engine
Serial
Number
Engine
Production
Code Number
2
INDEX
(By Starting Paragraph)
BELT PULLEY ................................. 285 Valve Adjustment ............................... 78
BRAKES .................................. 264,265 Valves & Seats ................................. 76
Transmission Hand Brake ....................... 268 Valve Guides & Springs ............ ".............. 77
CAB ....................................... 414, 415 FINAL DRIVE GEARS ............. ~ ............ 263
CARBURETOR ................................. 113 FRONT AXLE .............................. 1,22,45
CLUTCH ...................................... 164 FRONT-WHEEL DRIVE ..................... 55A, 56
CLUTCH, PTO .............................. 280,281 GOVERNOR:
COOLING SYSTEM: Diesel .................................... 141,142
Radiator ...................................... 148 Non-Diesel .................................... 145
Thermostat ................................... 147 HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM:
Water Pump .................................. 150 Adjustments .................................. 294
DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM: Cooler By-Pass Valve ........................... 289
Bleeding ...................................... 123 De-Luxe Control Valves ........................ .409
Filters ...................... "................. 122 Filters ................................... 287, 288
Injection Pump ............................ 132, 137 Lift Cover, R&R ....................... 354,355,356
Injector Nozzles ................................ 124 Lift Cylinder, Overhaul ...................... 358, 369
Thermostat ................................... 144 Load Monitor, R&R ............................ 370
Troubleshooting ............................... 114 Pressure Check ................................ 293
DIFFERENTIAL ............................... 257 Priority Valve ................................. 385
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ......................... 261 Pump ........................................ 379
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Remote Control Valves .......................... 389
Alternator & Regulator ......... "................ 152 Selector Valve ................................. 361
Generator & Regulator ......................... ~ 151 Troubleshooting ............................... 292
Ignition Distributor ............................. 160 " IGNITION SYSTEM ............................. 157
Starting Motor ............................ 155, 156 POWER STEERING:
ENGINE: Bleed System ....................... 13,31,40, 51, 67
~
Assembly, R&R ................................. 72 Control Valve .................................. 16
Camshaft ...................................... 90 - Pump ., ................................. 15, 34, 53
Connecting Rod Bearings ......................... 98 Steering Gear ................................ 5, 10
Crankshaft Bearings ............................. 99 Steering Motor '" ........................ 28, 44, 55
Crankshaft Oil Seals ............................ 100 System Pressure .......................... 14, 41, 52
Cylinder Head ..... .' ............................ 74 With FWD ............................. 55K, 65, 66
Cylinders ...................................... 94 POWER TAKE-OFF ............................. 271
Engine Balancer ............................... 103 REAR AXLE:
Flywheel, R&R ................................ 104 Axle Housings ................................. 262
Oil Pan ....................................... 105 Bearing Adjustment ............................ 263
Oil Pump ..................................... 106 Shaft, R&R ................................... 262
Pistons & Rings .............................. 92, 93 Reduction Gear ................................ 251
Piston & Rod Removal ........................... 91 STEERING GEAR (Manual) ........................ 5
Piston Pins ..................................... 97 TRANSMISSION:
Rocker Arms ................................... 82 Dual Power ................................... 171
Timing Gear Cover .............................. 83 8-speed (Non-Synchromesh) ...................... 177
Timing Gear .................................... 85 8-speed (Synchromesh) .......................... 186
Turbocharger ................................. 107 Select-O-Speed ................................ 196
DUAL DIMENSIONS
This service manual provides specifications in both the U.S. Customary and Metric (SI)
systems of measurement. The first specification is given in the measuring system per-
ceived by us to be the preferred system when servicing a particular component, while the
second specification (given in parenthesis) is the converted measurement. For instance, a
specification of "0.011 inch (0.28 mm)" would indicate that we feel the preferred measure-
ment, in this instance, is the U.S. system of measurement and the metric equivalent of
0.011 inch is 0.28 mm.
3
C()NDENSED SERVICE DATA
Series
S~~ries 5000
5000 (After
(Prior to 7-19-68) 6600 6610 7600 7610
7-2:0-68) 7000 5600 5610 6700 6710 7700 7710
GENERAL
Engine Make ............... Own
No. of Cylinders ............ 4
Bore, Inches:
Non-Diesel ............... ·t2 4.4 4.4
Diesel ................... ·t2 4.4 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
Bore, mm:
Non-Diesel ............... 106.7 111.8 111.8
Diesel ................... 106.7 111.8 106.7 111.8 111.8 111.8 111.8 111.8
Stroke, Inches:
Non-Diesel ............... 4.2 4.2 4.2
Diesel.·.................. 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.4 4.2 4.4
Stroke, mm:
Non-Diesel ............... 106.7 106.7 106.7
Diesel ................... 106.7 106.7 106.7 106.7 106.7 111.8 106.7 111.8
Displacement, Cubic Inches:
Non-Diesel ............... ~:33 256 256
Diesel ................... ~:33 256 233 256 256 268 256 268
Displacement, cc:
Non-Diesel ............... 3818 4195 4195
Diesel ................... 3818 4195 3818 4195 4195 4385 4195 4385
Compression Ratio:
Non-Diesel ............... 7.5:1 7.8:1 7.75:1
Diesel ................... 16.5:1 16.5:1 16.3:1 16.3:1 16.3:1 16.3:1 15.6:1 15.6:1
Compression, Test Gage,
(Lbs. at 200 rpm):
N on-Diesel (Spark plugs
removed, WOT) ......... 1UI-150
Diesel (Stop control out,
115-150 115-150 4
Throttle closed) ......... 420-510 420-510 290-390 290-390 300-400 300-400 300-400 300-400
Max. Allowable Variation:
Non-Diesel ............... ~~5 25 25
Diesel ................... 50
Firing Order ............... 1-3-4-2
Valve Tappet Gap (Warm):
Intake ................... 0.015 inch (0.381 mm)
Exhaust ................. 0.018 inch (0.457 mm)
Valve Face Angle, Degrees:
Intake .... '............... ~:4 29 44.5 44.5 44.5 44.5 29.5 29.5
Exhaust ................. 4:4 44 44.5 44.5 44.5 44.5 44.5 44.5
Valve Seat Angle, Degrees:
Intake ................... 4:5 30 45 45 45 45 30 30
Exhaust ................. 45
Ignition Timing ............. Par. 158, 159 Par. 158
Injection Timing ............ See Paragraph 133, 134
Spark Plug Make ........... Motorcraft Motorcraft Motorcraft
Spark Plug Type ............ AG-5 AG-5 AG-5
Engine Low Idle,rpm: ....... 600-650 600-700 600-700 600-850 600-700 600-850 600-700 600-850
Engine High Idle, rpm:
Non-Diesel ............... 2285,·2335 2285-2385 2285-2385
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2285 ..2335 2325-2375 2325-2375 2250-2300 2325-2375 2325-2375 2325-2375 2325-2375
Engine Rated rpm:
Non-Diesel ............... 2100 2100 2100
Diesel ................... 2100
Grounded Battery Terminal ... Negative
SIZES-CAPACITIES-CLEARANCl~S
Crankshaft Journal Diameter . 3.3713-3.3723 inches
(85.631-85.656 mm)
Crankpin Diameter .......... 2.7496-2.7504 inches
(69.839-69.860 mm)
-4
CONDENSED SERVICE DATA (CONT.)
Series
Series 5000
5000 (After
(Prior to 7-19-68) 6600 6610 7600 7610
7-20-68) 7000 5600 5610 6700 6710 7700 7710
SIZES-CAPACITIES-CLEARANCES (Cont).
Camshaft Journal Diameter ... 2.3895-2.3905 inches
(60.693-60.718 mm)
Piston Pin Diameter .......... See Paragraph 97
Valve Stem Diameter, Intake . 0.3711-0.3718 inch
(9.425-9.443 mm)
Valve Stem Diameter, Exhaust 0.3701-0.3708 inch
(9.400-9.418 mm)
Main Bearing Diametral
Clearance ................ 0.0022-0.0045 inch
(0.0559-0.1143 mm)
Rod Bearing Diametral
Clearance:
Aluminum ............... 0.0021-0.0042 inch
(0.053-0.107 mm)
Copper-Lead ............. 0.0017-0.0038 inch
(0.0431-0.0965 mm)
Camshaft Bearing Diametral
Clearance ................ 0.001-0.003 inch
(0.0254-0.0762 mm)
Crankshaft End Play ........ 0.004-0.008 inch
(0.1016-0.2032 mm)
Camshaft End Play .......... 0.001-0.007 inch
(0.0254-0.1778 mm)
~ Piston Skirt-to-Cylinder
Clearance ................ -
Cooling System (Less Heater):
See Paragraph 96
Quarts (U.S.) ............. 15.3 15.3(1) 13.5 13.5 14.5(2) 14.5(2) 18.0(3) 18.0(3)
Liters ................... 14.5 14.5 12.8 12.8 13.8 13.8 17.0 17.0
Crankcase With Filter:
Quarts (U.S.) ............. 8 8(4) 9 9 9 9 9 9
Liters ................... 7.8 7.8 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
Transmission, 8-Speed:
Quarts(U.S.) ............. 19 10.8(5) 12(6)
Liters ................... 17.9 10.2 11.4
Select-O-Speed:
Quarts (U.S.) ............. 11.8 11.8
Liters ................. " 11.2 11.2
Transmission & Rear Axle,
Dual Power, 540 rpm pto:
Quarts (U.S.)* ............ 56 56 56 56 56 56
Liters .................... 52.9 52.9 52.9 52.9 52.9 52.9
Transmission & Rear Axle,
Dual Power With 2-Speed pto:
Quarts (U.S.)* ............ 60 60 60 60 60 60
Liters ........... ~ ....... 56.8 56.8 56.8 56.8 56.8 56.8
Rear Axle, Less Dual Power:
Quarts (U.S.) .... _........ 33 34.8(7) 43
Liters ................... 31.2 32.9 40.7
Steering Gear, Manual:
Quarts (U.S.) ............. 0.96
Liters ................... 0.90
Power Steering:
Quarts (U.S.) I • • • . • • • • • • • • • 1.87 2.35 2.3 2.3 2.3(8) 2.3(8) 2.3(8) 2.3(8)
- Liters ................... 1.76 2.22 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
(1) Model 7000: 14.5 Qts. (13.7 L). (2) Models 6600 and 6610: 13.5 Qts. (12.8 L). (3) Models 7700 and 7710: 19 Qts. (18 L). (4)
Model 7000; 9 Qts. (8.5 L). (5) Model 7000: 55 Qts_ (52 L). (6) Model 5600 w/o Dual Power. (7) Model 7000: 55 Qts. (52 L).
(8) Models 6700, 6710, 7700 and 7710: 2.5 Qts. (2.4 L).
*Models with front-wheel drive refer to paragraph 55N or 69 and 286.
5
Paragraphs 1·3 FORD
8
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 4·5
not install the two lower front support
bolts at this time. Using a feeler gage,
measure any existing clearance between
front support and oil pan at the two
attaching points; then install shims
equal to measured clearance when bolts
are installed. Shims are available in
thicknesses of 0.014, 0.017, 0.021, 0.024
Fig. 2- Top vl.w shows and 0.027 inch (0.357, 0.432, 0.533,
plOp8r Installation ot dust 0.610 and 0.686 mm). Tighten the two
s.al on spindle att.r splndl. lower bolts to 250-270 ftAbs. (340-367
Is Installed In axl. .xt.n·
s/on. Low.r vlfJw shows pro- N •m) after shims are installed.
per Installation ot thrust Front support service on Model 5100
b.arlng on splndl. prior to or 7100 with power steering is the same
Installing splndl. In ax/. ex· as that for manual steering models ex-
t.nslon.
cept for removal of center steering arm
and valve unit (early 5100 models) or
THRUST BEARING center steering arm Oate 5100 models
and 7100 models) and service on steer-
ing arm and pivot pin. Refer to para-
graph 19 for service on steering arm and
WHEEl SPINDLE pivot pin and to the preceding para-
graph for service on support unit.
4. DRAG LINK, TIE ROD AND
'rOE-IN. Front wheel spindle arm tie
rod ends and drag link ends are of the
non-adjustable automotive type and pro-
cedure for renewing is self-evident.
Toe-in should be correct for each tread
width position when tie rod clamp bolt is
placed in corresponding notch of rod end
assembly. If toe-in is not within limits of
oto 1/4-inch (6.35 mm), check for bent or
excessively worn parts.
Length of drag link between steering
9 11 10 gear arm and right front spindle arm
should be adjusted .for different tread
width positions as follows: When right
front axle extension is in innermost posi-
tion or extended 2 inches (5.08 cm) (one
adjustment hole), drag link should be in
shortest position. Then, lengthen drag
link one notch for each additional 2-inch
(5.08 cm) extension of right front axle.
7
Paragraphs 6·9 FORD
cessive end play or turning effort. With 8. R&R STEERING GEAR ASSEM- Remove nut retaining steering arm ~
unit removed from tractor as outlined in BLY. To remove steering gear assem- (16) to rocker shaft (22) and, using
paragraph 8, proceed as follows: bly, proceed as follows: Disconnect bat- suitable pullers, remove arm from shaft.
tery ground cable and remove steering Unbolt and remove side cover (25),
6. WORMSHAFT END PLAY. Re- wheel. Remove sheet metal covers at shims (23) and gaskets (24). Remove
move side cover (25-Fig. 3) and inspect each side of steering gear. Remove roller (7) from ball nut (8) and slide
condition of unit. If no obvious damage screws retaining instrument panel, dis- rocker shaft from housing. Unbolt and
or excessive wear is noted, add or re- connect ground terminal at left side of remove steering column (4), shims (14)
move shims (14) and gaskets (15) so panel and rotate panel up out of opening and gaskets (15) from gear housing (26).
wormshaft turns freely, but has no in sheet metal. Disconnect wiring from Remove bushing (3) from upper end of
perceptible end play. Approximate shim instrument panel and remove the panel steering column. Pull wormshaft (6) up-
and gasket thickness can be determined assembly. Remove light switch and ward, then remove upper bearing race
by installing steering column without choke or diesel shut-off cable. If (5) and the ten loose bearing balls (9).
shims or gaskets and measuring equipped with Select-O-Speed transmis- Remove wormshaft and ball nut
resulting gap between steering column sion, refer to paragraph 220 for removal assembly from gear housing as shown in
and gear housing. Tighten column re- of controls. Remove engine hood and Fig. 5, then remove the ten loose bear-
taining nuts finger tight and measure sheet metal surrounding fuel tank. Shut ing balls from gear housing. Unscrew
gap at several points with feeler gage as off fuel supply, disconnect fuel supply ball nut assembly from wormshaft and
shown in Fig. 7. Paper gaskets are 0.010 line and diesel fuel return line from remove the 14 recirculating balls from
inch (0.254 mm) thick and steel shims tank, then remove fuel tank assembly. nut. Tube (II-Fig. 3) can be removed
are available in thicknesses of 0.003 and Thoroughly clean steering gear and sur- from nut (8) if necessary. Remove lower
0.010 inch (0.076 and 0.254 mm). Use rounding area. Disconnect drag link or bearing race (12), spacer (13), bushings
one gasket on each side of shim pack and power steering cylinder from steering (19 and 21) and oil seal (18) from gear
on final assembly, apply a light coat of arm, then unbolt and remove steering housing (26).
sealer to gaskets. Tighten steering col- gear assembly from transmission hous- To reassemble, proceed as follows: In-
umn retaining nuts to a torque of 25-35 ing. Drain lubricant from steering gear stall new bushings (19 and 21) using
ftAbs. (34-48 N· m). housing if unit is to be disassembled. piloted drift or bushing driver, then in-
stall new seal (18) with lip to inside of
NOTE: On models with Select·O·Speed
gear housing. Install spacer (13) and
transmission, take care that no dirt or
7. ROCKER SHAFT END PLAY. lower bearing race (12) in gear housing,
foreign material enters transmission
First, adjust wormshaft end playas out- then stick the ten bearing balls in race
housing while removing steering gear
lined in paragraph 6, then proceed as with grease. Assemble tube (11) to ball
assembly and place a cover over opening
follows: nut (8) if removed, then stick the 14 re-
Be sure rocker arm shaft and ball nut in transmission housing while steering
circulating balls in tube and groove of nut ~
gear Is removed.
are in mid-position and roller is in place with grease. Thread ball nut assembly ~
as shown in Fig. 4, then install side onto wormshaft, then install shaft and
cover (25-Fig. 3) without shims (23) or To reinstall steering gear assembly, nut assembly in gear housing as in Fig.
gaskets (24). Tighten retaining nuts and place a new gasket on transmission 5. Carefully insert wormshaft into lower
cap screws equally finger tight, then housing (Select-O-Speed transmission bearing to avoid dislodging bearing
measure gap between side cover and models only), then reinstall steering balls, then while holding shaft in bear-
steering housing at several points with gear assembly by reversing removal pro- ing, place upper bearing race over shaft
feeler gage. Average gap measurement cedure. Refill gear housing with Ford and invert assembly allowing gear hous-
is approximate thickness of shims and 134 oil or a suitable equivalent. ing to rest against end of shaft. Stick the
gaskets required. Shims are available in ten bearing balls in upper race with,
thicknesses of 0.005 and 0.010 inch 9. OVERHAUL STEERING GEAR grease, then push bearing assembly up
(0.127 and 0.254 mm). Use one 0.010 UNIT. With steering gear assembly into housing as shown in Fig. 6. While
inch (0.254 mm) gasket on each side of removed from tractor as outlined in holding against upper bearing, tum as-
shim pack and, on final assembly, apply paragraph 8, refer to exploded view of sembly upright. Install new bushings
a light coat of sealer to gaskets. unit in Fig. 3 and proceed as follows: (3 - Fig. 3) in steering column, then refer
8
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 11·12
to paragraph 6 for wormshaft adjust- base bolts to 135-165 ft.-Ibs. (184-224
ment and column installation. Insert Nom). Use a new transmission housing
rocker shaft and place dust seal (17) on gasket on Select-O-Speed models. RefIll
outer end of shaft. Install steering arm steering gear after complete assembly
(16) and tighten retaining nut to a tor- by cycling power steering, engine run-
que of 150-190 ft.-lbs. (204-258 Nom). ning, while keeping pump reservoir
Place roller on end of ball nut (Fig. 4) filled.
and install side cover with proper shims
and gaskets from rocker shaft adjust- 12. OVERHAUL. Before disassem-
ment as outlined in paragraph 7. bling the removed steering gear, tem-
porarily reinstall steering wheel and
Late Power Steering Models disconnect external oil feed pipe
5100· 7100·5600·5610·6600· (24-Fig. 9). Turn steering wheel from
6610·7600·7610 lock to lock several times until as much
Fig. 8 - Schematic view of I.te powe, steering
fluid as possible is pumped from hous-
10. These later power steering models gear unit used on some 5100 models and all ing.
use the integral power assist unit shown others except 5200, eeooc,
76G0C, 8700, 8710, Remove steering arm (15) using
schematically in Fig. 8 and exploded in 7700 .nd 771a Steering c,lInde, Is built on ball Special Tool 1001 or other suitable
Fig. 9. A piston is built into shaft ball nut and gear unit Is pressurized. Re'er to Fig. 9 puller. Remove side cover (23), gasket
nut and a cylinder machined into gear- for exploded view.
(20), and rocker shaft end float shim
case housing; and entire case unit is (22). Turn steering shaft until rocker
pressurized by steering oil. Control is by Disconnect drag link and pump pressure
and return lines, then unbolt and lift off shaft arm is centered in housing opening
means of a rotary valve which is built in- as shown in Fig. 10, then withdraw
to piston and ball nut unit (12) and is not steering gear assembly. rocker shaft.
available separately. Pressure passage NOTE: On Select·O·Speed models, Remove the four stud nuts securing
to top of piston (P) is internal while make sure no dirt or foreign material falls steering column (1- Fig. 9) and lift off
lower end is pressurized by external into transmission during removal or while column and shaft (2). Remove and save
flow through pressure tube (24). Manual steering gear Is off. shim pack (5). Install oil seal protector
operation of steering gear is made possi- sleeve (Tool SW 23/1 or FT.3147) over
ble by a check ball (7) located in valve To install steering gear, reverse steering shaft spline as shown in Fig. 11,
housing which recirculates oil within removal procedure. Torque four housing gently tap valve housing (6) away from
gear housing when pump is inoperative.
9
Paragraph 12 Cont. FORD
bearing housing (9) and lift off valve all parts are under system pressure. "0" ing side cover (23-Fig. 9), using a new
housing, saving bearing adjustment
shims (8) as valve housing is removed.
Remove cap screws retaining bearing
rings are located on piston guide peg
(13 - Fig. 9); also between bushing
sleeves in control valve housing as
gasket (20) but omitting end float shim
(22) at this time. Install and tighten side
cover retaining cap screws to 35-45
t
housing (9 - Fig. 9); then, turning shown in Fig. 13. Carefully push ft.-lbs. (48-61 Nom); then using a dial in-
splined end of steering shaft clockwise, bushings out top end of housing. Seal (3) dicator, measure and record rocker
force bearing housing (9) and bearing must be installed from underside shaft end float. Remove side cover then
(10) up and out of ball nut and main gear (chamfered) end of bushing sleeve (4), reassemble, installing spring (21) and an
housing. Shaft bearing (10) contains fIf- using Special Tool SW 23/2 which ap- end float shim (22) which most nearly
teen 5/16-inch (7.94 mm) diameter loose plies pressure in groove between the equals measured end float minus 0.008
steel balls which are free to fall as the two seal lips. Coat sealing "0" rings inch (0.203 mm). Shims (22) are available
parts are removed. Bearing balls are in- sparingly with a suitable lubricant and in thicknesses of 0.050, 0.060 and 0.080
terchangeable with the 28 steel balls install carefully using Fig. 13 as a guide. inch (1.27,1.52 and 2.03 mm). Retighten
used in steering nut (N - Fig. 12). Assemble steering gear as follows: In- side cover cap screws to 35-45 ft.-lbs.
Working through side opening, stall piston rings (11- Fig. 12), if re- (48-61 Nom).
carefully push ball nut (N), piston and moved, and rotate rings until end gaps Turn rocker shaft until ball nut and
associated parts out of main housing. are 180 degrees apart. Align groove (G) piston unit is at top of its stroke. Install
Note that ball nut is prevented from with locating pin (13) and carefully in- wormshaft and lower half of transfer
turning in housing by groove (G) which stall piston using a suitable ring com- tube as shown in Fig. 14, then feed in
fits over guide peg (13). Be careful not to pressor. Position ball nut assembly so the 28 bearing balls using clean grease.
damage piston rings (11) as piston is rocker shaft arm slot is aligned with Install upper half of transfer tube and
withdrawn. Remove clamp bracket (B), main housing side opening (Fig. 10) and clamp bracket (B-Fig. 12).
transfer tube and the 28 bearing balls install rocker shaft with spring (21) Install bearing housing (9 - Fig. 9) and
from main nut. removed. Temporarily install main hous- tighten retaining cap screws to a torque
Examine all parts for wear or scoring of 15-20 ft.-Ibs. (20-27 Nom). Slide lower
and make sure parts are thoroughly race of bearing (10) into bearing housing
cleaned. Renew all seals, gaskets and bore, grooved side up, then install the 15
"0" rings when unit is disassembled, as steel balls in bearing groove using clean
grease.
Position Oil Seal Protector Sleeve (SW
23/1 or FT.3147) over shaft splines as
shown in Fig. 15; then, omitting bearing
adjusting shim pack (8-Fig. 9), install
control valve housing. Tap housing light- •
ly into place until it bottoms and, using a •
feeler gage, measure clearance between
bearing housing and valve housing as
shown in Fig. 15. Install a shim pack
(8-Fig. 9) equal to measured clearance
minus 0.003 inch (0.076 mm). Shims (8)
are available in thicknesses of 0.005,
0.010 and 0.025 inch (0.127, 0.254 and
0.635 mm). Shim pack must be accurate
to within 0.0015 inch (0.0381 mm). Shim
pack (8) controls preload of worm gear
F'g. 12 - Partlall, d'sassembled "'ew of steerIng
gear. Reier to FIg. S for parts Identification ex·
bearing (10).
FIg. 10-Rocker shaft can be wIthdrawn when cept lor the lollowlng:
arm Is centered In housIng openIngs as shown.
Refer to FIg. S lor parts Identification. B. Clamp bracket N. Ball nut
G. Locating groove R. Snap ring
10
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 13·14
With bearing preload correctly ad- FLUID AND BLEEDING lock, maintaining fluid level at or near
justed, assemble and·install steering col- full mark. System is fully bled when no
ump., upper steering shaft and bearing All Models more air bubbles appear in reservoir and
washer. Omit shim pack (5) on trial fluid level ceases to lower.
assembly. Make sure steering column is CAUTION: ·The maintenance of abo
bottomed on steering shaft splines; then solute cleanliness of all parts Is of the ute 14. SYSTEM PRESSURE AND
measure clearance between steering col- most Importance In the operation and sere FLOW. Power steering system
umn flange and valve housing as shown vlclng of the hydraulic power steering pressure should be 1050-1150 psi
in Fig. 16. Install shim pack (5 - Fig. 9) system. Of equal Importance Is the (7.25-7.94 Mpa) for all models.
. equal to measured clearance PL US avoidance of nicks or burrs on any of the Early models with separate steering
0.005 inch (0.127 mm). Shim (5) is working parts. system reservoir were equipped with a
available in 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) flow control valve which maintained a
thickness only. Tighten steering column 13. Recommended power steering regulated fluid flow of 3.5 gpm (13.25
stud nuts to a torque of 25-30 ft.-Ibs. fluid is Ford M-2C41A oil.'Maintain fluid liters/min.) at 1000 engine rpm. On late
(34-41 Nom). Complete assembly by re- level to full mark on dipstick on early model pumps with integral reservoir
versing disassembly procedure. Tighten models with separate reservoir; or bot- used on Models 5600, 6600 and 7600, a
external feed line banjo bolts to 25-30 tom of filler neck on late models with in- flow control valve is not used and nor-
ft.-Ibs. (34-41 Nom), steering arm nut to tegral pump and reservoir. After each mal pump flow at 1000 engine rpm is
300-350 ft.-Ibs. (408-476 Nom) and steer- 600 hours of operation, it is recom- 2.74 gpm (10.37 liters/min.). Normal
ing wheel nut to 60-80 ft.-Ibs. (82-109 mended that filter element and fluid be pump flow at 1000 engine rpm on
Nom). Install steering gear unit as changed and reservoir cleaned. Models 5610, 6610 and 7610 is 3.6 gpm
outlined in paragraph 11. The power steering system is self- (13.6 liters/min.).
bleeding. When unit has been disassem- On all models, pressure and flow can
bled, refill reservoir to full level, start be checked by teeing into pump pressure
and idle engine, and refill if level lowers. line. On early models, pressure relief
Cycle steering gear by turning steering valve cap plug (7 - Fig. 17) is externally
wheel at least five times from lock to located ~nd pressure can be adjusted
Fig. 17-Exploded view of early power steering pump. Note that flow control valve spring (4) and
small tip end of valve (3) Is towards side of rear cover (15) containing relief valve assembly (Items 6
through 10).
1. C~plug
2. "0 ring 11. Seal ring 20. Outer seal ring 29. Front cover
3. Flow control valv~ 12. Outlet elbow 21. Bearing block 30. Seal (except rowcrop
4. Spring 13. C~ plug 22. Drive gear & shaft models)
Fig. 16 - Make sure steering column Is bottomed 5. Tubing seats 14. "0 ring 23. Driven gear & shaft 31. Locating ring
In steering shatt splines, then measure clear· 6. Shims 15. Rear cover 24. Pump body 32. "0" ring
7. C~plug 16. "0" ring 25. Bolt (dowel) rings (2) 33. Drive gear
ance for upper shim pack as shown. Install 8. "U ring 17. "0" rinK 26. Bearing block 34. Tab w8.'1her
shims equal to measured clearance PLUS 0.005 9. Spring 18. Rear plate 27. Outer seal ring 35. Nut
Inch (0.125 mm). 10. Pressure relief valve 19. Inner seal ring 28. Inner seal ring 36. Woodruff key
11
Paragraph 15 FORD
'0' RINGS
DRIVE GEAR
DRIVEN GEAR
OUTLET SIDE
31
Fig. 20- Exploded "I.w of typical poW., steeling pump with Integlal lesel'loll used on latel Model
22 5100 and on all oth., models. A one·p/ece CO"., seal Is used on Models 6600C, 6700, 7600C and 7700
In place of "0" lings (19).
1. Nut, 7/16-20 10. Bearinglbushing (2) 20. Pump cover 28. Valve body
2. Tab washer 11. Ring dowel (2) 21. Relief valve "0" ring 29. Reservoir filter
Fig. 19- On Model 5200 and 7200 tlactors, 3. Drive gear 13. Pump body 22. Relief valve seat 30. Reservoir
powel steeling pump Is fitted with thlee shaft 4. "0" ring 14. Reservoir seal 23. Relief valve head 31. Vent valve
5. Snap ring 15. Woodruff key 24. Relief valve seal 32. Valve seal
s.a/s (30A) Instead of s/ng/. s.al (30-F/g. 17) 6. Drive gear seal 16. Driven gear 25. Spring guide 33. Vent spring
used on oth., mod./s. Lips of two Innel s.a/s 7. Pump flange 17. Drive gear & shaft 26. Relief valve spring 34. "E' ring retainer
fac. Inward, out., seal lip Is toward retaining 8. Inner seal ring 18. Cover seal 27. Shim·, 0.010 & 0.015 35. Filler cap
snap ling (31). Pump flont CO"., Is (29); dll"e 9. Outer seal ring 19. "0" rings (4) in. (0.254 & 0.381 mm) 36. Bort, 5/16-18 x 2.650
shaft Is (22).
pump assembly from engine front plate. gears (22 and 23) from pump as a unit.
When reinstalling pump, use new seal- Remove caps (1, 7 and 13) from rear
without disassembly. On late models ing "0" ring and tighten retaining bolts cover (15) and withdraw flow control
with integral pump reservoir, pump to a torque of 23-29 ft.-Ibs. (31-39 Nom). valve (3), pressure relief valve (10) and
must be removed for relief valve adjust- Reconnect lines, fill and bleed system as related parts. Remove snap ring (31) and
ment, refer to paragraph 15. in paragraph 13. oil seal (30) from front cover. Clean all
On early models, refer to exploded parts in a suitable solvent, air dry, then
HYDRAULIC PUMP view of pump in Fig. 17 and disassemble lightly oil all machined surfaces.
pump as follows: Scribe ail assembly Inspect bearing blocks (21 and 26) for
All Models mark across pump covers and body. signs of seizure or scoring on face of
Straighten tab on washer (34) and journals. (When disassembling bearing
15. R&R AND OVERHAUL PUMP. remove nut (35). Pull drive gear (33) block and gear unit, keep parts in
Thoroughly clean pump, lines and sur- from pump shaft and remove key (36). relative position to facilitate reassem-
rounding area. Disconnect lines from Remove the four through-bolts and bly.) Light score marks on faces of bear-
pump and allow fluid to drain. Cap all separate rear cover assembly (15), plate ing blocks can be removed by lapping
openings to prevent dirt from entering (18), body (24) and front cover (29). bearing block on a surface plate using
pump or lines, then unbolt and remove Remove bearing blocks (21 and 26) and grade "0" emery paper and kerosene.
12
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 16
Examine body for wear in gear running flO-RING
track. If track is worn deeper than
0.0025 inch (0.064 mm) on inlet side,
body must be renewed. Examine pump
gears for excessive wear or damage on
journals, faces or teeth. Runout across
gear face to tooth edge should not ex~
ceed 0.001 inch (0.0254 mm). If
necessary, gear journals may be lightly
polished with grade "0" emery paper to
remove wear marks. The gear faces may
be polished by sandwiching grade "0"
emery paper between gear and face of
scrap bearing block, then rotating gear.
New gears are available in matched sets
only.
When reassembling pump, install all
new seals, "0" rings and sealing rings.
9
,
@I
7~
NOTE: On models (5200 and 7200) with
three shaft seals (Fig. 19), the two Inner
seals are Installed lips first and outer seal 6--e
lip out ·to serve as a dust seal. 5--e
Install flow control valve (3 - Fig. 17),
spring (4) and plugs (1 and 13) with new
"0" rings (2 and 14). Install pressure
relief valve (10), spring (9) and plug (7),
being sure that all shims (6) are in plug
and using new "0" ring (8). Assemble
pump gears to bearing blocks (use Fig.
18 as a guide, if necessary) and insert
unit into pump body. Be sure the two
bolt rings (hollow dowels) are in place in
pump body, then position front cover on
body. Place rear plate (18-Fig. 17)
at rear of body and install rear cover.
Tighten the four cap screws (through-
bolts) to a torque of 13-17 ft.-lbs. (18-23 FIg. 22 - Exploded vIew of early Mod., 5100 power st. .r/ng and linkage. Front ax/. and spIndle units
N om). Install pump drive gear key, drive
gear, tab washer and nut. Tighten nut to
a,. same as those shown In FIg. 1 for manual ste.rlng mode's. A long.r st. .rlng arm pivot shaft m
and upper bushing (8) are US" on late production units; refer to t.xt. Note proper Insta"atlon of ~.
a torque of 55-60 ft.-lbs. (75-82 Nom) rings on tubes (10 and 15) where they enter cylinder (8~ s.. Ins.t at upper I.tt.
and bend tab of washer against flat on 1. Tie rods 8. Power cylinder assy. 13. Cylinder to steering 19. Dust cover
nut. 2. Tie rod ends 9. Piston rod to front arm bolt 20. Drag link
3. Steering arm (R.H.) support pin 14. Steering arm 21. Locknuts
On models with integral pump and 4. Front support 10. Cylinder to reservoir 15. Pump to cylinder 22. Drag link end assy.
reservoir, refer to Fig. 20. Clean pump 5. Bushing, lower return line pressure line 23. Actuating arm
6. Bushing, upper 11. Link to actuating arm 16. Power steering pump 24. Steering arm (L.H.)
and surrounding area and disconnect 7. Steering arm pivot pin 17. Fluid reservoir 25. Dust cover
pump pressure and return lines. shaft 12. Actuating arm pin 18. Steering ~ assy.
Remove the two cap screws securing
pump to engine front cover and lift off
pump and reservoir as a unit. Drain
reservoir and remove through-bolt (36), To disassemble pump, bend back tab POWER CYLINDER AND
reservoir (30) and filter (29). washer and remove shaft nut (1), drive CONTROL VALVE
Relief valve cartridge can now be gear (3) and key (15). Mark or note
removed if service is indicated. For ac- relative positions of flange (7), pump Early Model 5100
cess to shims (27), grasp seat (22) lightly body (13) and cover (20); then remove
in a protected vise and unscrew body pump through-bolts. Keep parts in their
(28). Shims (27) · are available in proper relative position when 16. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
thicknesses of 0.010 and 0.015 inch disassembling pump unit. Pump gears To remove power cylinder and control
(0.254-0.38 mm). Starting with the (16 and 17) are available in a matched valve assembly (8 - Fig. 22), first drain
removed shim pack, substItute shims set only. Bearing blocks (10) are cooling system and remove hood, grille
thus varying total pack thickness, to ad- available separately, but should be and radiator. Remove any cover plates
just opening pressure. Available shims renewed in pairs if renewal is because of from top of front support (4) and pro-
permit thickness adjustment in in- wear. Bearing blocks should also be ceed as follows:
crements of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) and renewed with gear set if any shaft or Disconnect power steering fluid lines
each 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) shim pack bore wear is evident. (10 and 15) from unit and immediately
thickness will change opening pressure When reassembling the pump, align cap all openings. Remove cotter pins
about 35 psi (241.5 kPa). If parts are reservoir and tighten through-bolts to a from pins (9, 11 and 12) and pull pins
renewed, the correct thickness can only torque of 13-17 ft.-Ibs. (18-23 N'm) and from above. Remove cotter pin and nut
be determined by trial and error, using drive gear nut (1) to a torque of 55-60 from lower end of anchor bolt (13), move
the removed shim pack as a guide. ft.-Ibs. (75-82 N· m): actuating arm forward and remove bolt.
13
Paragraphs 17·18 FORD
scoring or other damage. Renew any
parts not suitable for further use. Con-
trol valve spool (6) and housing (25~ are
available only as a valve assembly.
Bushing (35) is renewable in cylinder
end (34); bushing is final sized and
should not requir~ reaming if carefully
installed.
To reassemble, proceed as follows: In-
sert new "0" ring (24) in valve housing
cylinder rod bore and insert new back-up
ring (23) at outer side of "0" ring.
Lubricate rod (36) and place new scraper
(22) on rod with scraper lip to outer end.
Insert rod through bore in valve hous-
ing. Place new "0" ring (26) in groove on
housing and new piston ring (28) in
groove on piston. Clamp flat end of rod
Fig. 23-D,awlng showing powe, cyllnde, (8), tie ,ods (1) and ,ea, d,ag link (22) end connected to in rise, then install piston (27), washer
stee,/ng ann and actuating a,m. C/ea,ance between actuating a,m (23) and ends of sc,ews (S1 and (29) and piston retaining nut ,(30).
S2) should be adjusted as outlined In text C/ea,ance between cont,ol valve ,eta/ne, (14 - Fig. 24) and
yoke (16 - Fig. 24) Is shown as (G). Refe, to Fig. 22 fo, parts Identification. Tighten nut securely and retain with cot-
ter pin. Using a fabricated piston ring
compressor similar to that shown in Fig.
26, install cylinder tube (31- Fig. 24)
Remove cylinder and control valve clamp in soft-jawed vise a.s shown in Fig. over piston and shoulder on housing .
assembly from front support. . 25 and unscrew yoke. Remove end cover Place transfer tube (39), with ferrules
Reinstall power cylinder and control (1- Fig. 24), felt washer (2), retainer (37) and nuts (38) installed in position
valve assembly by reversing removal washer (3) and "0" ring (4) from valve and install new "0" ring (33) on cylinder
procedure. Refill and bleed power steer- housing. Unscrew plug (18) and remove end (34), then install end of cylinder tube
ing system as outlined in paragraph 13, . check ball (20). Remove piston rod and transfer tube and install the four
then check actuating arm travel adjust- scraper (22), back-up ring (23) and "0" through-bolts. Tighten nuts securely,
ment as outlined in paragraph 17. ring (24) from valve housing. Remove then tighten transfer tube nuts. With a
"0" rings (26 and 33) from housing and sleeve type driver, drive scraper (22) into
17. ADJUST ACTUATING ARM end assembly and remove "0" ring (7) valve housing. Install new "0" ring (4) in
STOPS. Stop screws (Sl and S2-Fig. from valve spool. groove in outer end of valve housing and
23) are provided to limit travel of control Thoroughly clean all parts in solvent, new "0" ring (7) in groove on inner end
valve linkage, thus preventing damage air dry and inspect for excessive wear, of valve spool. Assemble washers, "0"
to valve or linkage due to overtravel. To
adjust stop screws, loosen locknut on
each screw and turn screws in until no
power assist can be obtained when turn-
ing steering wheel in either direction.
Then, back screws out just far enough
until, power assist is obtained through
full range of travel in either direction.
Tighten locknuts while holding stop
screws in this position.
14
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 19·20
ring (11) and centering spring (9) on tom of front support, remove nut and When reinstalling unit, the following
valve spool, then install yoke (16) with disconnect end from actuating arm. procedure should be observed in ad-
retainer plate (14). Lubricate control Remove clamp bolt from center steering justing stop screws (SI and S2 - Fig. 23)
valve spool and insert assembly into arm and remove cap screw and the two as over-travel of actuating arm may
valve housing; tighten retainer plate cap washers from top end of pivot shaft (7). damage control valve unit. Reinstall
screws securely. Insert retainer w.asher pull shaft using a 3/8-24 bolt, large center steering arm and actuating arm,
(3) and felt washer (2) in opposite end of washer and a 3-inch (7.62 cm) length of but leave steering gear drag link end
valve spool bore, then check valve ball pipe. (22-Fig. 22) disconnected from ac-
(20) and plug (18) with new gasket (19). NOTE: The cap screw and two washers
tuating arm. Then reinstall power
If removed from yoke, reinstall control may not be present on some early Model
cylinder and control valve unit as out-
link (17) and pin (15). Reinstall plug (21) 5100 production units; If not, procure a kit,
lined in paragraph 16, but make initial
·if removed from valve housing for clean- adjustment of stop screws before start-
Ford part 309733, and· Install on
ing purposes. reassembly.
ing engine as follows: With control valve
spool in centered position, adjust stop
19. R&R CENTER STEERING Remove center steering arm and ac- screws so there is 0.045 inch (1.143 mm)
ARM AND ACTUATING ARM. With tuating arm from front support. Renew clearance between end of each screw
power steering cylinder and control bushings (5 and 6) if excessively worn. and actuating arm. Fill power steering
valve assembly removed as outlined in On early units, both bushings are 1 inch reservoir, start engine and bleed system
paragraph 16, proceed as follows: (2.54 cm) in length; later units have up- as outlined in paragraph 13, but take
Remove nuts from tie rod (1- Fig. 22) per bushing (6) that is 1.38 inches (3.5 care that steering gear is not turned
ends and disconnect end assemblies cm) long and lower bushing (5) is 1 inch tight against stops until final adjustment
from center steering arm. Turn steering (2.54 cm) long. Be sure correct parts are of stop screws is made as outlined in
wheel until nut on steering gear drag obtained and are installed in correct paragraph 17.
link front end (22) is above hole in bot- location.
Late Models 5100·7100 and
Models 5600·5610-6600-6610-
7600-7610
20. INTEGRAL POWER ASSIST
STEERING GEAR UNIT. All late
models use the integral power steering
gear unit shown exploded in Fig. 9.
Remove or reinstall unit as outlined in
Fig. 25- To remo,. yole. paragraph 11 and overhaul removed
(16 - Fig. 24) from control
,.,,. .poo/, In •• ,t ,od unit as in paragraph 12.
through hoI. In ,.,,. .nd
hold unit In .ott J.wed " ••, 21. CENTER STEERING ARM. Re-
th.n un.crew yole. from fer to Fig. 27 for an exploded view of
,.,,••pool.
15
Paragraphs 22·26 FORD
16
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 27·29
30. Spindle
31. Retainer
32. Bearing cone
33. Bearing cup
34. Washer
35. Nut
36. Hub cap Fig. 34 -Inset shows proper Installation of
38. Wheel disc
39. Wheel flange piston rings. Refer to paragraph 29 for pro·
cedure.
l 13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Piston
"0'" ring
Wear ring
Spacer
Washer
22~
23 S
18.
19.
20.
Car screw
"0' ring
Cylinder
24~
Fig. 32- E7Cplodfld -'flew-m ~/c!6t''''&l1eMrftJD,
21.
22.
Bearingcup
Pinion 25 ~
~~
7200, 6600C and 7600C front support showing 23. Spacer
steering motor and attached parts. ~~: ~~fcone
1. Steering line 26. Spindle
I 2. Bleed line 5. Front support
3. Steering line 6. Dust plug
4. Steering motor 7. Spacer shims
l 17
Paragraph 30-33 FORD
most importance in the operation and ser·
vicing of the hydraulic power steering sys·
tem. Of equal importance is the avoidance
of nicks or burrs on any of the working
parts.
18
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 34·36
r-- ----., ,
:~
Fig. 38-Exploded view of
Saginaw Hydramotor steer·
Ing unit. Also refer to Figs.
30 to 52 for photos showing
disassembly and reassem· ~
bly techniques.
19~
1. Block valve adjuster 12 18--0
2. "0" ring
3. Plug
22~
~~~
4. Blocking valve
5. Spring
6. Spring & guide assy.
7. Snap ring
8. Snap ring
9. Dust seal
10. Oil seal
11. Needle bearing
25 0
12. Housing
13. Dowel pins (2) 14 26==='
27~
14. Actuator shaft assy.
15. Bearing support
16. "0" ring
:=©
17. Needle bearing
18. "0" ring
~15
19. Rotor seal ring
20. Ring, rotor & vane assy.
21. Snap ring
22. Needle bearing
0--'6
23. Pressure plate assy.
~
24. Check valve balls (2)
25. Check valve springs (2)
26. Retaining plugs (2) ~17
27. Pressure plate spring
0-18
30
28. Back-up ring
~'9
29. "0" ring
30. Cover ,L ____ _
19
Paragraphs 37·38 FORD
pIe pressure and fluid return lines from spring pressure with screwdriver, then CAUTION: Do not push against end of
steering motor (14). Back out motor quickly releasing plug to allow spring ~o shaft (14 - Fig. 38).
pivot pins (15) and lift out steering pop it out of bore. Remove plug and, If
motor and steering column assembly. spool sticks in bore, invert unit and tap Place snap ring over housing before
Reverse removal procedure to housing (12) with soft faced mallet to jar placing unit in press. Carefully apply
reinstall, then bleed power steering spool out. Invert unit and allow spring force on housing with sleeve until flange
system as outlined in paragraph 31. (5) and spring and guide assembly (6) to on housing is below snap ring groove in
drop from bore. cover. Note that lug on housing must
37. R&R BLOCKING SPOOL (RE- Spool is not serviced separately from enter slot in cover. If housing binds in
ACTION) VALVE. Blocking spool valve complete Hydramotor unit. Renew cover, do not apply heavy pressure;
and related parts can be removed and other parts as necessary, or install new remove unit from press and bump cover
reinstalled after Hydramotor steering Hydramotor unit if spool and/or spool loose with mallet as shown in Fig. 41.
unit has been removed as outlined in bore in housing are not serviceable. When housing has been pushed far
paragraph 36. Refer to Fig. 39 and pro- To reassemble, install parts in bore of enough into cover, install snap ring in
ceed as follows: housing (12) as shown in exploded view, groove with end gap near hole in cover
Remove lockout adjuster nut (1). Plug renewing "0" ring (2) on plug (3) and as shown in Fig. 40.
(3) and spool valve (4) may now be re- tightening adjuster nut to a torque of
moved by pushing plug into bore against 10-15 ft.-Ibs. (14-20 N· m). 39. OVERHAUL HYDRAMOTOR
38. R&R COVER RETAINING STEERING UNIT. With unit removed
SNAP RING. To remove snap ring from tractor as outlined in paragraph 36
(7 - Fig. 38) used to retain cover (30) to and cover retaining snap ring removed
housing (12), proceed as follows: as outlined in paragraph 38, proceed as
With unit removed from tractor as follows:
outlined in paragraph 36, check to see Clamp flat portion of Hydramotor
that end gap of snap ring is near hole in housing in a vise and remove cover (30-
cover as shown in Fig. 40; if not, bump Fig. 38) by pulling upward with a twist-
snap ring into this position with hammer
and punch. Insert a pin punch into hole
and drive punch inward to dislodge snap
ring from groove. Hold punch under
snap ring and pry ring from cover with
screwdriver. Usually, coil spring
(27 - Fig. 38) will push housing from
cover; if not, bump cover loose by tap-
ping around edge with mallet as shown
in Fig. 41.
To reinstall cover retaining snap ring,
Fig. 39- Exploded 'v/ew of Hydramotor housing housing must be held in cover against
and blocking valve components. Blocking valve pressure from spring. It is recom-
can be removed without disassembly of Hydra-
motor. mended that unit be placed in an arbor
press and housing be pushed into cover
1. Lockout
2. "0" ring 5. Spring
with a sleeve as shown in Fig. 42.
3. Plug 6. Spring & guide assy.
4. Blocking valve 12. Housing
20
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 39 Cont.
ing motion. Remove pressure plate and control valve spool assembly are Remove snap ring (8), dust seal (9) and
spring (27). Remove the two cap screws, damaged in any way making the unit un- oil seal (10) and inspect needle bearing
then lift off pressure plate (23) as shown fit for further service, a complete new (11); renew needle bearing if worn or
in Fig. 43. Remove dowel pins (Fig. 44), Hydramotor steering unit must be in- damaged. Press only on lettered (trade-
then remove snap ring (21) from shaft stalled. If these components (housing, mark) end of bearing cage when install-
(14) with suitable snap ring pliers and blocking valve and actuator assembly)
screwdriver; discard snap ring. Pull are serviceable, proceed with overhaul
pump ring and rotor assembly (20) up off as follows:
shaft as shown in Fig. 45. Tap outer end Remove check valve retainers (26-
of shaft with soft faced mallet as shown Fig. 38), springs (25) and check valve
in Fig. 46 until bearing support (15) can balls (24) from pressure plate (23) and
be removed, then carefully remove ac- blow passages clear with: compressed
tuator shaft assembly from housing as air. Renew pressure plate assembly if
shown in Fig. 48. check valve seats or face of plate are
NOTE: As actuator shaft and control
deeply scored or damaged. Renew
needle bearing (22), springs (25) and/or
valve spool assembly is a factory bal·
check valve balls (24) if damaged and
anced unit and is not serviceable except
by renewing complete Hydramotor steer·
pressure plate is otherwise serviceable.
ing unit, it is recommended that this unit NOTE: Drive or press on lettered
not be disassembled. (trademark) end of bearing cage when in·
stalling new needle bearing.
Carefully clean and inspect removed
units. Refer to paragraph 30 for infor- If bearing support (15) is otherwise
mation on blocking valve assembly. If serviceable, a new needle bearing (17) Fig. 48- Remo,,'ng the actuator shaft assembly
housing control valve bore or blocking may be installed; drive or press only on from housing. Be careful not to cock control
valve bore are deeply scored or worn, or lettered end of bearing cage. "a/"e spool In bore of housing.
if blocking valve spool or actuator shaft
21
Paragraphs 40·44 FORD
ing new bearing. Install oil seal with lip ence of pressure plate. Place coil spring 43. R&R ROSS TYPE STEERING
towards inside (needle bearing), then in- on top of pressure plate. Install new "0" UNIT. To remove unit from these Row-
stall dust seal and retaining snap ring. ring and back-up ring in second groove crop tractors, proceed as follows:
If rotor ring, rotor or vanes are worn, of cover (Fig. 52), lubricate rings and Disconnect battery ground cable. Re-
scored or damaged beyond further use, push cover down over pressure plate move steering wheel cap (1- Fig. 53)
or if any vane springs are broken renew and ring. While holding cover on and nut (2), then remove steering wheel.
unit as a complete assembly (20). If unit assembly, place unit in an arbor press" Use a puller. Remove screws from steer-
was disassembled and is usable, and insert cover retaining snap ring as ing column flexible seal assembly and lift
reassemble as follows: Place ring on flat outlined in paragraph 38. seal from instrument panel. Disconnect
surface and place rotor inside ring. In- fuel shut-off cable at engine end and
sert vanes with rounded edges out in the Later Models 5200·7200 and cable retainer clamps, then loosen
rotor slots aligned with large inside Models 6600C·7600C mounting nut under panel so cable can
diameter of ring, turn rotor 90 degrees be removed. On non-diesel models,
and insert remaining vanes. Hook These Rowcrop models are equipped choke knob and cable correspond to this
springs behind vanes with a screwdriver with tilt steering gear mechanism and fuel shut-off control. Remove steering
as shown in Fig. 51, then turn assembly hydrostatic power assist Ross type steer· tilt control knob and nut (23). Remove
over and hook springs behind vanes on Ing motor shown In Fig. 53. hand throttle control knob from its
opposite side of rotor. 40. FLUID AND BLEEDING. Use lever, and on tractors so equipped,
To reassemble Hydramotor unit, place Ford M-2C41A fluid in this system. remove knob from dual power control
housing (with needle bearing, seals and Fluid level should be kept at bottom of lever. Remove six screws which attach
snap ring installed) in a vise with flat reservoir filler neck. System capacity is instrument panel to hood rear panel
(bottom) side up. Check to be sure that 4.6 U.S. pints (2.2 liters). Reservoir assembly and reach below to disconnect
pin in actuator is engaged with hole in (30 - Fig. 20) should be disassembled for proof meter drive cable from behind
valve spool; if spool can be pulled away cleaning and new filter (29) installed meter head. Remove electrical connec-
from actuator as shown in Fig. 49, push after each 600 hours of operation. tions from engine coolant temperature
spool back into actuator and be sure pin System is self-bleeding. Whenever gage, oil pressure warning light, air
is engaged in one of the holes in spool. power steering system has been disas- cleaner restriction warning light (Model
Then, lubricate spool and shaft and sembled for any reason, after reassem- 7600C only), fuel gage leads and charge
carefully insert assembly into bore of bly, refill fluid reservoir. Start engine indicator warning light. Disconnect
housing. Place bearing support, with and run at low idle rpm. Operate steer- leads to voltage stabilizer (constant volt-
outside "0" ring and needle bearing in- ing from full right to full left through at age unit) which will interfere with panel
stalled, on shaft and carefully push sup- least five complete cycles. Replenish removal. Identify leads for convenience
port into housing as shown in Fig. 50. reservoir fluid as needed to maintain in reassembly. When all interfering
Insert rotor sealing "0" ring and motor level. System is free of trapped air when parts are clear, lift out instrument panel
seal into bearing support. Place ring and no bubbles appear, steering is firm and and gage assembly.
rotor assembly on shaft and housing reservoir level remains steady at full. Working through panel opening and
with chamfered outer edge of ring up from below rear hood panel, disconnect
(away from housing). Install a new rotor 41. PRESSURE AND FLOW. Sys- fluid pressure and return lines from
retaining snap ring and insert dowel tem pressure is regulated at 1050 to steering motor (11). Release locknuts
pins through ring into housing. Using 1150 psi (7.25-7.94 MPa) by action of (15), back out two tilt pivot pins (14) and
heavy grease, stick "0" ring and rotor pressure relief valve incorporated in lift out steering motor (11) and steering
sealing ring into pressure plate, then in- pump. Rate of flow is maintained at 3.5 column (10).
stall pressure plate assembly over shaft, gpm (13.25 liters/min.) at 1000 engine Reverse this procedure to reinstall,
pump ring and rotor assembly and the rpm. then refer to paragraph 40 for proce-
two dowel pins. Install the two retaining dure for bleeding power steering
cap screws, tighten to 120 inch-pounds 42. R&R AND OVERHAUL PUMP. system.
(13.6 N ·m) then back off !f.-turn. Be Refer to paragraph 15 and Fig. 20 for
sure cap screws are within circumfer- procedure and exploded view of pump. 44. OVERHAUL STEERING MO-
TOR. Separate motor unit from re-
moved motor/column assembly by re-
moving four cap screws which retain
steering motor (II-Fig. 53) to base of
steering column (10). Slide motor (11)
and shaft (6) out of column (10), remove
two retainers (9) and dowel pins (8), then
separate motor from shaft at coupling
(7). Plug or cover hydraulic ports of
motor (11) and thoroughly clean motor
exterior.
Insert a threaded fitting into one of
the hydraulic ports, then clamp this fit-
ting in a vise so motor (11) is held secure-
ly with input shaft (47) pointing down-
ward. Remove assembly screws (24) and
housing end cover (25).
Fig. 52 - "0" ring (28) and back·up ring (29) are/n· NOTE: From this point on, great care
Fig. 51- Se sure all vane springs are engaged stalled In cover (30); be sure back· up ring Is to must be used to protect finely lapped mat·
behind rotor vanes. Springs can be pried Into outside (open side) of cover. Groove (G) Is for tlng surfaces of disassembled com·
place with screwdriver as shown. cover retaining snap ring.
ponents. Proper sealing between these
22
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 44 Cont.
parts Is dependent upon their finish. Our·
Ing disassembly, parts may hang together
by an 011 film and be accidentally dropped.
When seal (27) and retainer (28) are
removed, carefully remove washer (26)
and commutator set which comprises
commutator (29) and ring (30) followed
by manifold (31). Lift off spacer (34),
drive actuating link (33) and rotor/stator
set (32). Separate link and spacer from
rotor/stator set. Do not allow vanes and
springs to fall out of rotor/stator (32).
This assembly should remain together
for the time being.
Release housing (35) from vise and re-
clamp with input shaft (47) pointed up-
ward.
Remove dust seal (63) and after plac-
ing light match marks on rims of hous-
ing (35) and cover assembly (58), unbolt
and lift off cover (58), shaft (47) and
valve spool assembly (38).
Remove and discard seal ring (57),
then slip cover (58) from input shaft and
remove spacer (48). Remove shims (54
and 55) and note number used for
guidance in reassembly. Remove snap
ring (62) and hub seal ring (61). Retain
these parts. Remove brass back-up
washer (60) and packing seal (59) and
discard. Needle bearing (56) should be
left in place within cover (58) unless
renewal is required.
Remove snap ring (53), thrust washer
(52), control valve bearing (51), thrust
washer (50) and spring washer (49) from
shaft (47).
With input shaft (47) supported on a
wooden block, use a light hammer and a
pin punch of 0.120 inch (3.0 mm) diame-
ter to carefully drive out pin. Remove
torsion bar (44) and spacer (45). Cross
pin remains in torsion bar. Remove
drive spool ring (46) by placing spool end Fig. 53 - Exploded view of later production (April 1973) tilt sreer/ng mechanism and power steering
down on a flat surface then rotating in- motor used on later 5200 and 7200 models and on Models 6600C and 7600C. Steering motor Is used
put shaft full right and left until drive on Models 6700, 6710, 7700 and 7710 but bearing (56) Is not used on later units.
ring slips free. Holding spool and input· 1. Cap & retainers IS. Latch sprin!!" 35. Housing assy. 52. Thrust washer
shaft in this same position, rotate input 2. Steering wheel nut 19. Sering retainer 36. ·0" ring seal 53. Spool retainer ring
3. Flat washer 20. Tilt latch rod 37. Plug 54. Shim, 0.0025 & 0.005 in.
shaft in a clockwise direction until 4. Dust seal 21. Guide nut 38. Valve spool (0.064 & 0.127 mm)"
5/16-inch (7.94 mm) actuator ball is dis- 5. Bearing & retainer 22. Rod guide 39. Steel ball, 5116-in. 55. Shim, 0.010 & 0.030 in.
(0.254 & 0.762 mm)"
6. Steering shaft 23. Control knob & nut 40. Valve spool spring
engaged from groove in input shaft. Lift 7. Motor coupling 24. Bolt, special, 5/16-lS 41. Steel ball, '/.·m. 56. Needle bearing
out shaft, taking care not to lose ball. S. Shaft dowel pin (2) 25. Housing end cover 42. ·0" ring, 0.301 ill 57. End cover seal
9. Dowel retainer (2) 26. Rotor pin washer 43. Plug 58. Cover asgy.
Valve spool spring (40), should not be re- 10. Column assy. 27. Rotor seal 44. Torsion bar & pin 59. Packing
moved except for renewal. If required, 11. Steering motor assy. 28. Shaft bearing retainer 45. Housing spacer SO. Back·up washer
12. Tilt control quadrant 29. Commutator" 46. SpooVdrive ring 61. Hub seal ring
remove with great care so as not to 13. Tilt control bracket 30. Commutator ring" 47. Input shaft & pin 62. Snap ring
14. Tilt pivot pin (2) 31. Motor manifold 4S. Housing spacer 63. Motor shaft dust seal
damage spool finish. 15. Locknut (2) 32. Rotorlstator assy. 49. Spring washer
Back out plug (43) from housing as- 16. Steering support 33. Valve actuating link 50. Thrust washer "Matched set
17. Tilt control latch 34. Rotor spacer 51. Control valve hearing "As required
sembly (35) and shake out 1f4-inch (6.35
mm) ball (41). Renew "0" ring (42).
All removed parts should be carefully
cleaned in solvent and inspected for un- force on mandrel only against lettered Place rotor/stator (32) on lapped inner
due wear or damage. Any parts which end of bearing. See Fig. 54 for bearing face of housing end cover (25). Be cer-
are scored or galled must be renewed. If installation depth and tool dimensions. tain that vanes and vane springs are cor-
needle bearing (56) in cover assembly Use a micrometer to measure thick- rectly installed in rotor slots. Arched
(58) requires renewal, set cover up in a ness of commutator ring (30-Fig. 53) back of each spring must be in contact
press, flanged end down, and use a prop- and commutator (29). If commutator with its vane. Position one lobe of rotor
erly fitted mandrel to press old bearing ring is thicker by 0.0015 inch (0.038 mm) in a valley of stator as shown at (V - Fig.
out toward flange. Invert cover and than commutator, renew this matched 55). Center opposite lobe on crown of
press new bearing into place applying set. stator as shown, then use two narrow
23
Paragraph 44 Cont. FORD
t
A
Fig. 54 - Sectional '(lew of
housing upper co'(er to show
needle bearing Installation
dimensions. Refer to text for
procedure. Note dimensions
of Installation tool (A).
A. Installation tool
B (mandrel)
B. Undercut
C. Installation bearing this
direction
D. Bearing number this side
E. Needle bearing
F . 1.280-1.300 in. (32.51-
33.02 mm)
G. 1.062-1.120 in. (26.97-
v
28.45 mm) Fig. 55- With rotor positioned In stator 8S
H. 0.870 in. (22.10 mm) shown, clearance (C) measured at two points as
shown must not exceed 0.006 Inch (0.152 mm).
Refer to text for procedure.
•
tween rotor lobes and stator. If clear- spool drive ring (46) into valve spool (38) not, select a new shim pack for place-
ance exceeds 0.006 inch (0.15 mm), re- to engage input shaft spline, then re- ment under cover assembly (58). Shims
new complete rotor/stator assembly. move torsion bar. Place torsion bar (44) (54 and 55) are offered in thicknesses of
Use a micrometer to measure thickness inside spacer (45) and insert assembly in- 0.0025, 0.005, 0.010 and 0.030 inch
of both rotor and stator. If thickness of to valve spool, aligning cross holes. Use a (0.0635,0.127,0.254 and 0.762 mm). Re-
stator exceeds that of rotor by 0.002 0.120 inch (3.0 mm) pin punch to hold check with new shim pack in place to be
inch (0.05 mm), renew assembly. Stator, alignment, then press cross pin through sure that this specification is met before
rotor, vanes and springs are available until flush with surface of shaft. Com- completing reassembly.
only as an assembly. plete pin installation by driving pin To continue reassembly of steering
Prior to reassembly, all parts should about 1I32-inch (0.794 mm) below flush. control, with valve actuator link (33) in-
be washed in clean solvent and air dried. Place spacer (48) over spool and install stalled, place rotor spacer plate (34) on
DO NOT WIPE WITH CLOTH OR assembly in housing (35). Reinstall bottom of housing (35) with its plain side
RAGS. Except when otherwise in- original shims (54 and 55) on thrust up. Install rotor/stator assembly over
dicated, all parts are left dry for reas- washer (52), then lubricate new cover link splines with assembly screw holes
sembly. Insert ball (41- Fig. 53) into seal (57) and set into flange of cover (58). aligned. Be sure that vanes and vane
cavity in housing (35) and reinstall pin Position cover assembly by aligning springs are properly seated_ Install
and plug (43) with a new "0" ring (42). match marks to housing, then install cap motor manifold (31) with circular slotted
Tighten plug to 10-14 ft.-Ibs. (14-19 screws just finger tight. For a cover side up and its assembly holes also
N om. Reclamp housing in a vise by use of alignment tool, use a worm drive type aligned. Install commutator ring (30),
a threaded fitting as before with top (in- hose clamp over joint between cover slotted side up, then install commutator
put shaft side) upward. Assemble thrust flange and housing, then tighten cap (29), properly engaged, over tip of link
washer (50), control valve bearing (51), screws in a cross pattern to a torque of (33). Install rotor seal (27) and retainer
thrust washer (52) and snap ring (53) on 18-22 ft.-lbs. (24-30 N om). (28). Now, apply a few drops of
input shaft (47). If valve spool spring hydraulic fluid to commutator (29). Stick
(40) was removed for renewal, carefully IMPORTANT NOTE: If Input shaft (47) or washer (26) over pin using a little clean
install new spring on spool. Insert steel end cover (58) have been renewed, this grease, then install housing end cover
ball (39) into ball seat within spool (38). procedure for selection of new shims (54 (25) with bolt holes aligned and start cap
Assemble spring washer (49) over thrust and 55) must be followed : screws (24). Tighten all seven cap
washer (50) on shaft, then insert input screws alternately in even steps, while
shaft (47) into valve spool (38) and en- Reassemble with new parts installed, rotating input shaft, to a final torque
gage ball and helix with a counterclock- using original shims, as outlined in value of 15-19 ft.-lbs. (20-26 N om).
wise twist. Hold assembly horizontal for preceding paragraph. Invert unit (input Check rolling torque needed to turn in-
this operation. Use small mid-section of shaft end down) in a vise. Pull end of in- put shaft by attaching coupling, steering
torsion bar (44) for a gage by placing put shaft down by hand and prevent ro- shaft and steering wheel retaining nut.
between end of spool and thrust washer tation, then engage valve actuating link Torque necessary to turn input shaft
(50). Holding this arrangement, set in- (33) by its splines in valve spool (38) and should not exceed 100 in.-Ibs. (11.3
put shaft/spool assembly upright on rotate link until spool end is flush with N·m).
24
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 45·50
Set unit up in vise again with input valve assembly so positioned, pour clean FRONT SUPPORT
shaft at top. Lubricate and install a new fluid into inlet port while turning input
packing seal (59) and a new brass back- shaft until fluid runs from outlet port. All Models
up washer (60). Install hub seal ring (61) Plug or cover ports to prevent dirt entry
flat side up. Install snap ring (62) and until fluid lines are reconnected during 50. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
dust seal (63). Remove assembly from reinstallation of steering system in trac- To remove front support casting (I,...
vise, remove fitting from port and lay tor. Refer to paragraph 40 for final Fig. 56), remove radiator as outlined in
unit on its side, ports upward. With bleeding procedure. paragraph 149. Remove front axle as-
sembly as outlined in paragraph 46. At-
tach a hoist or other device to front sup-
port casting and unscrew retaining bolts
FRONT SYSTEM AND STEERING and nuts.
To install front support casting, attach
(Models 6700-6710-7700-7710) front support casting to engine using
four upper bolts and tighten bolts to 250-
270 ft.-lbs. (340-367 N·m). Be sure oil
pan cap screws are tight and measure
45. These models are equipped with a to 200-250 ft.-lbs. (272-340 N· m). gap between front support and oil pan at
front axle which may be adjusted to attaching bolt holes. Loosen the four in-
track widths from 56 to 88 inches. A 48. PIVOT PINS AND BUSHINGS. stalled cap screws, then install the two
short (85.5 inches) or long (101.5 inches) Remove front axle as outlined in para- lower screws using shims equal to the
tractor wheelbase may be obtained by graph 46 for access to axle pivot pins measured clearance. Shims are available
reversing front axle and replacing spin- and bushings in front support (1- Fig. in thicknesses of 0.014, 0.017, 0.021,
dle steering arms, tie rod sleeve and an- 56) and bracket (21). Renew front axle 0.024 and 0.027 inch (0.356, 0.432,
chor for power steering cylinder. center member (23) if pivot pins are ex- 0.533, 0.610 and 0.686 mm). Install front
Models 7700 and 7710 are equipped cessively worn or damaged. Use a axle and radiator by reversing removal
with a tilting steering column while suitable driving tool to remove bushings. procedure.
Models 6700 and 6710 are available with New bushings are pre-sized.
tilting or non-tilting steering columns.
Both models are equipped with hydro- 49. TIE ROD AND TOE-IN. Recom- POWER STEERING SYSTEM
static power steering which consists of mended toe-in is 0- 112 inch (0-13 mm). To
an engine-driven pump with fluid reser- adjust toe-in, remove bolt securing All Models
voir, a Ross-type steering motor and a sleeve (5) to tie rod (6) and loosen clamp These models are equipped with a
steering cylinder. on sleeve. Turn sleeve (5) until desired hydrostatic power steering system con-
toe-in is obtained. Tighten clamp, install sisting of a steering cylinder attached to
FRONT AXLE bolt securing sleeve to tie rod and front axle, a Ross-type steering motor
recheck toe-in measurement. and a tilting steering gear mechanism.
All Models
46. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. To
remove front axle, remove front weights
and support front of tractor. Disconnect
and cap steering cylinder hoses. Unbolt
and remove front support bracket (21-
Fig. 56) then roll front axle assembly
away from tractor.
To install front axle, reverse removal
procedure. Tighten front support
bracket (21) screws to 250-270 ft. -lbs.
(340-367 N' m). Cycle steering wheel
several times in both directions to bleed
steerin&, cylinder and check fluid level in
reservOIr.
NOTE: Tractor wheelbase may be
changed from long to short or vice versa
by reversing direction of front axle center
member (23- Fig. 56) and replacing steer·
Ing arms (3 and 7), tie rod sleeve (5) and
steering cylinder anchor (11). Steering cyl·
Inder hoses must be rerouted and length·
ened or shortened.
•
47. SPINDLE BUSHINGS. Spindle Fig. 56-Exploded view of front axie assembly used on Models 6700, 6710, 7700 and 7710. Sharf
bushings (13 and 16-Fig. 56) are pre- wheelbase configuration Is shown.
sized and can be renewed without re- 1. Front support
moving axle extension. Pull old bushings 2. Seal 8. Rod end 14. Seal 20. Bushing
3. Steering arm 9. Steering cylinder 15. Axle extension (R.H.) 21. Front support bracket
and install new ones using a piloted 4. Tie rod end 10. Rod end 16. Bushing 22. Thrust washer
driver to prevent damage to bushing and 5. Sleeve 11. Steering cylinder anchor 17. Thrust bearing 23. Axle center member
6. Tie rod 12. Thrust washer 18. Thrust washer 24. Axle extension (L.H.)
axle bore. Tighten spindle retaining nuts 7. Steering arm 13. Bushing 19. Spindle (R.H.) 25. Spindle (L.H .)
25
Paragraphs 51·55A FORD
Models 6700 and 6710 may be equipped Fig. 57-Exploded ~/ew of
with a non-tilting steering gear. tilting steering column used
on some 6700 and 6710
51. FLUID AND BLEEDING. Use models and al/ 7700 and
7710 models. Refer to Fig. 53
Ford M-2C41A fluid in this system. for exploded ~/ew of steering
Fluid level should be kept at bottom of motor.
reservoir filler neck. System capacity is
1. Steering motor
5.0 U.S. pints (2.4 liters). Reservoir 2. Column support
(30-Fig. 20) should be disassembled for 3. Coupler
4. Bolt
cleaning and new filter (29) and fluid in- 5. Seal
stalled after each 600 hours of opera- 6. Steering column
7. Column support
tion. 8. Column flange
System is self-bleeding. Whenever 9. Washer
10. Extension
power steering system has been disas- 11. Spring washer
sembled for any reason, after reassem- 12.
13.
Column retainer
Tilt assembly
bly, refill fluid reservoir. Start engine 14. Cover
and run at low idle rpm. Operate steer- 15. Steering column lock
lever
ing from full right to full left through at 16. Steering wheel
least five complete cycles. Replenish 17. Nut
18. Cap
reservoir fluid as needed to maintain 19. Spring
level. System is free of trapped air when
no bubbles appear, steering is firm and
reservoir level remains steady at full. FRONT·WHEEL DRIVE SYSTEM
52. PRESSURE AND FLOW. Sys-
tem pressure is regulated at 1550-1650
AND STEERING
psi (10.70-11.38 MPa) by the pressure
relief valve in pump. Rate of flow should
be 2.7 gpm (10.2 liters/min.) at 1000 (Models 5600·6600·6700·7600·7700)
engine rpm on Models 6700 and 7700.
Rate of flow should be 3.6 gpm (13.6
Front·wheel drive is offered as an op· 5600, 6600 and 6700 and APL 1551 axle is
liters/min.) at 1000 engine rpm on
tlon. Major components are the transfer used on Models 7600 and 7700.
Models 6710 and 7710.
box, front axle, differential, wheel hubs, Power steering system is the same as is
53. R&R AND OVERHAUL PUMP. final drive planetary units and front axle used on two·wheel drive models.
Refer to paragraph 15 and Fig. 20 for assembly. The front·wheel drive transfer
procedure and exploded view of pump. box and transmission handbrake are con· FRONT AXLE
talned in a common housing that is bolted
54. R&R STEERING MOTOR. Dis- directly onto the left side of the rear axle All Models
connect battery ground cable. Clean center housing. A limited slip differential
joints at junctions between flexible is available as an option on all models. 55A. R&R FRONT AXLE AND
hoses and rigid tubing leading to steer- Type APL 1351 axle is used on Models CENTER SUPPORT. Remove eight
ing motor. Mark all hoses and tubing to
aid when reconnecting. Disconnect
hoses from tubing and seal all openings
to prevent contamination. Unscrew
bolts securing rigid power steering tub-
ing to side of engine. Remove left
radiator panel, left engine side panel and
left hood-to-cab side panel. Unscrew bolt Fig. 57A-Exploded view of
front axle, center support
securing wire loom bracket to steering and tie rod assembly used
motor. Detach Dual Power control rod on Models 5600, 6600 and
from control pedal and remove pedal by
~:...--
6700.
withdrawing pivot pin. Detach main wir-
ing harness connector and cover from 1. Tie rod
2. Tie rod end 3
front cab panel. Detach throttle control 3. Shim
4. P ivot pin
rod from pedal. Remove five screws 5. Pin
holding lower steering column shroud 6. Center support
7
7. Axle housing
and push shroud up for access to steer- 8. Plug
ing column coupler. Remove four screws 9. Gasket
10. Plug
retaining steering motor support 11. Gasket
bracket. Loosen pinch bolt (4-Fig. 57) 12. Dust cap
13. Bearing
in coupler and remove steering motor 14. Inner cover
and bracket out left side of tractor. 15. Bushing
•
16. Shaft seal
Reverse removal procedure to install 17. Seal assy.
steering motor. Refer to paragraph 51
to fill and bleed power steering system.
17 Q
55. OVERHAUL STEERING MO- 14
TOR. Refer to paragraph 44 and Fig. 53 13~
for steering motor overhaul. 12-=S
26
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 55B·55e
locknuts at differential drive flange,
then withdraw drive shaft flange from
mounting bolts and lower shaft to the
ground. Remove front weights and
weight bracket.
Fig. 578- Exploded view of On Models 6700 and 7700, remove
front axle, steering knuckle,
center support and tie rod steering cylinder hose support from
assembly used on Models center support. Disconnect steering
7600 and 7700. cylinder from left steering arm and
2 center support (6-Fig. 57B). Tem-
1. Tie rod
2. Tie rod end porarily secure steering cylinder to
22 3.
4.
Shim
Pivot pin
underneath side of tractor. On Models
3 21 5. Pin 5600, 6600 and 7600, disconnect drag
6.
7.
Center support
Axle housing
link from steering arm.
20 Support front of tractor, then remove
8. Plug
19 9. Gasket
18 10. Plug
faste ners securing front support
15 11. Gasket bracket. Remove front support bracket
12. Dust cap and roll axle assembly and center sup-
16 13. Bearing
14. Inner cover port away from tractor as a complete
15. Bushing unit. .
16. Shaft seal
17. Seal assy. Inspect components for excessive
18. Steering knuckle
19. Seal wear or damage and renew as needed.
20. King pin To install front axle (7-Fig. 57A or
21. Shim
22. King pin cap 57B) and center support (6) assembly,
reverse removal procedure. Install
shims (3) to reduce center support (6)
end play to 0.008-0.016 inch (0.2-0.4
mm). Shims are available in thicknesses
of 0.173 to 0.220 inch (4.4-5.6 mm) in in-
crements of 0.012 inch (0.3 mm).
Tighten fasteners to the following tor-
ques: center support to axle housing cap
screws-302 ft.-Ibs . (410 N om); front
support bracket cap screws -175-225
ft. -Ibs. (237-305 N om); steering cylinder
joint end to steering arm or center sup-
port nut and drag link end to steering
arm nut-221 ft.-Ibs. (300 N om); drive
shaft flange nuts-36 ft.-Ibs . (49 N om)
torque.
55B. TOE·IN. Toe-in is adjusted by
detaching tie rod end and rotating end.
Correct toe-in is 0-1/8 inch (0-3 mm).
Check for bent or excessively worn
parts if toe-in is not correct.
PLANETARY CARRIER,
WHEEL HUB AND HUB CARRIER
.-tl?i All Models
22------
To remove wheel hub (33-Fig. 57C or
t
30. Seal 50. Plug
31. Washer 51. Snap ring
32. Bearing 52. Pin
33. Hub 53. Plug
I 34. Bearing 54. Gasket
35. Circlip 55. Thrust washer
36. Ring gear carrier 56. Spacer
Fig. 57C-Exploded view of steering knuckle, hub carrier, hub and planetary drive used on Models 37. Ring gear 57. Needle bearings
5600, 6600 and 6700. 38. Slotted nut 58. Planetary pinion
27
Paragraph 55C Cont. FORD
28
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 55D·55G
tract height of detent plug (43-Fig. Fig. 57H - Exploded view of 76___
57C or 57D) from previously measured dl ff.rentl., housing assem·
bly used on Mod"Is 5600, 77-n 79
depth of shaft end to obtain shaft end
play. Drive out detent plug (43) and in·
6600 and 6700. Standard dlf·
. 78~.0
79~j) .2
f. rentl., Is shown at upper
stall spacing washer(s) (44) equal to
r?t;
right while IImUed Slip dll-
measured shaft end play so end play will fe,entl.1 Is shown at lowe,
I.ft.
be zero. Spacing washer (44) is available 76- -
in metric thicknesses of 0.3, 0.5 and 1.0
mm. Reinstall detent plug (43).
62. Hex nut
Cr'~ lIao
"::~a2
63. Washer
64. Dri\'e nange
To install carrier assembly (46), make 65. Dust shield
sure alignment marks on carrier (46) 66. Shaft seal
67. Bearing
and hub (33) are aligned, then secure 68. Sleeve
carrier assembly to hub (33). Cap screws 69. Housing
70. Shim
should be tightened to a torque of 18 71. Bearing
ft.·lbs. (25 N· m). Refill hub assembly 72, Bevel pinion
73. Bevel ring gear
with 1.6 U.S. pints (0. 75 liter) on Models 74. Adjusting nut
5600, 6600 and 6700 and 2.1 U.S. pints 75. Pin
76. Snap ring
(1.0 liter) on Models 7600 and 7700 of 77. Crou-shaft
78. Diffenmtial
Ford 134 lubricant or a suitable 79. Bearing
CQe
29
Paragraphs 55H·551 FORD
30
SHOP MANU AL Paragraph 55J
ring gear towards bevel pinion gear.
To check preload of left and right dif-
ferential bearings (79), mount a dial in-
dicator so tip of gage contacts back (flat)
side of bevel ring gear (73). While prying
differential side to side, turn adjusting
nut (74) opposite bevel ring gear just un-
til no movement of differential assembly
is noted on dial gage. Preload bearings
by tightening adjusting nut (74) opposite
bevel ring gear 1'h-2'" slots, as
necessary to align locking roll pin (75)
with a slot in nut (74). Recheck bevel
ring gear to bevel pinion gear backlash
and repeat previous procedure if need-
ed. With dial indicator gage tip contac-
ting back of bevel ring gear, check for
bevel ring gear runout. If run out ex-
Fig, S7J- Views of berel ,ln9 gear tooth contact patterns. Ref.r to text to determine thickness 01 ceeds 0.003 inch (0.08 mm), then gear is
shim (70-Flg. 57H Of Fig. 57K) If appropriate tools afe ''I,Ua ble. seated improperly on differential case
A. Prol)!!r tooth C. Pinion gear requires E. Pinion gear requires
and should be removed and inspected.
eontact-eoast lide thicker shim-coast thinner shim-eoast Refer to Fig. 57J for proper bevel ring
pattern side pattern aid!! J)3tlern and pinion gear tooth contact pattern. If
B. Proper tooth D. Pinion gear require. F. Pinion gear requires
eontact-drive lide thicker shim-ilrive thinner Bhim-drive pinion shimming procedure wasn't per-
pattern side pattern aide pattern
formed properly, ideal tooth pattern will
not be obtained and shimming procedure
will have to be repeated.
To install differential assembly, refer
Install shim (70) and bearing (71) cup in gear (73) onto differential case (84) using to paragraph 55H.
housing and press bearing (71) cone in suitable tools. Install remaining side
pinion gear shaft until seated against gear and clutch pack assembly. Locate
shoulder. bearing carrier (92) on differential case Models 7600·7700
To determine pinion bearing preload, (84) and install the ten retaining cap
install bearing (67) cup into small bore at screws. Tighten cap screws to a torque 55J. OVERHAUL. Mount differen-
rear of housing (69) and install bevel pi- of 155 ft.-Ibs. (210 N·m). Check clutch tial housing in a vise and loosen twelve
nion gear (72). Install a new collapsible pack free playas follows: Mount a dial cap screws that retain bevel ring gear
sleeve (68) on bevel pinion shaft, then in- indicator gage on differential case so (73-Fig. 57K) to differential case half
stall bearing (67) cone and oil seal (66). gage plunger contacts outer clutch (84). Drive out roll pins (75) that lock ad-
Install drive flange (64) and washer (63). plate. Use two screwdrivers to move justing nuts (74), then unscrew and
Coat threads of hex nut (62) with Ford clutch plate assembly up and down and remove adjusting nuts (74). Remove left
thread sealant EM4G-52A or a suitable note movement of gage needle. and right bearing (79) cups. Using a
equivalent, then install nut (62) finger Allowable free play is 0.004-0.008 inch suitable puller assembly, extract left and
tight on pinion shaft (72). While holding (0.1-0.2 mm). Adjust free play by chang- right bearing (79) inner races from
drive flange (64) with a suitable tool, ing thickness of pressure plate (87). left and right case halves (84). Note that
tighten hex nut (62) in small increments Pressure plates (87) are available in differential components must be
until torque required to turn assembly is thicknesses of 2.8, 2.9 and 3.0 mm. If disassembled in differential housing and
between 9-18 in.-Ibs. If desired torque after installation of thickest pressure cannot be removed as a complete unit.
reading is exceeded, then bearing plate (87) free play remains excessive, a Remove twelve bevel ring gear retaining
preload is excessive and a new sleeve new set of clutch plates (85 and 86) must screws, then separate left and right case
(68) must be installed and bearing be installed. Repeat instructions for op- halves and remove differential com-
preload readjusted. posite differential case half. Disassem- ponents with reference to Fig. 57K.
On models with limited slip, install ble differential case as previously outlin- Remove lock plate (89), hex nut (62),
pressure plate (87) on side gear (88) op- ed to renew clutch plates or adjust washer (63) and drive flange (64) from
posite bevel ring gear so polished side is pressure plate. bevel pinion gear (72). Drive or press
towards gear. Assemble clutch disc On models without limited slip dif- bevel pinion gear from housing. Remove
plates (85 and 86) on side gear (88) in an ferential, reassembly is reverse order of and discard collapsible sleeve (68).
alternating sequence as shown in Fig. disassembly. Tighten bevel ring gear re- Remove oil seal (66) and bearing (67)
57H. Place assembled side gear and taining screws to 155 ft.-lbs. (210 N'm) from housing. Use suitable tools and ex-
clutch pack assembly on a suitable piece torque. tract bearing (71) cone from bevel pinion
of tube with clutch plates at top and tabs Position assembled differential case in shaft. Drive bearing (71) cup from hous-
aligned. Carefully lower differential housing. Press left and right bearing ing using a suitable punch and hammer.
case (84) onto side gear and clutch pack cones (79) on differential case end using Clean and inspect all components and
assembly so clutch plate tabs engage suitable tools. Install left and right bear- renew as necessary. Bevel ring gear and
I
slots in case. Invert differential case and ing (79) cups and adjusting nuts (74) in bevel pinion gear are available only as a
31
Paragraphs 55K-55L FORD
Fig. 57K-Exploded 'flew of cones (79) on their respective case halves
I,anr · w"e", dJlferentfa' (84) using suitable tools. Install left and
housing assembly used on
Models 7600 and 7700. Stan· right bearing (79) cups and adjusting
dard differentia' is shown at nuts (74) in differential housing. Tighten
upper right while IImfted slip bevel ring gear retaining screws to 155
dllterential Is shown at
lower left.
ft.-Ibs. (210 N om) torque.
Backlash between bevel ring gear and
62. Hex nut bevel pinion gear should be 0.006-0.008
63. Washer
64 . Drive flange inch (0.15-0.20 mm). Backlash is ad-
65. Dust shield justed by rotating adjustment nuts (74).
66. Shalt seal
67. Bearing Backlash is reduced by moving bevel
68. Sleeve ring gear towards bevel pinion gear.
69. Housing
70. Shim To check left and right differential
71.
72.
Bearing
Bevel pinion
bearings (79) preload, mount a dial in-
73. Bevel ring gear dicator so tip of gage contacts back (flat)
74. Adjusting nut
75. Pin
side of bevel ring gear (73). While prying
77. Cross-shaft differential side to side, turn adjusting
79. Bearing nut (74) opposite bevel ring gear just un-
SO. Spider gear
83. Thru st washer til no movement of differential assembly
84. Case haIr
85. Drive plate is noted on dial gage. Preload bearings
86. Driven plat.e by tightening adjusting nut (74) opposite
87. Pressure plate
88. Side gear bevel ring gear 11h ·21f2 slots, as
89. Lock plate necessary to align locking roll pin (75)
90. Thrust washer
91. Side gear with a slot in nut (74). Recheck bevel
ring gear to bevel pinion gear backlash
and repeat previous procedure as need-
ed. With dial indicator gage tip still con-
tacting back of bevel ring gear, check fo r
ing procedure must be followed to deter- suitable tool, tighten hex nut (62) in bevel ring gear runout. If runout ex-
mine pinion bearing shim (70) thickness. small increments until torque required ceeds 0.003 inch (0.08 mm), then gear is
All measurements should be metric or to turn assembly is between 9-18 in.-Ibs. seated improperly on differential case
conversion will be necessary_ Refer to Secure with a new lock plate (89). If and should be removed and inspected.
Fig. 57I and install dummy pinion tool desired torque reading is exceeded, then Refer to Fig. 57J for proper bevel ring ~
T3123-2 into bore of differential hous- bearing preload is excessive and a new and pinion gear tooth contact pattern. If
ing, then install pinion setting mandrel, sleeve (68) must be installed and bearing pinion shimming procedure wasn't per-
tool T3123 into differential bearing preload readjusted. formed properly, ideal tooth pattern will
bores. On models with limited slip, install not be obtained and shimming procedure
Apply pressure to mandrel as follow- bevel ring gear (73) onto differential will have to be repeated.
ing measurements shown in Fig. 571 are case half (84). Install pressure plates (87) To install differential assembly, refer
taken: Height of dummy pinion (a) plus on side gears (88) so polished side is to paragraph 55H.
gap between dummy pinion and mandrel towards gear and assemble clutch disc
(b) plus half the diameter of differential plates (85 and 86) on side gears (88) in an
bores (c) equals dimension (x). alternating sequence as shown in Fig. POWER STEERING SYSTEM
Note that dummy pinion height (a) is 57K. Complete reassembly of differen-
marked on side of tool. Dimension (c) is tial components, then mate differential All Models
1.77 inches (45 mm). halves together. Install bevel ring gear
Measur e overall width of assembled retaining screws and tighten to a torque 55K. The power steering system is
pinion bearing (71- Fig. 57K) cone and of 155 ft.-Ibs. (210 N om). Check clutch the same as used on two-wheel drive
cup, then add bearing width to etched pi- pack free playas follows : Mount a dial models. Refer to paragraph 10 or 51 for
nion setting number (in millimeters) indicator gage on differential case so service.
marked next to serial number on end of gage plunger contacts outer clutch
bevel pinion (72). Subtract result from plate. Use two screwdrivers to move DRIVE SHAFT
dimension (x - Fig. 57I) to obtain re- clutch plate assembly up and down and
quired thickness of pinion bearing shim note movement of gage needle. Al- All Models
(70 - Fig. 57K). Shims are available in lowable free play is 0.004·0.008 inch
thicknesses of 0.1, 0.2, 0.3 and 0.5 mm. (0.1-0.2 mm). Adjust free play by chang- 55L . R&R AND OVERHAUL.
Install shim (70) and bearing (71) cup in ing thickness of pressure plate (87). Remove eight locknuts at transfer box
housing and press bearing (71) cone on Pressure plates (87) are available in output flange, then withdraw drive shaft
pinion gear shaft until seated against thicknesses of 2.8, 2.9 and 3.0 mm sizes. flange from mounting bolts and lower
shoulder. If after installation of thickest pressure rear of shaft to the ground. Remove
To determine pinion bearing preload, plate (87) free play remains excessive, a eight bolts and nuts at differential input
install bearing (67) cup into small bore at
rear of housing (69) and install bevel pi-
nion gear (72). Install a new collapsible
sleeve (68) on bevel pinion shaft, then in-
stall bearing (67) cone and oil seal (66).
new set of clutch plates (85 and 86) must
be installed. Repeat instructions for op-
posite differential case half. Separate
case halves for installation in differen-
tial housing.
flange and lower shaft to the ground.
Inspect all components for damage or
excessive wear and renew as necessary.
If either universal joint is renewed, it is
recommended to balance drive shaft.
t
Install drive flange (64), washer (63), Reassembly of components in dif- To install drive shaft, reverse removal
then install hex nut (62) finger tight. ferential housing is reverse order of procedure. Tighten all securing nuts to
While holding drive flange (64) with a removal. Press left and right bearing 36 ft.-Ibs . (49 N om) torque.
32
- - - - - -- - - - - --
33
Paragraph 550 Cont. FORD
of seal is 7116-15/32 inch (11-12 mm) nating installation of plates (22 and 23) (where piston and thrust ring are
below surface of case. Be sure lip of seal until remaining plates are installed. If located) with petroleum jelly and lower
faces toward the front. old Belleville washers are to be installed, case (I) over clutch and output shaft
Install new seal ring (30) on piston (31) disregard fo ll owing paragr aph . components. Align one recess in outer
and new seal rings (25 and 27) on thrust However, if new Belleville washers are edge of thrust ring (26) with clutch
ring (26). Coat seal rings with petroleum necessary use procedure in following piston oil pressure feed hole, then drive
jelly prior to installation. Install two paragraph to determine shim thickness. roll pin (8) into feed hole 0.006 inch (15
dowel pins (28) and four spri ngs (29) in To determine shim (38) thickness, mm) from outer edge of hole. Roll pin
piston (31) and mate thrust ring (26) place clutch assembly on output shaft must engage thrust ring recess to pre-
with piston. Install piston and thrust with clutch drum up. Remove drum vent turni ng. Secure clutch piston with
ring assembly on pressure piece (24) and without moving plates. Coat split rings snap ring (36).
assemble shim (32), thrust bearing (33) (17) with petroleum jelly and install Coat periphery of new oil seal (44)
and small thrust ring (34) on pressure rings to secure clutch components. with Ford Loctite or a suitable
piece. Compress unit and retain with Carefully turn assembly over so shaft equivalent and press into transfer box
snap ring (35). collar (C - Fig. 57N) is facing up and cover (45) with sealing lip towards
Install clutch plate carrier (20) in measure gap between pressure piece tapered roller bearing.
clutch drum (11). Coat drive plates (22) (24) and underside of output shaft collar To establish recommended output
with M2C134-A oil or a suitable (C) using a gage block (G) and feeler shaft end play of 0-0.004 inch (0-0. 10
equivalent, then insert components in gage (F). Record this measurement. mm), it is necessary to follow the shimm-
the following order: pressure plate (21) Note dimension of Belleville washer ing procedure outlined in the following
with flat side up, drive plate (22) and pack as indicated on packing slip, then paragraphs.
driven plate (23), then continue alter- subtract dimension of washer pack from Measure height of bearing recess
previously measured gap between shaft above flange surface. Assemble gage
collar and pressure piece. Result is blocks (B - Fig. 570), straightedge (S)
thickness of shim (38 - Fig. 57L). Shim is and depth gage (D) as shown in Fig.
available in metric thicknesses from 2.0 570. Bearing recess height is obtained
mm through 5.0 mm in 0.5 mm in- by taking height of gsge block (B) plus
crements. Separate output shaft from height of straightedge (S) minus depth
clutch and piston assemblies. Install oil gage (D) measured distance from top of
deflector (40) with lip engaging flat on straightedge to base of bearing recess.
collar, then press roller bearing (42) Record difference.
cone on front of shaft until oil defl ector Measure the projection of case surface
(40) and bearing (42) are seated against (I - Fig. 57P) above bearing assembly
shaft collar. Install original or new shim (R). Position straightedge (S) and depth
(38), then install Belleville washers (37) gage (D) as shown in Fig. 57P. Measure
with concave sides facing each other. In- distance from top of straightedge to
stall clutch and piston assemblies. bearing race surface and subtract height
Remove drum and shaft assembly (11) of straightedge to obtain the distance.
57 54 52 without disturbing components. Using Subtract recorded height of bearing
Fig. 57"" - Vie w s ho wing handbrak8 com· suitable tools, compress clutch and in- recess from the distance case surface
ponents contained In t,a nsfer box housing used stall split rings (17) on output shaft. projects above bearing assembly to ob-
on Models 5600, 6600. 6700, 7600 and 7700
equipped with front·wheel dr/~e. Cover retainer ring (16) with petroleum tain thickness of shim (43-Fig. 57L) to
jelly and install over split rings (17). give a 0.004 inch (0-0.10 mm) end play.
52. Cover Reinstall drum and shaft assembly (11). Shims are available in the following
53. Rear brake disc a6. Clevis Coat transfer box housing bores sizes: 0.020 inch(0.50 mm)and 0.098 inch
54. Spring 57. Actuator assy.
55. Pin 58. Front brake disc
24 G s
Fig. 57H - View showing transfer box clutch Fig. 570- View showing shimming procedure Fig. 57P- View showing shimming procedure
shimming procedure. tor checking height 01 bearing recess. Refer to for checking pro/ectlon of case surface above
text. bearing assembly. Refer to text.
C. Output lihaft collar G. Gage block B. Gage block D. Depth gage S. Srraight.edge
F. Feeler Kilge 24. Pressure pieee D. Depth gage S. Straightedge R. Bearing assy. 1. Case surfaee
34
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 57·60
(2.50 mm) through 0.114 inch (2.90 mm) cover on case using alignment marks (120 N-m) torque. Bend lock plate (49)
in increments of 0.004 inch (0.10 mm). made during disassembly . Tighten over against cap screw head to prevent
Install selected shim (43) and bearing securing cap screws to 32 ft.-lbs. (44 loosening.
outer race in front cover (45). Install N -m) torque. Reassemble handbrake components in
new seal ring (4 1) on output shaft. Coat Install flange (46), disc (47), pin (48), reverse order of removal. Install valve
mounting surface of front cover (45) lock plate (49) and securing cap screw assembly with new "0" rings and drain
with a suitable sealer. then install front (50). Tighten cap screw (50) to 88 ft.-Ibs. plug (19) with a new gasket (18).
35
Paragraph 61 FORD
Fig. 58-Exploded Iflew of
12 13 f,ont u'•.
wheel hub, spin.
~)7
10 11 die and p/anet.ry cauler as-
sembly used on Models
11~ ~25 ~
7710.
1. Drain plug
_\ 2. SeoI
14 ,,~ 3. Carrier housing
4. C~ screw
./ 5. Shim
6. S~r ring
7. Cirelip
8. Bearing
9. Planetary gear
10. Snap ring
11. Snap ring
12. Thrust washer
13. Sun gear
14. Cap screw
15. Ring ~ear
16. Roll pm
17. Cirthp
US. Heanng 0000 Fig. 60-Measure dimensions X and Y to
19. Seal establish ule shaft end play. Refer to text.
2Q .Bearing cup
21. Hub
22. SeoI
23. Shield
24. pindle &: knuckle assy. nut, then detach end from knuckle arm.
25. Shim (upper kingpm only)
26. Kingpin Securely support weight of hub assem-
27. Cap screw bly using a sling or other suitable
28. BOdh;ng
29. Stop bolt holding fixture. Remove cap screws
30. Bushing (27 - Fig. 58) retaining upper and lower
31. Seal
32. Joint ass)'. king pins (26). Withdraw upper and
33. Circlip
34 . Axle shaft
lower king pins (26), shim (25) (upper
35. "O~ ring king pin only) and "0" rings (35) from
36. Retainer
37. Bearing cone knuckle bores. Separate hublknuckle
42 38. Bearing cu p assembly with axle shaft from axle hous-
39. P'""
40. Seal ing. Remove upper and lower retainers
41. Bushing (36). Lift upper and lower cone and
42. Axle housing
4::1. Seal roller bearing (37) from cup (38) in axle ~
44. Bearing cup housing.
45. Bearing cone
46. Cap screw Inspect king pins for excessive wear
or any other damage. Inspect bearings
for corrosion, roughness, cracks, ex-
cessive wear or any other damage. If
Reassemble in reverse order of KING PINS AND BEARINGS roller bearing cones are renewed, cups
removal. Tighten cap screws retaining must be renewed as follows:
ringgearto65ft.-Ibs.(88 ·m). Using a All Models Using a suitable punch and hammer,
spr ing scale (S - Fig. 59) and a length of knock grease retain ing plugs (39) inward
cord (C) wrapped around wheel hub 61. R&R AND OVERHAUL. Posi- from cup bores. Bearing cups (38) may
studs (B), check wheel hub bearing roll- tion tractor on a suitable level surface now be driven outward from bores.
ing resistance. Measured reading should and apply parking brake. Raise front of Renew bearing cups and install grease
be 6.6-10.6 pounds (3.0-4.75 kg). If read- tractor and remove wheel on side requir- retaining plugs. Fill bearing cups with
ing is incorrect, renew hub bearings and ing service. Remove tie rod end securing grease (specification ITMIC 137 A or a
cups and recheck rolling resistance. good quality, multi-purpose lithium base
Thrust washer (5-Fig. 58) is located in grease). Pack bearings with grease and
center of carrier housing (3) and is used position in cups, then install new re-
to control axle shaft end play. With a 8 c tainers (36).
thrust washer located in housing, meas- Reassemble in reverse order of re-
ure distance (X - Fig. 60) using a moval. Ensure axle shaft splines engage
straightedge and depth gage. Push in side gear splines. Align steering knuckle
sun gear shaft completely and measure bores with bores in axle housing. If
distance from end of shaft to carrier original roller bearing cone and king
housing mounting surface (Y). Subtract pins are being used, original shim may
distance (y) from distance (X) to estab- be reused. Complete reassembly by in-
lish shaft end play. Correct axle shaft stalling new "0" rings on king pins and
end play is 0.008-0.020 inch (0.2-0.5 position shim on upper king pin, then us-
mm). Shims are available in thicknesses ing a suitable soft-faced mallet, drive
of 0.060, 0.079 and 0.098 inch (1.5, 2.0
and 2.5 mm). Adjust shim thickness until
correct end play is attained. Install car-
rier housing and tighten securing
screws. Fill hub with 1.3 U.S. pints of
king pins into position. Tighten securing
cap screws to 90 ft.-Ibs. (122 N'm) tor-
que. If either roller bearing cone or king
pin is renewed, then the following pro-
cedure must be used to determine shim
t
Ford EOAZ-19580 oil or a suitable Fig. 59- Whee' hub (H) bearing rolling res ist·
ance Is checked by wrapping cord (e) around
th ickness.
equivalent. Install plug with seal and hub studs (8) end measuring roiling resistance Remove axle shaft from hub assembly
tighte n. with spring scale (S), as outlined in paragraph 62. Align steer-
36
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 62·64
Fig. 61 - Exploded rl.w of ion shaft flange. Using a suitable soft·
tron'·wh.e' dtlre differentia' faced hammer drive pinion shaft into dif·
n umbly used on Mode's
5610, 6610, 6710, 7610 and ferential housing. Lift flange (32) from
7710. Housing usembly for housing. Remove pinion shaft (21), roller
Mode's 5610, 6610 and 7610 bearing cone (22) and sleeve (25) from
Is shown. Componenrs if. 5 differential housing.
and 6 .,. used on models
with limi ted Slip d ifferential.
64. OVERHA UL . Using puller
7. Pin (Churchill tool 1003 or Nuday 9516),
8. Locking plate bearing knife (Churchill tool 951 or Nu·
9. Side gear
10. Pin day 9190) and shaft end protector
11 . Pin
12. Differential case (Churchill tool 625A or Nuday 9212) or
la. Side geal" suitable equivalents, withdraw differen·
14. Bearing cone
tial carrier bearings (14 and 19-Fig.
~
15. Bearing cup
16. Axle shaft 61). Pry locking plate (8) from cap
17. Shim
18. Bearing cup screws securing ring gear (20), then
19. Bearing cone remove cap screws. Press ring gear
26 20. RinJ gellT
21. Pimon geM from differential case with differential
22. Bearing cone and ring gear pressing set (Nuday tool
23. Bearing cup
37
Paragraph 64 Cont. FORD
(Churchill tool 951 or Nuday tool 9190) but lock up with clutch pack when turn- housing and secure with at least four re-
and shaft end protector (Churchill tool ed fast. taining cap screws located diagonally
625A or Nuday tool 9212) or suitable On all models, complete differential opposite each other. Tighten securing
equivalents as shown in F ig. 63. reassembly and tighten cap screws cap screws to 140 ft.·lbs. (190 N· m) tor·
Reassembly is reverse of disassembly securing ring gear to 50 ft.-Ibs. (68 . m) que. Connect a spring scale to cord end
procedure. Coat all components with torque. InstaU new locking plate over as shown in Fig. 66 and measure amount
recommended oil during reassembly. cap screw heads. of pull required to turn differential
On models equipped with limited slip, If differential case, bearings or either assembly. Correct range is 4-12 pounds
the following should be noted when axle housing is renewed, the foUowing (2-6 kg.). If measured reading is below
assembling clutch packs. Spacer s (4 - procedure must be foUowed to deter· correct range, then increase shim thick-
Fig. 61) must be installed with machined mine thickness of shims (17 - Fig. 61) to ness. If measured reading is above cor-
surface side towards side gears (13). be located behind left and right dif· rect range, then decrease shim thick-
Clutch pack clearance must be measured ferential bearing cups (18). ness. Shims are available in thicknesses
prior to instaUation. On side with ring of 0.024-0.071 inch (0.6-1.8 mm) in 0.004
NOTE: Shims are used to provide cor- inch (0.1 mm) increments. Divide shims
gear, measure clearance using a depth rect bearing preload and location of shims
gage as shown in Fig. 64. On opposite equally and adjust shim thickness until
determines backlash between ring gear correct reading is attained, then remove
side, measure clearance through access and pinion gear.
holes in differential case using a feeler differential assembly, bearing cups and
gage as shown in Fig. 65. Correct clear- Withdraw axle shafts from housings. shims and identify fo r reassembly.
ance is 0.004-0.008 inch (0.1-0.2 mm) InstaU original shims behind differential Gear mesh position is adjusted using
and is adjusted by varying thickness of bearing cups (18) and press into position. shim (24-Fig. 61). Shim adjustment is
spacers (4-Fig. 61). Both spacers must Wrap a suitable cord of single thickness required if ring and pinion gears, pinion
be of equal thickness. Spacers are avail- around differential case and install dif- bearings, or housing is renewed; shim
able in thicknesses of 0.110-0.130 inch ferential assembly into housing. Route adjustment is not required if original
(2.8-3.3 mm) in 0.004 inch (0. 1 mm) in- cord end out pinion bore and secure end and new pinion gears are marked the
crements. Side gear should turn slowly, on outside of housing. Install left axle same and bearings and housing are not
renewed.
If only ring and pinion gears are to be
2
I 3 2 renewed, shim thickness may be deter-
mined by noting marked number on pin·
ion gear. If number marked on new pin-
ion is larger than number on original
pinion, subtract the difference from ~
original shim pack to determine needed
shim pack thickness. If number marked
on new pinion is smaller than number on
original pinion, add the difference to
4 original shim pack to determine needed
shim pack thickness.
If bearings or housing are renewed, or
if original shim pack (24) is not available,
shim (24) thickness may be determined
5 3 using the following procedure (measure-
ments should be in millimeters): Install
Fig. 63- View showing procedure for pulling In· Fig. 65 - On models with limited Slip dlfferen t/e/, dummy pinion (Churchill tool FT.3148·1
ner be aring (1) from pinion shaH (4) by use of clutch pack clearance on side opposite ring gear or Nuday tool 4799) into housing bore.
pulle, (3), bearing knlle (5) end shaH end protec· Is measured by using a feefergagfJ (1) Inserted In
tor (2). access holes (3) of differen tial case (2), NOTE: Be sure dummy pinion Is secure·
Iy seated against shoulder in housing
bore.
2
3
FIg. 64 - On models wlrh limited Slip differentIal,
clutch pack elesrance on ring g8., side Is Fig. 66- Hook spring scale (2) In cord end (1) to Fig. 67 - Use speCial plate (2), arbor (3), dummy
measured between top of clutch pack (2) lind top measure amount of pull required to turn differen- pinion (4) and feeler gage (1) to measure dis ·
of dlffersntl., case (3) by use of depth gage (1). tial assembly. Refe, to text. tance (0- Fig. 68).
38
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 64 Cont.
1
Fig. 58-Dimensions 8, D, P and Yer" used In
$et of formulas to determ ine thi ckness of shI m
(2'-FI•. 61~ Fig. 70- Views of ring gaar tooth contact patterns. Ad/ust shims IS needed until proper tooth pattern
;s stta/ned.
1. Housing 3. Arbor A. Proper tooth cont:act-coast C. Pinion gear requires thicker E. Pinion gear requires thinner
2. Plate 4. Dummy pinion side pattern shim-roast side pattern shim-roast side pattern
B. Proper tooth contact-drive D. Pinion gear requires th icker F . Pinion $'ear requires thinner
side pattern shim-drive side oattem shim-drive side pattern
39
Paragraphs 65·69 FORD
POWER STEERING SYSTEM Push gland (13) and tube (24) com- 69. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
pletely into housing. Measure protrusion Position tractor on a suitable level sur-
Models 5610·6610·7610 (X - Fig. 72) of tube past housing sur- face and securely block wheels to pre-
65. The power steering system is the face . Use a depth gage or other suitable vent rolling. Remove drain plug (4-Fig.
same as used on two-wheel drive measuring device and measure depth of 73) and drain oil. Detach solenoid cover
models. Refer to appropriate service end cap bore-distance Y. Subtract (I), then unscrew solenoid wire protec-
section for repair procedures. measurement X from distance Y; differ- tive tube (3) fitting from solenoid hous-
ence is shim (25) thickness needed to ing and disconnect wire from solenoid.
Models 6710·7710 properly locate tube in end cap. Shims Disconnect oil supply line (5) from hous-
are available in thicknesses of 0.040- ing fitting. On models equipped with a
66. OVERHAUL. Position tractor on 0.072 inch (1.0-1.8 mm) in increments of transmission hand brake, disconnect
a suitable level surface and apply park- 0.004 inch (0.1 mm). control cable from actuating lever. Place
ing brake. Place a suitable fluid holding Reassembly is reverse of disassembly. a suitable jack under transfer box hous-
container under cylinder housing. Dis- Install new seals and sealing rings. Coat ing and remove cap screws (2) retaining
connect power steering hose from fit- all components with Ford M-2C4 I A tr ansfer box assembly to center housing.
ting on top of end cap (26-Fig. 71). De- power steering fluid or a suitable equiva- Lower assembly and slide housing rear-
tach tie rod ends from steer ing lent during reassembly. Tighten end cap
knuckles. Release clamps (28) on each screws to a torque of 50 ft.-lbs. (68
side and unscrew tie rod assemblies (29) N -m).
from cylinder rod (18). Remove cap
screws (27) securing end cap (26), then 67. FLUID AND BLEEDING. Use
withdraw end cap from cylinder rod. Ford M-2C41A fluid in power steering
Note shims (25) located in end cap. Ex- system. Fluid level should be maintained
tract cylinder rod (18) and piston at bottom of reservoir filler neck. Sys-
assembly (21) as a unit from housing. tem capacity is 5.0 U.S. pints (2.4 liters).
Using a suitable tool, push gland (13) System is self-bleeding; start engine and
and tube (24) from housing. cycle steering until all air is bled. Check
NOTE: Piston (21- Fig. 71) and cylinder reservoir fluid level and refill as needed.
rod (18) must be separated to renew seal
(22).
TRANSFER BOX
Clean all components with a suitable
solvent and blow dry with clean com- All Models
pressed air. Inspect cylinder tube (24), 68. The transfer box is attached to
piston (21) and cylinder rod (18) for ex- underneath side of rear axle center
housing and is lubricated by transmis- Fig. 73- View show/nQ trans'., box assembly
cessive wear, scoring or any other without tran.m/ss/on hand br.h. Mode's with
damage and renew as needed. If tube sion/rear axle oil. Transfer box may be t,ansm/ss/on "and brake If. s/mlla,.
(24), gland (13) or end cap (26) is re- equipped with an optional transmission
hand brake. A gear on rear axle pinion is 1. Solenoid eon'r 4. Drain plug
newed, the following procedure must be 2. Cap screws 5. Oil supply line
used to establish thickness of shim (25). used to drive transfer box idler gear. An 3. Tube 6. Yoke
40
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 70
7. Bearingcone
8. Shaft
9. Sealing rings
10. Snap ring
11 . Clutch housing
12. Spacer plate
13. Drive plates
14. Driven plates
15. Shim
16. Snap ring
14 17. Actuatingcylinderl
I' ~. 23~fl
drive gear housing
lJ
18. Plu~
24 ,' / 19. ~O" nng
L 26~ ~
. 27'28
29 2827
. 21. Piston
22. lnner seal
23. Plate
~ ''''~~
24. Gasket
25. Solenoid & comrol valVE" assy.
26. ~O" ringll Fig. 77 - Measure distance "0 " and height " H" ro
~ ~" . ~
. 27. Thrust washer determine shim (40- Fig. 74) thickness for cor·
~3738
28. Needle bearings rect output shaft end play. Refer to text.
29. Idler gear
- 30. Snap ring
3334 Belleville washers (32) and remove snap
"""~
3t. Shaft
32. Belleville washer.;
33. Spacer ring ring (34). Compress snap ring (16)
34. Snap ring
35. Housing
through access holes (H - Fig. 75) in
36. Plug clutch housing (11), then separate clutch
37. Thrust washer housing from actuating cylinder/drive
38. Bearing cone
39. Bearing cup gear assembly. Withdraw piston (21-
I.Shlekl 4. Sealing rings 40. Shim Fig. 74) and plungers (18) from ac-
2. Seal 5. Collar 41. "O~ ring
3. Snap ring 6. Hearing cup 42. End plate tuating cylinder (17).
Clean all gears, shafts, bearings and
ward to disconnect output shaft splines shaft (31) and slide shaft from housing. housings with a suitable solvent and
from drive shaft yoke (6). Withdraw idler gear (29) with needle blow dry with clean compressed air. In-
Installation is reverse of removal. bearings (28) and thrust washers (27). spect all gears and shaft splines for ex-
Tighten cap screws securing housing to Remove shield (1) from output shaft, cessive wear, chipped teeth, burrs or
35 ft.-Ibs. (48 N ' m) torque. Refill trans- then remove oil seal (2) and snap ring (3) any other damage. Inspect housings for
mission/rear axle unit with 57 3/, U.S. from housing bore. Remove cap screws excessive wear, cracks or any other
quarts on models with single-speed pto securing end plate (42), then lift plate damage. Inspect bearings for excessive
and 61'1. U.s. quarts on models with and "0" ring seal (41) from housing wear, corrosion, roughness or any other
dual-speed pto. Recommended oil is noting bearing preload shim (40). Using damage. Inspect shaft sealing rings for
Ford 134. a press and suitable tools, press output excessive wear or any other damage. In-
shaft (8) out front of transfer box assem- spect clutch plates for wear, cracks,
70. OVERHAUL (Models Without bly. Withdraw clutch assembly and ac- distortion, damaged splines or any other
Transmission Hand Brake). Refer to tuating cylinder/drive gear assembly damage. Inspect bushing in actuating
Fig. 74 for an exploded view of transfer from housing as a unit. Compress cylinder/drive gear housing for ex-
box. Remove snap ring (30) at one end of cessive wear. Examine actuating cylin-
der piston and plungers for excessive
wear or any other damage. Check filter
at end of control valve for blockage, Be
H..:-__ 11 sure all oil passages are clean and free of
restrictions. Renew all parts as needed.
Renew all seals, "0" rings and gaskets.
Control valve and solenoid assembly is
renewable only as a complete unit.
Clutch plates must be renewed as a set.
Reassemble in reverse order of dis-
assembly. Check clutch plate clearance
by positioning clutch assembly (A - Fig.
76) in a press and compressing clutch
plates with a suitable tool. Measure gap
between front snap ring (10) and spacer
plate (J2) using feeler gage (G). Correct
clearance is 0.027-0.098 inch (0.7-2.7
17 c mm). If measured clearance is not within
limits, adjust shim (J5-Fig. 74) thick-
Fig. 76 - View showing procedure for checking
Fig. 75 - View showing access holes (H) used In clutch plate clearance on models without trans· ness until correct clearance is attained.
compressing snap ring to separate clutch hous- mission hand brake. Shim (15) is available in thicknesses of
ing (11) from actuating cyllndeVdrlve g88r 8S-
sembly {17). Clutch plates (C) are shown In hous- A. C1ut('h assv. 10. Snap ring
0.18,0.32 inch (4.7,8.1 mm) in in-
Ing. G . F'('('ler~;' 12. Spact'r plate crements of 0.008 inch (0.2 mm).
41
Paragraph 71 FORD
compressed .s
transmission hand brake, snap ring (54) must b,
outlined In tut.
42
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 71 Cont.
with plungers (48), piston assembly (51) bushing in actuating cylinder/drive gear needed until correct distance is attained.
and Belleville washers (53). housing for excessive wear. Examine ac- Disassemble components and note cor-
Clean all gears, shafts, bearings and tuating cylinder piston and plungers for rect shims for reassembly.
housings with a suitable solvent and excessive wear or any other damage. To reassemble, stand transfer box
blow dry with clean compressed air. In- Check filter at end of control valve for housing (19) on rear surface. Position an
spect all gears and shaft splines for ex- blockage. Be sure all oil passages are alignment sleeve 2'/8 inches (53 mm)
cessive wear, chipped teeth, burrs or clean and free of restrictions. Renew all long in rear bearing bore. Install
any other damage. Inspect housings for parts as needed. Renew all seals, "0" plungers (48), "0" rings (49), piston (51)
excessive wear, cracks or any other rings and gaskets for reassembly. Con- and seals (50 and 52) in actuating cyl-
damage. Inspect bearings for excessive trol valve and solenoid assembly is re- inder/drive gear housing (47), then in-
wear, corrosion, roughness or any other newable only as a complete unit. Clutch stall housing and Belleville washers (53)
damage. Inspect shaft sealing rings for plates and brake discs must be renewed over sleeve. InstaJI in correct sequence
excessive wear or any other damage. In- as a set. two internally splined brake discs (59 -
spect clutch plates or brake discs for Before reassembly, correct shim Fig. 82) and one stationary plate (62) on
wear, cracks, distortions, damaged thicknesses must be established. Check face of housing (47 - Fig. 78). Hook and
splines or any other damage. Separate clutch plates and brake discs clearance secure linkage to brake actuator (60-
brake actuator by removing return as follows: Place assembled clutch unit Fig. 82) and install actuator. Install
springs, then split halves and inspect on output shaft (8) against snap ring splined sleeve (44) through actuator and
operating balls and ramp tracks. Inspect (54), then stand shaft vertically as engage splines of brake discs. Install
shown in Fig. 80. Position splined sleeve thrust washer (46-Fig. 78) and needle
(44 - Fig. 78) with snap ring (42) on bearing (45) into sleeve (44). Install re-
26--- shaft. Install needle bearing (45) and maining internally splined discs (63-
thrust washer (46) onto shaft, then in· Fig. 82) and stationary plates (61) over
stall actuating cylinder/drive gear hous- sleeve and retain with snap ring (42-
ing (47), plungers (48) and piston (51). Fig. 78). Position assembled clutch
DO NOT install Belleville washers. Posi- assembly in housing on splined sleeve,
w tion step ring (10), needle bearing (11) then place snap ring (54) on spacer plate
and shim (12) onto shaft. In place of (55) of clutch assembly (due to limited
bearing (13), install a suitable spacer space, shaft is inserted through snap
rn - Fig. 80) that will butt agsinst shaft ring). Install bearing cone (7) and sealing
47 step. Retain components with slotted rings (4 and 9) on output shaft (8). Hold
nut (26). With reference to Fig. 80 meas- snap ring (54) open and insert shaft into
ure clearance between shim (12) and housing while aligning splines.
spacer (W). Correct clearance is 0.027-
0.098 inch (0.7-2.7 mm). Shim (12) is NOTE: Ensure snap ring correctly
A 8 available in thicknesses of 0.287-0.309 engages groove In shaft. Alignment sleeve
inch (7.30-7.85 mm) in increments of will be forced from bearing bore as shaft
Fig. 80-0n models with transmission hend 0.002 inch (0.05 mm). Adjust shim as Is Installed.
brake, assembl. components designated In fut needed until correct measured gap is at-
lind measure clutch plate clearance using feeler tained. Install step ring (10), needle bearing
gage(G). Position shaft assembly in a press and (11), shim (12) and bearing (13) onto
A. Clutch assy. using a suitable tool located against shaft. Secure components with slotted
G. Feeler gage 26. Slotted nut clutch piston (51- Fig. 78), compress nut (26) and tighten to a torque of 120
W. Washer 44. Splined sleeve
8. Output shaft 47. Actuating cylinder & clutch plates. With reference to Fig. 81 ft.-lbs. (163 N ' m). Install front bearing
12. Shim drive gear housing measure distance between top surface of cup (6), oil collar (5) and snap ring (3).
actuating cylinder/drive gear housing Check output shaft end play as
(47) and clutch housing (A). Correct follows: Install bearing cup (25) until
47 distance is 2.374·2.390 inches (60.3- completely positioned against bearing
60.7 mm). If distance is incorrect, shim (13). Using a suitable depth gage or
(58-Fig. 78) must be adjusted. Shim other measur ing device, measure
(58) is available in thicknesses of 0.18- distance (D - Fig. 77) from lip of transfer
0.32 inch (4.7-8.1 mm) in increments of box housing rear bore to surface of bear-
0.008 inch (0.2 mm). Adjust shim as ing cup. Measure height of end plate
59
R&R ENGINE WITH CLUTCH assure a cranking speed of 150 to 200 FIQ. 83 - Wh en InstaIlinQenQine to transmission
rpm. houslnQ. tig hten bolts shown at loca tio ns In
All Models The following table gives compression drawlnQ to the tollowlnQ torqu e speclllcatfons:
72. To remove engine and clutch pressure ranges and maximum allow-
assembly, first remove front axle, front 1. 55-75 ft.·lbs. 3. 110-135 ft.·lbs.
able cylinder-to-cylinder variation for a ~mN·~ p~~N · ~
support or pedestal, rad iator and cranking speed of approximately 200 2. 220-300 ft.·lb1. 4. 125-140 ft. ·lbs.
(299·408 N'm) (170-190 N'm)
radiator shell assembly as outlined in rpm:
paragraph 83 or 84. Then, proceed as Disconnect ventilation tube from
follows: Non·Diesel Engines: rocker arm cover and remove rocker
Disconnect battery cables and on all Compression Pressure arm cover, rocker arms assembly and
models except 6700, 6710, 7700 and Range .. . . .. .. .. . ... . .. 110-210 psi push rods. Remove remaining cylinder
7710, remove battery, battery tray and (759-1449 kPa) head bolts and remove cylinder head
support brackets. If engine is to be Max. Allowable Variation ....... 25 psi from engine block.
disassembled, drain oil pan. Disconnect (173 kPa) NOTE: If cy linder head ga sket failure
all interfering wir ing and sheet metal. has occurred, check cylinder head and
Disconnect power steering hoses on Diesel Engines: block mating surfaces for lIatness. Ma x·
models so equipped. Disconnect heater Compression Pressure imum allowable deviat ion from flatness Is
and air conditioning hoses on models so Range . .. ... .. . . .. . .... 300-400 psi 0.006 inch (0.15 mm) overall or 0.003 inch
equipped. Shut off fuel supply valve, (2070-2760 kPa) (0.076 mm) in any si x inches. If cylinder
remove fuel supply line and diesel excess Max. Allowable Variation . .. .... 50 psi head Is not within flatness specified or Is
fuel return line. Disconnect oil cooler (345 kPa) rough, su rface may be lightly machined. If
lines. Disconnect throttle linkage, choke cylinder block is not within flatness
wire or diesel stop wire and proofmeter R&R CYLINDER HEAD specified, It may be machined providing
drive cable. Remove flywheel timing distance between top of pistons at top
hole cover screw. Remove any engine All Models dead center and top surface of cylinder
accessories as required for indicated 74. To remove cylinder head, proceed block is not less than 0.002 Inch (0.05 mm)
engine overhaul, attach hoist to engine, as follows: Remove vertical exhaust after mach ining. If cylinder head is also
then unbolt and remove engine and muffler, if so equipped, and remove skimmed to restore flatness, check
clutch assembly from transmission. engine hood. On models with horizontal clearance of lower edge of valve seat In·
To reinstall engine, reverse removal exhaust system, disconnect exhaust pipe sert to face of cylinder head. Th is
procedure. Refer to Fig. 83 fo r engine to from exhaust manifold. Remove turbo- clearance must be at least 0.117 Inch (2.97
transmission bolt tightening torques. charger (diesel models so equipped) and mm). To determ ine if cylinder head bolts
Bleed diesel fuel system as outli ned in exhaust manifold. Remove battery, bat- will bottom after machining, install
paragraph 123, fill and bleed power tery tray and battery support brackets cylinder head to block without gasket, In·
steering system as outlin ed in on all models except 6700, 6710, 7700 stall rocker arm supports, washers and all
paragraph 13, 31, 40, 51 or 67. and 7710. Drain cooling system and re- head bolts finger tight. Then using a feeler
move upper radiator hose and heater gage, measure clearance between under·
hoses on models so equipped . Disconnect side of bolt heads and cylinder head or
ENGINE COMPRESSION interfering wi ring and detach any braces rocker arm supports. If clea rance is 0.010
PRESSURES bolted to head. inch (0.254 mm) or more, cut threads of
On diesel models, disconnect air intake bolt hole deeper In block with a V, ·inch, 13
All Models hose from intake manifold, shut off fuel UNC-2A 18p.
73. The Ford Motor Company recom- supply valve and remove fuel filter
mends that compression pressures be assembly from intake manifold. Remove 75. Two different thickness cylinder
checked only at cranking speeds. Non- fuel injectors as outlined in paragraph head gaskets have been used on Model
diesel engine compression pressures 130. Remove intake manifold. 5000 engines. On tractors built before
should be checked with all spark plugs On gasoline models, shut off fuel sup- mid-1969, head gasket had a compressed
removed, throttle in wide open position ply valve, disconnect air inlet hose, fuel thickness of 0.029 inch (0.737 mm).
and choke knob pushed in. Insufficient line and throttle rod from carburetor, Later gaskets have a compressed
cranking speed can cause low compres- disconnect vacuum line from intake thickness of 0.037 inch (0.940 mm). Be-
sion pressure readings. For this reason, manifold and distributor and remove in- cause of construction differences,
battery should be well charged and take manifold and carburetor as a unit. earl ier gasket should not be used on
starting system functioning properly to Remove spark plugs. later engines.
44
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 76
The cylinder head gasket for Model VALVES, STEM SEALS resulting in a 0.5 degree interference
7000 engines has a steel plate sand- AND SEATS angle. Renew valve if margin is less than
wiched between the two outer layers. 1I16-ineh (1.587 mm) for intake, or less
Thickness is 0.068 inch (1.727 mm). See All Models than 1I32-inch (0.784 mm) for exhaust
Fig. 84 for comparative view of new 76. Exhaust valves are equipped with after valve is refaced. Desired valve seat
head gasket. Note increase in number positive type rotators and an "0" ring width is 0.080-0.102 inch (2.032-2.590
and size of coolant passage holes to ac- type seal is used between valve stem and mm) for intake valves and 0.084-0.106
commodate 50 per cent increase in flow rotator body. Intake valve stems of most inch (2.133-2.696 mm) for exhaust
volume from water pump. Fire ring of models are fitted with umbrella type oil valves. Seats for intake valves can be
new gasket is made of stainless steel. seals. Both intake and exhaust valves narrowed and centered by using 15 and
When reassembling, do not use gasket seat on renewable type valve seat in- 45 degree stones. Seats for exhaust
sealer or compound and be sure that serts that are a shri nk fit in cylinder valves can be narrowed and centered by
gasket is properly positioned on the two head. In serts are available in oversizes using 30 and 60 degree stones. Total
dowel pins. Using the sequence shown in of 0.010, 0.020 and 0.030 inch (0.254, seat runout should not exceed 0.0015
Fig. 85 for 5000 and 7000 models and 0.508 and 0.762 mm) as well as standard inch (0.038 mm).
Fig. 86 for all other models, tighten size. Desired stem to guide clearance is
cyli nder head bolts in three steps as Intake and exhaust valve face angle 0.001-0.0027 inch (0.025-0.069 mm) for
follows: for early 5000 models is 44 degrees and intake valves and 0.002-0.0037 inch
First Step ................. 90 ft.-lbs. valve seat angle is 45 degrees resulting (0.051-0.094 mm) for exhaust valves.
(122N ' m) in a one degree interference angle. In- New (standard) stem diameter is 0.37ll-
Second Step ........ .. .... 100 ft. ·lbs. take and exhaust valve face angle fo r 0.3718 inch (9.426-9.444 mm) for intake
(136 N'm) 5600, 5610, 6600, 6610, 6700 and 6710 valves and 0.3701-0.3708 inch (9.401-
Final Step .............. . . llO ft.-lbs. models is 44.5 degrees and valve seat
(150 N ' m) angle is 45 degrees resulting in a 0.5
degree interference angle. Renew valve
NOTE: Torque values given are for lubri·
if margin is less than 1I32-ineh (0.794
cated threads; tighten cylinder head bolts
mm) after valve is refaced. Desired
only when engine is cold.
val ve seat width is 0.080-0. 102 inch
Adjust valve gap as indicated in para- (2.032-2.590 mm) for intake valves and
graph 78. Complete reassembly of 0.084-0.106 inch (2.133-2.692 mm) for
engine by reversing disassembly pro- exhaust valves.
cedure. Tighten intake manifold bolts to Seats can be narrowed and centered
a torque of 23-28 ft.-lbs. (31-38 N'm), by using 30 and 60 degree stones. Total
exhaust manifold bolts to a torque of seat runout should not exceed 0.0015
25-30 ft.-lbs. (34-4 1 N · m). With reas- inch (0.038 mm).
sembly complete, bleed diesel fuel For late 5000 models and 7000 models
system as outlined in paragraph 123, the intake valve face angle is 29 degrees
start engine and bring to normal oper- and valve seat angle is 30 degrees. Ex-
ating te mperature. Shut off engine and haust valve face angle is 44 degrees and
readjust valve gap to 0.015 inch (0.38 valve seat angle is 45 degrees. Be sure to
mm) on intake valves and 0.018 inch maintain one degree interference angle. A B
(0.46 mm) on exhaust valves. The Intake valve face angle for 7600, 7610,
7700 and 7710 models is 29.5 degrees Fig. 87 - Comparison view to show difference In
cylinder head bolts should be retorqued design between Intake valve (8) used on later
and valve gap readju sted after 50 hours and valve seat angle is 30 degrees. Ex- models and older type (A). Changed profile 1m·
of operation. haust valve face angle is 44.5 degrees proves heat tolerance and flow of air into com·
and valve seat angle is 45 degrees bustlon chamber.
12 ~ ~ ~0 ®
® O ill 00 0 @
-.v - - - , , & -
~
Fig. 85 - Drawing showIng
cylinder head bolt tightening
sequence for 5000 and 7000
models. ~ 7 1
®
o ./0\
@ ® ® ®
® ® CD 0 @
Fig. 86 - Drawing showing
~ ~ 5
0
cylinder head bolt tightening
sequence for all models ex·
A B cept 5000 and 7000 models.
45
Paragraphs 77·78 FORD
.r••.
mod./s h.r. addltlon.1 ,.11., cut Into InJecror
port
Fig. 91- With TDC timing
mark aligned and No. 4
9.4 18 mm) for exhaust valves. Valves piston on compression
with 0.003, 0.015 and 0.030 inch (0.076, stroke, the four Indicated
valves may b. adjusted.
0.381 and 0.762 rom) oversize stems are Re'.r to Fig. SO.
available as well as r eamers (Nuday tool
SW502) for enlarging valve guide bore
to these oversizes.
Refer to Fig. 87 for comparative view
of new type intake valve with increased
thickness at valve head for better heat
dissipation. If new valve is installed in
older engines, seats must be ground to
fit. For this feason, gasoline and diesel ex. guide diameter is 0.3728-0.3735 inch
See Fig. 88 for view of new cylinder haust valves should not be Interchanged. (9.469-9.487 mm). Valve guides may be
head to show increased relief area at Exhaust valves for gasoline engines may reamed to 0.003, 0.015 or 0.030 inch
valve seats. Turbocharged Models 7600, be Identified by an 0.18 Inch (4.572 mm) (0.076, 0.381 or 0.762 mm) oversize and
7610, 7700 and 7710 have an additional diameter depression In center of top face valves with oversize stems installed if
relief as a fuel mixture recess cut into in- of valve head whereas exhaust valves for stem-to-guide clearance is excessive. De-
jector port area between valve seats. diesel engines have a flat top face on sired stem·to-guide clearance is 0.001-
These heads also have coring changes valve head. 0.0027 inch (0.025-0.069 mm) for intake
for increased coolant flow, and are not valves and 0.002-0.0037 inch (0.051-
interchangeable with earlier production VALVE GUIDES AND SPRINGS 0.094 mm) for exhaust valves. A valve
cylinder heads. stem guide reamer kit (Nuday tool
All MOdels SW502 as shown in Fig. 89) is available.
NOTE: Although valves for gasoline and 77. Intake and exhaust valve guides Intake and exhaust valve springs are
diesel engines ara dimensionally the are an integral part of the cylinder head interchangeable. Valve spring free
same, exhaust valve material Is different. and are non-renewable. Standard valve length should be 2.15 inches (54.61 mm).
Springs should exert a force of 61 to 69
pounds (27.7-31.3 kg) when compressed
to a length of 1.74 inches (44 .196 mm),
and a force of 125-139 pounds (57.0-
63.0 kg) when compressed to a length of
1.32 inches (33.53 mm). Valve springs
should also be checked for squareness by
setting spring on flat surface and check
Fig. 89- Val .... guides are/n· with a square; renew spring if clearance
t.g,,' with cylinder head.
Reamers In 0.003, 0.015 and between top end of spring and square is
0.030 Inch (0.076, 0.381 and mor e t han 11l6-inch (1.59 mm) with bot-
0.762 mm) over.'ze .re tom end of spring against square. Also,
..... IIab/e (Nudar tool renew any spring showing signs of rust
S W-502) tor repairing worn
gu/d.s to fit oversize valve or erosion.
stams_ Ret.r to taxI.
ADJUSTMENT
All Models
46
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 79·82
-"';""'H
1
7 8
...-,1r>---3
FiQ. 94 - Exploded "lew of rochr arm usembly. Cylinder he.d bolts (1) . re used to ret. ln roch r arm
supports. Notch (N) In end of shah must be Installed upward and to front of enQine. Refer to note In
tex. concerning washers (2).
Fig. 93- Drawing 0' exhaust rock er arm used on 2. Flat washers 5. Adjul ting IICrewlI
turbocharged engines. Note location 0' 01/ holes N. Notch 3. Rocker ann supports 6. Springs 8. Shaft end plugs
(H), I. Cylinder head bolts 4. Rocker anru 7. Spacers 9. Rocker ann shaft
47
FORD
Models 5200, 6600C, 7200 and 7600C,
disconnect hydraulic tubes leading to
steering motor. Support tractor under
front end of transmission. Depending on
Fig. 95- View 01 timing gear
co~er and engine Iront plate type of assembly, detach front axle and
Installaflon. On non·diesel support as a unit or as separate com-
engines, go~ernor assembly ponents from tractor. Remove radiator
Is used Instead of plete (1). assembly. If used, note location of
On models without power
st••rlng, plate (8) co~ers spacer shims between support and
hole In engine front plat. (5). engine oil pan.
With front axle and front support re-
I. Covl!r plate
2. Gasket moved from tractor proceed as follows:
3. Timing gear cover Remove fan belt and generator or alter-
4. Gasket
5. Engine front "Iale nator front mounting bolt. Drain and re-
6. Gasket
7. "Oft nllg
move oil pan. Remove cap screw and
8. Cover plate washers from front end of crankshaft,
9. Dowel pins then using a suitable puller and shaft
10. Oil gallery "lug
protector, remove crankshaft pulley.
Unbolt and remove timing gear cover.
With timing gear cover removed,
crankshaft front oil seal and dust seal
can be renewed as outlined in paragraph
100.
To reinstall timing gear cover, reverse
removal procedure. Tighten timing gear
Torque required to turn valve adjust- Reinstall rocker arm cover with new cover retaining cap screws to a torque of
ment screw in rocker arm should be 9 to gasket and tighten retaining bolts to a 13-18 ft.-Ibs. (18-24 N·m). Tighten
26 ft.-Ibs . (12-35 N -m); renew rocker torque of 13 fUbs. (18 . m). crankshaft pulley retaining cap screw to
arm and/or screw if torque required to a torque of 165 ft.-Ibs. (224 N · m). Install
turn screw is less than 9 ft.-Ibs. (12 oil pan as outlined in paragraph 105.
N -m). R&R TIMING GEAR COVER With timing gear cover reinstalled,
NOTE: Rocker arms arB not inter·
reinstall front support and front axle
changeable on turbocharged engines. Oil
All Models Except 6700·6710· assemblies by reversing removal pro-
7700·7710 cedure and observing the following:
flow Is restricted on exhaust rocker arms.
83. To remove timing gear cover, Reinstall front support to oil pan bolts
Note location of all holes In rocker arm
remove hood and grille, drain cooling with same spacer shims as were re-
shown In Fig. 93.
system and disconnect radiator and air moved. However, if shims were lost or if
When reassembling, be sure notch cleaner hoses. Disconnect battery engine block andlor oil pan were re-
(N - F ig. 94) in one end of rocker arm ground cable and wiring to headlights. newed, select new shims as follows:
shaft is up and towards front end of On Models 5100 and 7100 without power Tighten front support to engine bolts to
engine; this will correctly position steering, disconnect drag link from spin- a torque of 280 ft.-Ibs . (381 N ' m) and
rocker ar m oiling holes. Back each dle arm. On Models 5100, 5600, 5610, measure clearance between front sup-
rocker arm adjusting screw out two 6600, 6610, 7100, 7600 and 7610 with port and oil pan at bolting points. Select
turns, then tighten all retaining bolts }Xlwer steering, disconnect drag link shim thickness equal to clearance,
evenly until valve springs are com- from steering gear arm and the power loosen support to engine bolts and install
pressed and rocker arm supports are steering tubes to steering cylinder. On support to oil pan bolts with spacer
snug against cylinder head; then,
tighten all bolts to a torque of 110 ft.-Ibs.
(150 N · m).
NOTE: A few engines were built with
two thin hardened washers under valve
rocker arm shaft support bolt heads in-
stead 01 the single 0.16·0.17 Inch (4.06-
4.31 mm) thick washer (2 - Fig. 94) which
Is listed in the Ford Tractor Parts Catalog
for this loeatlon. When one of these
Fig. 96- Timing gesr back·
engines Is serviced, It Is very important lash can be chechd wIth
when reassembling, that either the cor· dia' Indicator or with fe./e,
rect washer Is Installed or both the thinner gage as shown. Be sure to
check backlll5h .t several
washers are reinstalled. points .round the ge.r.
After rocker arm shaft is installed, ad-
just valve clearance, cold, to 0.017 inch
(0.43 mm) on intake valves and 0.021
inch (0.53 mm) on exhaust valves. After
engine is assembled, start and bring to
normal operating temperature and ad-
just valve clearance as outli ned in para-
graph 78.
48
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 84-86
TIMING GEARS shaft gear should be 0.001-0.006 inch
(0.025-0.150 mm) on gasoline engines
All Models and 0.001-0.009 inch (0.025-0.230 mm)
85. Before removing any gears in tim- on diesel engines. Backlash between
ing gear train, first remove rocker arm camshaft drive gear and fuel injection
assembly as covered in paragraph 82, to pump drive gear or distributor drive
avoid the possibility of damage to piston gear should be 0.001-0.012 inch (0.025-
or valve train if either camshaft or 0.300 mm). If backlash is not within rec-
crankshaft should be turned independ- ommended limits, renew camshaft drive
ently of the other. gear, camshaft drive gear shaft and/or
Fig. 97 - Camshaft dri lls gear and adapter shaft The timing gear train consists of the any other gears concerned.
as rem o ved trom front end of cylinder block. The
bushing fOf gea, (3) 1$ not av. flable separately.
crankshaft gear, camshaft gear, injec-
tion pump drive gear or distributor drive 86. CAMSHAFT DRIVE (IDLER)
1. Retainer bolt gear and a camshaft drive gear (idler GEAR AND SHAFT. To remove, un-
2. Adapter shaft 3. Crun~tdrivege~
gear) connecting the other three gears screw self-locking cap screw and remove
of the train. Refer to Fig. 98. camshaft drive gear and shaft (adapter)
shims. Then, tighten aU front support Timing gear backlash between crank- from front face of cylinder block. Renew
retaining bolts to a torque of 280 ft.-lbs. shaft gear and camshaft drive gear, or shaft and/or gear if bushing to shaft
(381 N' m). Refer to paragraph 13, 31 or between camshaft drive gear and cam- clearance is excessive, or if bearing sur-
40 on models where power steering lines
were disconnected.
DISTRIBUTOR
Models 6700-6710-7700-7710 DRIVE GEAR
{INJECTION PUMP
84. To remove timing gear cover, dis-
DRIVE GEAR ON
connect battery and drain cooling DIESEl ENGINE I
system. If so equjpped, disconnect air
conditioning hoses. Remove muffler,
hood and grille panels. Disconnect inter-
fering wiring. Disconnect oil cooler,
radiator and air cleaner hoses. Remove Fig. 98- View showing tim·
fuel tank and frame rails for hood. Ing marks on c rllnkshatt
Disconnect power steering tubes from flear, camshaft gear, cam·
power steering cylinder manifold. Sup- shaft drive gear and dis·
tributor dri ve gear, timing
port tractor under front end of marks are Identical on diesel
transmission. Depending on type of engines.
assembly, detach front axle and support
as a unit or as separate components
from tractor. Remove radiator
assembly. If used, note location of
spacer shims between support and
engine oil pan.
With front axle assembly separated
from tractor, proceed as follows:
Remove fan, shroud and fan belt. Drain
and remove oil pan as outlined in para-
graph 105. Remove cap screw and
washers from crankshaft, then using a
suitable puller and shaft protector, re-
move crankshaft pulley. Unbolt and
remove timing gear cover.
With timing gear cover removed,
crankshaft front oil seal and dust seal
can be renewed liS outlined in paragraph
Fig. 99- Model 5600, 5610,
100. 6600 a nd 6700 di ese l
To reinstall timing gear cover, reverse engines, equipped with dis·
removal procedure. Tighten timing gear trlbutor·type In/ec tlon pump
cover retaining cap screws to 13-18 .re fitted with the sama
pump dri ve ge.r as usad on
ft.-lbs. (18-24 N · m). Tighten crankshaft three·cyllnder models. Align
pulley retaining cap screw to 165 ftAbs. numeral 4 on gear with cam·
(224 N -m), Install oil pan as outlined in shaft drive gear timing matlc
paragraph 105. wh a n timing Inj ection
pumps on these four.cyl·
Install front axle assembly by revers- Inder engines.
ing separation procedure. If shims be-
tween front support and oil pan were
lost or if engine block or oil pan was re-
newed, refer to paragraph 50 to deter-
mine required shim sizes. Refer to para-
graph 51 or 67 to fill and bleed power
steering system.
49
Paragraphs 87 90 0
FORD
50
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 91
llJ
Fig. 105- Vlaw showing special tool lor remor·
Fig. 103-Exploded ~/.wdrawing of camshalt, cllmshaft gear lind hydraulic pump dr/Of. gu" End Ing and Installing camshaft bearings. Sa sur.
play Is controlled by thrust pl.t. (6). Renewable camshaft bearings (8) .r8 used In cylinder block for that bearings ara Installad with 011 holes aUgnad
1. Cap screw 5. Cap scre~'S (2) 9. CamWft cylinder head and oil pan. Be sure to
2. Lockv;uher 6. Thrust plate 10. Woodruff key remove top ridge from cylinder bores
3. 1'1at washer 7. Spacer 11. Dowel pin
3A. Fuel pump eccentric 8. Camshaft bearing 12. H)"draulit-lift pump before attempting to withdraw the
4. Camshaft gear (4 or 5) drive gear assemblies.
Connecting rod and bearing cap are
The camshaft is supported in five Reinstall camshaft by reversing numbered to correspond to their respec-
bearings. Check camshaft and bearings removal procedure. Tighten hydraulic tive cylinder bores. When renewing con-
against the following values: pump drive gear retaining cap screw to necting rod, be sure to stamp cylinder
Camshaft journal a torque of 40-45 ft.·lbs. (54-61 N· m), number on new rod and cap.
diameter ......... 2.3895-2.3905 inch (5000 models), tighten thrust plate cap When reassembling, it is important
(60.69-60.72 mm) screws to a torque of 12-15 ft.·lbs. (16-20 that identification number or notch in
Desired journal to bearing N . m) and tighten camshaft gear retain· top face of piston is towards front end of
clearance .. ....... . 0.001-0.003 inch ing cap screw to a torque of 40-45 ft.·lbs. engine. It is standard practice to assem-
(0.025-0.076 mm) (54-61 . m). Place hydraulic drive gear ble connecting rod to piston with
Camshaft end play .... 0.001-0.007 inch cover "0" ring (models prior to g-67) in cylinder numbers to right side of engine
(0.025-0.178 mm) groove in cylinder block, lubricate "0" (away from camshaft); however, rod is
If excessive bearing wear is indicated, ring and push cover into place as shown symmetrical and rod can be installed
bearings can be removed and new bear· in Fig. 106. On later model engines, use with numbers in either direction (away
ings installed with bearing driver (Nu· a suitable sealant around cover plate. from or towards camshaft) without af·
day tool SW-506) and handle (Nuday tool NOTE: Be sure camshaft gear is timed fecting performance or durability of
6261-A) or equivalent tools. It will be as shown in Fig. 98 and Fig. 99. engine.
necessary to invert engine and remove When installing connecting rod cap, be
oil pan to remove and install bearings. CONNECTING ROD AND sure that bearing liner tangs, and
Pay particular attention that oil holes in PISTON UNITS
bearings are aligned with oil passages in
cylinder block. New bearings are pre· All Models
sized and should not require reaming if 91. Connecting rod and piston units
carefully installed. are removed from above after removing
51
Paragraphs 92·94 FORD
cylinder identification number. of rod side diameter that must face upward on
and cap are towards same side of assembly. Third compression ring has a
engine. Tighten connecting rod nuts to a step on the outside diameter that must
torque of 60-65 ft.-Ibs. (82-88 N·m). face downward on assembly. Inspect
surface of second and third compression
PISTON RINGS rings for a punched dot or the word
"TOP", marking must face upward on
Non·Diesel Engines assembly.
92. Each cam ground piston is fitted The oil control ring and expander may
with two compression rings and one oil be installed with either side up.
control ring. Top compression ring and Fig. 10B-Comparatlve view of later type piston Piston ring sets are available in over-
oil control ring are chrome plated, Top crown (8). Note that combustion chamber has a sizes of 0.020, 0.030 and 0.040 inch
compression ring is barrel face type and flat bottom Instead of previous toroidal design (A). (0.508, 0.762 and 1.016 mm) as well as
Later type piston (8) Is only piston available for
must be installed with identification service. standard size. The standard size rings
mark up. Second compression ring has are to be used with both grades of stan-
straight face with inner step and must dard size pistons and also with 0.004-
be installed with step on inside cir- Ring Side Clearance in Groove: inch (0.102 mm) oversize pistons. Refer
cumference up. The oil control ring and Top compression ring. 0.0029-0.0046 in. to the following specifications for check-
oil ring expander may be installed either (0.074-0.117 mm) ing piston ring fit:
side up. Second compression
Piston ring sets are available in over· ring .............. 0.0025-0.0045 in. Ring End Gap:
sizes of 0.020, 0.030 and 0.040 inch (0.064-0.114 mm) Top compression ring ... 0.015-0.030 in.
(0.508, 0.762 and 1.016 mm) as well as Oil control ring ....... 0.0014-0.0031 in. (0.38-0.76 mm)
standard size. The standard size rings (0.036-0.079 mm) Second & third com-
are to be used with both grades of stan- pression rings ........ 0.013-0.028 in.
dard size pistons and with 0.004-inch Diesel Engines (0.33-0.71 mm)
(0.102 mm) oversize pistons. Refer to 93. Pistons are fitted with three com- Oil control ring ... . .. . .. 0.015-0.038 in.
the following specifications for checking pression rings and one oil control ring. (0.38-0.97 mm)
piston ring fit: The two top compression rings and oil
control ring are chrome plated. Top Ring Side Clearance in Groove:
Ring End Gap: compression ring on 5000 models is bar- Top compression ring . 0.0044-0.0061 in.
Top compression ring ... 0.015-0.030 in. rel face type and must be installed with (0.112-0.155 mm)
(0.38-0.76 mm) identification mark up. On all other Second & third com-
Second compression engines except turbocharged engines, pression rings ...... 0.0039-0.0056 in.
ring ......... ..... .. 0.013-0.028 in. top compression ring may have beveled (0.099-0.142 mm)
(0.33-0.71 mm) edge on the inside diameter that must Oil control ring ....... 0.0024-0.0041 in.
Oil control ring ......... 0.015-0.038 in. face upward on assembly; if top com- (0.061-0.104 mm)
(0.38-0.97 mm) pression ring is not equipped with a
beveled edge, either side may be in- PISTONS AND CYLINDERS
stalled up. Second compression ring has
a step on the inside diameter that must All Models
face upward on assembly. Third com· 94. Non·diesel engines have cam
pression ring has either a step or bev· ground aluminum alloy pistons with a
eled edge on the inside diameter that cast iron insert containing the top ring
must face upward on assembly. Inspect groove. Diesel engines have trunk type
surface of second and third compression aluminum alloy pistons with a con-
rings for a punched dot or t he word tinuous skirt and a Ni-Resist insert con-
"TOP", marking must face upward on taining the top ring groove. Early
assembly. design pistons were straight in the up-
The oil control ring and expander may per land area; whereas, later production
be installed with either side up. and service pistons are tapered in the
On turbocharged engines, top com- upper land areas.
pression ring is keystone design and Late model tractors are fitted with a
may be installed either side up. Second piston having a change in design of its
compression ring has a step on the in- combustion chamber. See Fig. 108.
... ~
rop
~
H
IDE NTIfiCATION MA IHC
< ,
52
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 95·98
4.7 46' TO bore engines can be used only with stan- (0.102 mm) oversize piston. If not possi-
HUSH 4.7'" dard size or 0.004-inch (0.102 mm) over- ble to fit the 0.004-inch (0.102 mm) over-
size pistons, and cannot be rebored. size piston by honing, re-bore cylinder to
Thin-wall sleeves are a light press fit in 0.020-inch (0.508 mm).
engine block and should be installed as NOTE: After honing or deglazlng cylln·
foUows: der bore, wash bore thoroughly with hot
First make sure that sleeve and block weter and detergent until a white cloth
bore are clean and dry. Chill sleeves for can be rubbed against cylinder wall
.100" 15 minutes in dry ice and push sleeve as without smudging, then rinse with cold
FIg. 110- Top of Installed s/.....8 "an". should
far as possible into block bore. Seat water, dry thoroughly and 011 to prevent
b. lIu sh to 0.002 Inch (0.050 mm) above QlSket sleeve, if necessary, using a puller and
rusting .
surface of block as shown. suitable installing plate. Top of installed
sleeve flange should be flush to 0.002
inch (0.051 mm) above gasket surface of PISTON PINS
block as shown in Fig. 110. Machining
These new pistons do not interchange dimensions for installing sleeves in un- All Models
with those used in Models 5000 or 7000. bored block are shown in Fig. 110. 97. Diameter of piston pin is 1.4997-
Cylinder bores in engine block are nor- 1.5000 inches (38.092-38.100 mm) for
mally un sleeved; however, repair 96. FITTI NG PISTONS. Recom- 5000, 5600, 5610, 6600, 6610, 6700 and
sleeves have been factory installed in mended method for fitting pistons is as 6710 models and 1.6247-1.6250 inches
engines with 4.2-inch (106.68 mm) follows: Before checking piston fit, (41.267-41.275 mm) for the 7000, 7600,
diameter cylinders. When factory in- deglaze cylinder wall using a hone or 7610, 7700 and 7710 models. The float-
stalled, all cylinders are sleeved, and deglazing tool. Using a micrometer, ing type piston pins are retained in
block is stamped "SB" on left side oil pan measure piston diameter to centerline of piston pin bosses by snap rings and are
flange . and at right angle to piston pin bore. available in standard size only. Piston
Models with 4.4-inch (111.76 mm) cyl- Then, using an inside micrometer, meas- pin should have a clearance of 0.0005-
inder bore have available for service a ure cylinder bore diameter at a distance 0.0007 inch (0.0127-0.0178 mm) in con-
thin wall cast sleeve which is not used in of 2'1. inches (6.9 cm) from top of cyl- necting rod bushing and a clearance of
production and which cannot be over- inder block crosswise with block. Sub- 0.0003-0.0005 inch (0.0076-0.0127 mm)
bored. tract piston diameter from cylinder bore in piston bosses. After installing new
Piston, pin and ring sets are available diameter to obtain piston-to-cylinder piston pin bushings in connecting rods,
in standard size and 0.004-inch (0.102 bore clearance. Clearance should be oil hole in bushing must be drilled as
mm) oversize for use in standard bores, within the following specification for shown in Fig. 111 and bushings final
and oversizes of 0.020, 0.030 and 0.040 proper piston fit: sized with a spiral expansion reamer to
inch (0.508, 0.762 and 1.016 mm) for use obtain specified pin to bushing
in rebored blocks. Non·Diesel Engines: clearance. When assembling, identifica-
4.2-inch bore ........ 0.0027-0.0037 in. tion notch or number in top face of
95. INSTALLING SLE E VES. To in- (106.68 mm) (0.069-0.094 mm) piston must be to front end of engine
stall sleeves in unsleeved 4.2-inch 4.4-inch bore . ....... 0.0032-0.0042 in. and identification number on rod and
(106.68 mm) bore engines, finish-bore (111.76 mm) (0.081-0.107 mm) cap towards right side of engine (away
block to an inside diameter of 4.358 from camshaft); however, rod is sym-
inches (110.69 mm). Selectively fit Diesel E ngines: metrical and can be installed either way
sleeves to provide, as nearly as possible, 4.2-inch bore ........ 0.0075-0.0085 in. without affecting engine performance or
the optimum 0.004-inch (0.102 mm) (106.68 mm) (0.191-0.216 mm) durability.
interference fit for all sleeves. 4.4-inch bore ...... . . 0.0080-0.0090 in.
Thoroughly clean and dry new sleeve (111.76 mm) (0.203-0.229 mm)
and block bore and carefully apply a CONNECTING RODS AND
NOTE: Two grades of standard pistons
3-inch (7.62 cm) band of uLoctite" Sleeve BEARINGS
are available. Grade "0 " standard size
Retainer to top of bore. Install sleeve,
pistons (color coded blue) are larger In
outside chamfered edge down and pl'ess
diameter than grade "8" standard size
All Models
into position until top of sleeve is flush to 98. Connecting rod bearings are preci-
piston (color coded red).
0.001 inch (0.0254 mm) above block sur- sion type, renewable from below after
face . Allow block to cure overnight If grade "D" piston fits too loosely in removing oil pan and connecting rod
before completing assembly. Re- standard cylinder bore, try a 0.004-inch bearing caps. When removing bearing
examine instaUation and mill block if
necessary, to provide correct sleeve
height. CONNECTING
~OD aUSHING
NOTE: DO NOT remove more than 0.005
Inch (0.127 mm) from top surface.
Finish-bore and hone sleeve after mill- FIQ. 111- 011 hole In con·
ing, to 4.200-4.2024 inches (106.68- nectlnQ rod bu.hlnQ must be
drilled efter bushlnQ is In·
106.74 mm) for standard piston or to ap- s t.lled, but be fore re.mlnQ
propriate oversize if oversize piston is or honing bushlnQ to fit pin.
installed. Refer also to paragraph 96 for
additional data on piston and ring in-
stallation.
The flanged, thin-wall cast sleeves
used in 4.4-inch (111.76 mm) diameter
53
Paragraph 99 FORD
Fig, 112-Exploded "'ew As well as being available in either
showing crankshaft, be.,-
Ings, engine balance, and
red-coded or blue-coded standard size,
related parts. When ranew- bearing liners are also available in
Ing s •• /s (6 and 7). dust seal undersizes of 0.002, 0.010, 0.020, 0.030
(6) Is Installed In (font of oil and 0.040 inch (0.051, 0.254, 0.508,
seal (7).
0.762 and 1.016 mm). When installing
1. Cap screw undersize crank pin bearing liners,
2. Flat washer crankpin must be reground to one of the
3. Drive ke)'
4. Crankshaft. pulley following exact undersizes:
5. Spacer
6. Dust seal
7. Oil seal Bearing Crankpin
8. Oil slinger
9. Crankshaft gear Under size Journal Diameter
to. Main bearin" tiners 0.002-in. (0.051 mm) .. 2.7476-2.7480 in.
11. Thrust bearmg liners
12. Crankshaft (69.789-69.799 mm)
13. Rear oil seal 0.010-in. (0.254 mm) . . 2.7400-2.7404 in.
14. Flywheel
IS. Rear bearing cap seals (69.590-69.606 mm)
20. Pipe plug 0.020-in. (0.508 mm) .. 2.7300-2.7304 in .
21. Drive gear assy.
22. Driven gear assy. (69.342-69.352 mm)
23. Shafts
24. Tapered plugtl
0.030-in. (0.762 mm) .. 2.7200-2.7204 in.
25. Thrust washers (69.088-69.098 mm)
26. Spring pins 0.040-in. (1.016 mm) .. 2.7100-2.7104 in.
27. Gasket
28. Lockwashers (4) (68.834-68.844 mm)
29. Cap screws (4)
30. Dowel pins (2) NOTE: When regrinding crankpln jour·
31. Support assy.
nals, maintain 8 0.12·0.14 Inch (3.05·3.56
mm) fillet radius and chamfer 011 hole
after journal Is ground to size.
caps, note which way cylinder identifica- Connecting Rod Bore Diameter: When reassembling, tighten connect-
tion numbers are placed on each rod Red ..... . .......... 2.9412-2.9416 in. ing rod nuts to a torque of 60-65 ft.-Ibs.
assembly. It is standard practice that (74.707-74.717 mm) (82-88 · m).
numbers face away from camshaft side Blue ..... . ......... 2.9416-2.9420 in.
of engine; however , con necting rods are (74.717-74 .727 mm) CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN
symmetr ical a nd may be placed with BEARINGS
identification numbers to either side of Crankpin Journal Diameter:
engine. It is very important that pistons Red .. . .......... . .. 2.7500-2.7504 in. All Models
be installed in cylinder bore with iden- (69.85-69.86 mm) 99. Crankshaft is supported in five
tification number or notch in top face of Blue .......... .. ... 2.7496-2.7500 in. main bearings. Crankshaft end thrust is
piston towards front end of engine; (69.84-69.85 mm) controlled by flanged main bearing liner
t herefore, do not attempt to realign rod which is used on third journal. Before
identification numbers if they are to When installing a new crankshaft and removing main bearing caps, check to
camshaft side of engine. color-code marks are visible on connect- see that they have an identification
Crankpin bearing liners may be of two ing rods, crankpin bearing liners may be number so they can be installed in same
different materials, copper-lead or fitted as follows: If color-code markings position from which they are removed.
aluminum-tin alloy. The bearings will on both rod and cr ankshaft crankpin Main bearing liners may be of two dif-
have an identification marking as journal are red, install two red bearing ferent materials, copper-lead or alumi-
follows: liners; if both color-code markings are num-tin alloy. The bearings will have an
Copper-lead ........ . .... PV or G blue, install two blue coded bearing identification marking to indicate bear-
Aluminum-tin .......... G and AL liners. If color-code marks on rod and ing material as follows :
Standard size bearing liners of each crankpin do not match (one is red and Copper-lead ...... .. ....... PV or G
material a re available in two different the other is blue), install one red and one Aluminum-tin alloy ........ G and AL
thicknesses a re color-coded to in- blue bearing liner. Standard size bearing liners a r e
dicate thickness as follows: NOTE; Be sure both bearing liners are available in two different thicknesses
of the same material; that Is, either both and are color-coded to indicate thickness
Copper-Lead Bearing Thickness: are copper-lead or both are aluminum·tln
as follows:
Red ... . ............ 0.0943-0.0948 in. alloy. Red ...... . ....... 0.1245-0.1250 in.
(2.3952-2.4079 mm) (3.1623-3.1750 mm)
Blue ....•.. , ..... .. 0.0947-0.0952 in. If color code mark is not visible on con· Blue .............. 0.1249-0.1254 in.
(2.4054-2.4181 mm) necting rod or crankshaft, bearing fit (3.1724-3.1861 mm)
should be checked for proper clearance In production, main bearing bores in
Aluminum-Tin Alloy Bearing according to bearing material as follows: block and main bearing journals on
Thickness: crankshaft are color-coded to indicate
Red .. . .. . .... .. .... 0.094 1-0.0946 in. Crankpin Jou rnal To Bearing Liner journal diameter as follows:
(2.390-2.403 mm) Clearance: Main journal diameter:
Blue ... . ........... 0.0945-0.0950 in. Copper-lead Red .............. 3.3718-3.3723 in.
(2.400-2.413 mm) bearings ......... 0.0017-0.0038 in. (85.643-85.656 mm)
In production, connecting rods and (0.0432-0.0965 mm) Blue .............. 3.3713-3.3718 in.
cra nkshaft crankpin journals are color- Aluminum-tin (85.631-85.643 mm)
coded to indicate bore and journal bearings ......... 0.0021-0.0042 in. When installing a new crankshaft and
diameters as follows: (0.053-0.107 mm) color-code marks are visible in
54
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 100·101
crankcase at main bearing bores, new NOTE: When regrinding crankshaft at seal contact surface and renew pulley
main bearing liners may be fit as fol- main bearing journals, maintain a fillet or spacer if wear or scoring is evident.
lows: If color-code marks on bore and radius of 0.12-0.14 Inch (3.05·3.56 mm) and Later production crankshaft pulley and
journal are both red, install two red chamfer 011 holes after Journal Is ground spacer can be installed on early produc-
coded bearing liners; if both marks are to size. tion engine if desired.
blue, install two blue coded bearing When reinstalling main bearing caps,
liners. If color-code mark on bore is not proceed as follows: Be sure bearing 101. REAR OIL SEAL. Crankshaft
the same as color code on journal (one is bores and rear main bearing oil sea) area rear oil seal can be renewed after remov·
blue and the other is red), install one red are thoroughly clean before installing ing clutch assembly, flywheel and engine
coded bearing liner and one blue coded bearing liners. Be sure tangs on bearing rear plate. Pry old seal from bore in
bearing liner. inserts are in slots provided in cylinder cylinder block and rear main bearing cap
NOTE: Be sure both liners used at one block and bearing caps. Refer to para- and thoroughly clean crankshaft seal
Journal are of the same material; however, graph 102 for rear cap side seals. journal. Apply a light coat of high tem-
copper-lead bearing liners may be used on Tighten bearing cap bolts to a torque of perature grease to seal bore, crankshaft
one or more journals with aluminum-tin 115-125 ft.-lbs. (156-170 N' m). seal journal, lip of seal and outer circum-
alloy liners on the remaining Journals. ference of seaL Install new seal with a
CRANKSHAFT OIL SEALS 4'I.-inch (12.4 cm) ID sleeve so rear
If color-code marks are not visible at face of seal is 0.060 inch (1.52 mm) below
main bearing bores in block, check bear- All Models flush with rear face of block . Using a dial
ing fit and install red or blue, or one red indicator, check runout of rear face of
and one blue line to obtain a bearing 100. FRONT OIL SEAL. Crankshaft seal; runout should not exceed 0.015
journal to liner clearance of front oil seal is mounted in timing gear inch (0.3 mm). A special seal installa-
0.0022-0.0045 inch (0.056-0.114 mm). cover and cover must be removed to tion tool (Nuday tool SW 520) is avail-
NOTE: Recommended clearance Is for
renew seaL Timing gear cover removal able; using three flywheel bolts, press
either copper-lead or alum lnum·tln alloy
procedure is outlined in paragraph 83 or seal in with tool until flange on tool bot-
bearing materia l.
84. To renew seal, drive dust seal and oil toms and tighten the bolts to 25 ft.-lbs.
seal out towards inside of timing gear (34 N· m). See Fig. 114. Then, remove
As well as being available in either cover. Install new dust sea) in timing bolts and seal installation tool.
red coded or blue coded standard size, gear cover first, then using a seal driver
new main bearing liners are also avail- (OTC No. 630-16 step plate or equiva- NOTE: Some early models may have a
able in undersizes of 0.002,0.010,0.020, lent), install new oil seal in cover with stop Installed In front of seal; If so,
0.030 and 0.040 inch (0.051, 0.254, spring loaded lip towards inside of remove and discard stop before installing
0.508, 0.762 and 1.016 mm). When in- cover. Refer to Fig. 113. new seal.
stalling undersize main bearing liners, On early production engines, crank·
crankshaft journals must be reground to shaft front seal rides on crankshaft 102. To install new rear main bearing
one of the following exact undersizes: pulley hub; later production engines are cap side seals, remove cap and proceed
fitted with a revised crankshaft pulley as follows: Place side seals in grooves
Bearing Main Journal and pulley spacer so oil seal rides on of cap so they extend about I/,-inch (1.25
Undersize Diameter spacer instead of pulley hub. Carefully em) from top surface of bearing cap. Ap-
0.002-in ............. 3.3693-3.3698 in. inspect pulley hub (early production) or ply sealing compound to top face of cap
(0.051 mm) (85.581-85.592 mm) pulley spacer Oater production) for wear making sure chamfers on edge of cap
O.OlO-in ............. 3.3618-3.3623 in.
(0.254 mm) (85.390-85.402 mm)
O.020-in . ............ 3.3518-3.3523 in.
(0.508 mm) (85.136-85.148 mm)
0.030-in . ............ 3.3418-3.3423 in.
(0.762 mm) (84.882-84.894 mm)
0.040-in ............. 3.3318-3.3323 in.
(1.016 mm) (84 .628-84 .640 mm)
DR I VER
, . 63 0- 16 YEP PLATE
55
Paragraphs 103·104 FORD
balancer gears if excessively worn or
scored. Desired shaft to bushing
clearance is 0.0002-0.0008 inch (0.005-
0.020 mm). Shaft diameter is 0.9995-
1.0000 inch (25.387-25.400 mm). When
installing new bushings in balancer
gears, ream as necessary to obtain
specified shaft to bushing clearance. To
reassemble place gears in housing with
Fig. 115 - Inst. lllng rear timing marks aligned as shown in Fig.
maIn bearing CliP a nd side ll8 and with marks towards front (roll
S.,'S. Refer to red for side
sea' Instructions . pin) end of housing. Place a new thrust
washer at each side of gear and insert
shafts. Check gear backlash which
should be 0.0015-0.008 inch (0.038-0.203
mm); if backlash is not within limits,
renew balancer gears. If backlash is
okay, drive roll pins into place and rein-
stall balancer unit with new gasket and
with crankshaft gear and balancer gear
SEAUNG
timing marks aligned as shown in Fig.
COMPOUND ll7.
NOTE: Timing mark on crankshaft gear
will be visible when No. 2 piston Is at top
dead center.
are covered. See Fig. 115. Insert and non-diesel engines. The balancer is
lubricate bearing liner, then install cap driven at twice engine speed by a gear Tighten balancer retaining cap screws
and tighten retaining bolts to a torque of machined on the crankshaft immediately to a torque of 60-70 ft.-Ibs. (82-95 N om).
115-125 ft.-Ibs. (156-170 N· m). Tap side in front of center main bearing. Check to be sure timing marks are
seals into block so they extend about To remove balancer, first remove oil aligned before reinstalling oil pan.
0.005-0.015 inch (0.127-0.381 mm) from pan as in paragraph 105, then unbolt
block and cap. With rear cap and side and remove balancer unit from lower FLYWHEEL
seals installed, soak side seals with side of crankcase. Drive out roll pins at
penetrating oil and install rear oil seal as front side of balancer casting and All Models
in paragraph 101. remove shafts and gears. See Fig. 116. 104. The flywheel can be removed
Renew shafts and/or bushings in after splitting tractor between engine
ENGINE BALANCER
All Models
103. A Lanchester type engine bal-
ancer is used on all 4-cylinder diesel and
56
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 105
and transmission as outlined in para· Flywheel can be installed in one position cooler lines on turbocharged models.
graphs 164, 165, 166 a nd 167 under only. On models with clutch, flywheel re- Detach hood and side panels and on
CLUTCH. taining cap screws also retain clutch Models 6700, 6710, 7700 and 7710
Unbolt a nd remove clutch from fly· shaft pilot bearing retainer and on detach hood frame rails fr om radiator
wheel on all models equipped with models with independent power take- shell . On Models 6700, 6710, 7700 and
8-speed transmission and on models off, flywheel bolts retain power take-off 7710, disconnect power steering tubes
equipped wit h Dual Power. On 5000 drive adapter . When reinstalling fly· from front axle ma nifold. On all models
models equipped with 10·speed Select·O- wheel, tighten retaining cap screws to a place a support under front of trans-
Speed tra nsmission, remove clutch tor- torque of 100-110 ft.-Ibs. (136-150 N om) mission and one at a time replace front
que limiter housing from fl ywheel. on Models 5000, 5600, 6600, 6700, 7000, support to cylinder block bolts with bolts
7600 and 7700 and 160 ft.- Ibs. (218 N' m) which are 8 inches longer . Move front
on all other models . On Models 5000, axle assembly forward approximately
5600, 6600, 6700, 7000, 7600 and 7700, 1'12 inches, place a floo r jack under oil
install the two pilot bearing retainer pan, unbolt and lower pan.
washers (1- F ig. 119). When installing oil pan, tighten
Starter ring gear is installed from screws in center ftrst and work outward.
fr ont face of fl ywheel; ther efor e, Tighten screws to 30-35 ft.-Ibs. (41-48
flywheel must be removed to renew r ing N om) on Models 5000 and 7000. On all
gear. Heat gear to be removed wit h a other models, tighten screws to 22
torch from front side of gear and knock ft.-Ibs. (30 N om) on stamped oil pans and
gear off of flyw heel. Heat new gear 28 ft.-I bs. (38 N om) on cast iron oil pans.
evenly until gear expa nds enough to slip Tighten the oil pa n to transmission bolts
onto flywheel. Tap gear all t he way to 275-340 ft.-I bs. (374·462 N' m).
a round to be sure it is properly seated Tighten front support bolts to 250-280
and allow it to cool. ft. -Ibs. (340-381 N om). If a new oil pan is
installed refer to paragraphs 3, 30 or 50
NOTE: Be sure to heat gear evenly; if
any port ion of gear Is heated to 8
temperature higher than 500° F (260° C),
rapid wear will result. Ring gears for
diesel eng ines have 128 teeth; those for
gasoline engines have 162 teeth.
r 0i;::::-7
l
57
Paragraph 106 FORD
to determine number and thickness of assembly. The floating drive shaft (13) creased from 6 gpm (22.8 Ipm) to 10 gpm
front support shims. will usually be removed with the pump. (38.0 Ipm) to insure turbocharger lubrica·
To disassemble pump, remove clip (1) tion.
OIL PUMP AND RELIEF VALVE and oil screen (2), then remove screws Assemble oil pump and reinstall by
retaining screen cover (3) and pump reversing removal and disassembly pro·
A" Models cover (4) to pump body (11). Remove
106. To remove oil pump, first remove cedure. Tighten oil pump retaining cap
covers and pump rotor set (5), noting screws to a torque of 33-38 ft.-Ibs. (45-52
oil pan as outlined in paragraph 105, which direction outer rotor was placed.
then remove the two retaining cap N -m). Prime oil pump by immersing in
in pump body. Remove retainer screw clean oil and turning rotor shaft prior to
screws and remove pump from cylinder (9) and if necessary, thread a self-
block. Refer to Fig. 124 for exploded installing pump in engine.
tapping screw into plug (6) and pull plug
view of oil pump and oil pump drive gear from pump body. Remove spring (7) and SPECIAL NOTE: Tachometer Drive. Be-
oil pressure relief valve (8). cause late model tractors are equipped
Check pump for wear as shown in with alternators Instead of generators,
Figs. 125 or 126. Pump cover-to-rotor tachometer (proofmeter) drive Is now
18-9 clearance (rotor end play) should be taken from 011 pump drive gear. See Fig.
123 for Identification of tachometer drive
0.001-0.0035 inch (0.025-0.089 mm);
17 pump body-to-rotor clearance should be parts. To remove this drive from engine
0.006-0.011 inch (0.1 52-0.279 mm); and block, loosen assembly bolt (5) and lightly
rotor clearance should be 0.001-0.006 tap body (4) to release. Lift entire drive
tilI'J-o--14 inch (0.025-0.152 mm) when measured free, disengaging drive cable end from
as shown in Fig. 126. Renew rotor set square hole In 011 pump drive gear.
and/or pump body if clearances are ex· Reverse this procedure to reinstall ta·
.______13 chometer drive assembly. Align cable w ith
~
cessive. Renew pump cover plate if ex·
cessively worn or scored . Relief valve care after making sure that cable end
spring should exert a force of 10.7 to engages 011 pump drive gear properly.
.....--12 11.9 pounds (4.8-5.4 kg) when com- then tighten bolt (5) to 10-15 ftAbs. (14·20
~ 11 pressed to a length of 1.07 inches (25.57 N - m).
mm). Engine oil pressure should be
60-70 psi (414-483 kPa) at 1000 engine
rpm.
NOTE: On turbocharged Models 7000,
7610, 7700 and 7710 011 flow rate is In·
TURBOCHARGER
All 7000, 7600 and 7700 models built
prior to February 1978 are equipped
with Schwitzer turbochargers_ All
7600 and 7700 models built after
January 1978 and all 7610 and 7710
models are equipped with AiResearch
turbochar gers. T urbochar ge r is
mounted directly on engine exhaust
manifold. The major components of a
turbocharger are: turbine. turb ine
housing, compressor. compressor
housing, bearing and bearing housing.
Fig. 124-Exploded 'Ilew 01 011 pump. floating The turbine and compressor wheels
shlllt lind drl". gear assembly used 011 1111 are mounted on a common shaft which
models. Floating shalt (13) may be ,amoved from
.'the, below or abo.,• .
is supported by a bearing in bearing
housing.
1, Retainer clip 10. Retainer washer Exhaust gases drive turbine and
2. Screen 11. Pump body
a. Screen cover 12. Gasket shaft, thereby turning compressor
4. Pump cover 13. Floating shaft which fo rces air into engine. Pres-
5. Rotor !let 14. Shaft & gear assy. 0,001-0,006
6. Pl~ 15. Gasket
Fig. 126-Checklng pump rofor·fo·rotor clear·
surized oil, furnished by engine oil
7. Re hef yalve spring 16. Shaft stop pump, lubricates and cools turbine
8. Relief valve 17. Shaft stop ance; renew rotor set If clearance exceeds 0.006
9. Capsc~ 18. Plug inch (~, 1524 mm). Refer ./so to Fig. 125. shaft and bearing_
NOTE: It turbocharger shaft Is allowed
STRAIGHT to tum without 011 being furnished by
EDGE engine 011 pump, unit will be damaged due
/ to high rpm at wh ich unit operates.
Fig. 125 - Checking pump
corer·to-rotor c/e.rance and If turboc harger h as been rebuilt or
pump body·to·rotor clear· a new uni t has been installed , prime
ance. Refa r fo taxt lor unit as outline d in paragraph 108.
s peclflc.flons, Rafer ./50 to
Fig. 126.
NOTE: Schwltzer type turbocharger
used on 7600 and 7700 models has been
redeSigned for Improvement in perform·
ance. Changes are as follows:
58
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 107·108
26. Worn or damaged injectors.
27. Valve timing.
28. Burned valves.
Fig. 127- View of exhaust
manifold with duel ports to
29. Worn piston rings.
met. with turbocharger used 30. Burned pistons.
on late models. 31. Leaking oil feed line.
32. Excessive engine pre-oi1.
33. Excessive engine idle.
34. Coked or sludged center housing.
35. Oil pump malfunction.
36. Oil filter plugged.
New intake and exhaust manifolds, Oilln Exhaust Manifold .. .. . 2,7,19,20, 108. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
not interchangeable with those used on 22,28,29,30,33,34 During removal be sure to cap or plug
Model 7000, have been installed. New Damaged Compressor Wheel ..... . 3,6, all manifold, turbocharger and oil line
exhaust manifold has twin outlet ports 8,20,21,23,24,36 openings to prevent damage to turbo-
mated to twin entry of new turbine Damaged Turbine Wheel ....... 7,8,18, charger due to foreign matter.
housing. Turbocharger mounting on ex- 20,21,22,34,36 To remove turbocharger, remove muf-
haust manifold is changed to corres- Drag or Bind in Rotating fler and both hood side panels. Remove
pond. See paragraph 76 for intake valve Assembly .. 3,6,7,8,13,14,15,16,20,21, exhaust pipe (elbow) and heat shield
and cylinder head changes. Small inter- 22,31,34,36 from exhaust pipe flange, then unbolt
nal parts of turbocharger remain gener- Worn Bearings, Journals, Bearing flange from manifold and remove flange
ally unchanged. Service procedures and Bores ....... 6,7,8,12, 13,14,15,16,20, and sealing rings. Disconnect air cleaner
assembly specifications are not affected; 23,24,31,35,36 and intake manifold lines from turbo-
however, new turbocharger and mani- Noisy Operation ..... 1,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 charger. Remove oil supply line, discon-
folding provide a boost increase to 15 psi 11,18,20,21,22 nect oil return line from cylinder block,
(103.5 kPa) over previous 12 psi (82.8 Siudged or Coked Center then cap all tube and line openings. Un-
kPa) and peak turbine rotation speed Housing ................... 2,15,17 bolt and remove heat shield from mani-
has increased from 90,000 to 105,000 fold , then unbolt and remove turbo-
rpm. KEY TO PROBABLE CAUSES charger with attached oil line. Remove
1. Dirty air cleaner element. oil return line from turbocharger.
2. Plugged crankcase breathers. To reinstall, secure oil return line to
TROUB LESHOOTING 3. Air cleaner element missing. leak- turbocharger, then while aligning oil re-
ing, not sealing correctly. loose turn line with adapter to cylinder block,
107. The following table can be used connections to turbocharger. install turbocharger on manifold and
for locating difficulty with turbo- 4. Collapsed or restricted air tube be- tighten nuts to 30-35 ft.-Ibs. (41-48 N -m)
charger. Many of the probable causes fore turbocharger. torque. At this time, fill center housing
are related to the engine air intake and 5. Restricted (damaged) crossover pipe with oil at oil inlet port and install oil
exhaust systems which should be main- from turbocharger to inlet manifold. supply line. Use new lock tabs and install
tained in good condition at all times. The 6. Foreign object between air cleaner heat shield. Position seal ring in turbo-
turbocharger should be allowed to cool and turbocharger. charger and install exhaust flange. Con-
by idling engine for 2-5 minutes after 7. Foreign object in exhaust system nect air cleaner and intake manifold
engine has been operated under load. from engine (check engine). tubes and tighten clamp bolts to 15-20
Never shut down engine at high operat- 8. Turbocharger flanges, clamps or in.-Ibs. (1.69-2.26 N-m). Be sure there is
ing speed, this will cause turbocharger bolts loose. no strain on turbocharger compressor
to continue to spin in excess of one hun- 9. Inlet manifold cracked, gaskets cover from intake manifold tube. If
dred thousand rpm without lubrication missing, connections loose. necessary, loosen compressor cover
and damage turbocharger bearings. Use 10. Exhaust manifold cracked, burned, bolts and realign cover with intake mani-
extreme care to avoid damaging any of gaskets blown or missing. fold tube. Be sure compressor cover is
the turbocharger moving parts when 11. Restricted exhaust system . seated correctly and tighten cover bolts
servicing. 12. Oil lag (oil delay to turbocharger to 60 in.-Ibs. (6.78 N -m). Install exhaust
at start up). pipe and tighten bolts to 20-26 fUbs.
SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSES 13. Insufficient lubrication. (27-35 N' m).
Engine Lacks Power . ..... . 1,4,5,6,7,8, 14. Lubricating oil contaminated. To prime turbocharger, proceed as fol-
9,10,11,18,20,21 ,22,25,26,27,28,29,30 15. Improper type lubricating oil used. lows: With oil return tube disconnected,
Black Exhaust Smoke ..... . 1,4,5,6,7,8, 16. Restricted oil feed line. place a container under oil return pass-
9,10,11,18,20,21,22,25,26,27 17. Restricted oil drain line. age of turbocharger center housing and
Blue Exhaust Smoke ...... 1,2,4,8,9,17, 18. Turbine housing damaged or re- crank engine with diesel engine stop
19,21,22,29,32,33,34 stricted. control out until there is a steady flow of
Excessive Oil Consumption . . ... 2,8,19 19. Turbocharger seal leakage. oil from oil return passage of center
20,33,34 20. Worn journal bearings. housing. Connect oil return tube to tur-
Excessive Oil in the 21. Excessive dirt build-up in compres- bocharger, install hood side panels and
Turbine End . ..... 2,7,8,16,17,19,20, sor housing. muffler. Check all bolts after several
22,32,34,36 22. Excessive carbon build-up behind hours of operation and retighten, if
Excessive Oil in the turbine wheel. necessary.
Compressor End . ..... . 1,2,4,5,6,8,9, 23. Too fast acceleration at initial start
1 6,19,~O,21,a3 , 36 (oil lag). NOTE: Do not start engine until it is cer·
Insufficient Lubrication .... . . 12,15,16 24. Too little warm-up time. ~ ain that turbocharge r Is rece iving
23,24,31 ,36 25. Fuel pump malfunction. lubricating oil.
59
FORD
60
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 110 Cont.
61
Paragraphs 111·113 FORD
Install lock plates (24) and cap screws Pro high temper ature compound . 1. Cover 7. Pump rod
2. Gasket 8. Spri""
(23). Tighten cap screws (23) to 75-90 Tighten cap screws to 100-130 in.-Ibs. 3. Screen 9. Body, lower
in.-Ibs. (8.5-10.2 N·m) torque and bend (11.3-14.7 N -m) torque, then bend lock 4. Body , upper 10. Spring
5. Diaphragm 11. Spring seat
lock plates up around heads of screws. plates up around screw heads. 6. Pin 12. Retainer clip
Place serrated end of turbi ne wheel as- Check shaft end play and radial play.
sembly in a box end wrench clamped in If shaft end play (Fig. 132) exceeds ment bowl; when reinstalling element,
a vise, then install compressor wheel (6) 0.004 inch (0.10 mm), thrust collar (10- tighten finger tight only. A screen is in-
on turbine wheel shaft. Afte r oiling Fig. 130) andlor thrust bearing (11) is corporated in carburetor inlet fitting
washer face and threads of nut (5), in- worn excessively. End play of less than (29 - Fig. 135). An accessory kit is also
stall nut on shaft and tighten to a torque 0.001 inch (0.0254 mm) indicates in- available for installing an additional
of 18-20 in-Ibs. (2-2.3 N · m), then use a complete cleaning (carbon not all re- renewable element type filter in line be-
"T" handle to turn nut an additional 90 moved) or dirty assembly and unit tween fuel tank and fuel pump.
degrees. should be disassembled and cleaned. If
turbine shaft radial play (Fig. 133) ex- FUEL PUMP
CAUTION: If "f" handle Is not used,
ceeds 0.006 inch (0.152 mm), unit should
shaft may be bent when tightening nut (5).
be disassembled and bearings, shaft Models 5000-6600
Install turbine housing (18) and com- and/or center housing should be renew· 112. Refer to Fig. 134 for exploded
pressor housing (1) to center housing ed. Maximum permissible limits of all of view of diaphragm type fuel pump used
(22) while aligning locating marks made these parts may result in radial play on all models. Fuel pump assembly may
before disassembly. Secure turbo- which is not acceptable. Fill reservoir be removed after disconnecting lines
charger assembly with clamp plates (2 with engine oil and protect all openings and unbolting lower body from engine
and 19), lock plates (3 and 20) and cap of turbocharger until unit is installed on timing gear cover. Fuel pump push rod
screws (4 and 21)-coat threads with Fel tractor. can be withdrawn from timing gear
cover after removing fuel pump. Valves
are serviced by renewing upper body
GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEM assembly (4); all other parts are serviced
separately.
FILTERS AND SCREENS cessible by disconnecting fuel supply line
and unscrewing fuel supply valve from CARBURETOR
Models 5000-6600 tank. A second screen (3-Fig. 134) is
111. The gasoline fuel system incor- located in the fuel pump assembly and is Models 5000-6600
porates four separate fuel screens and accessible after removing cover (1). A 113. Holley carburetors are used on all
filters. A filter screen in fuel tank is ac- disc type filter element is located in sedi- gasoline engines. Refer to Fig. 135 fo r
62
- - - ------
t
20. Meteri ng body 42. Retainer
44 21. Accelerating pump 43. Power valve
i~ ~
piston 44. Sprin~
22. Gasket 45. Metenng body assy.
12 - 20
13 ....... :~ 19~ <!> • 45
14 ~ ----m~ 18
15 ~~ IJ
4 ~ 16
63
Paragraphs 114·123 FORD
The diesel fuel system consists of three then stops, check the following: bowl. Clean sediment bowl and reinstall
basic components: The fuel filters, injec- Check for clogged or restricted fuel new element and rubber sealing rings.
tion pump and Injection nozzles. When lines or fuel filters. Bleed diesel fuel system as outlined in
servicing any unit associated with the fuel Check for water in fuel. paragraph 123.
system, the maintenance of absolute Check for restrictions in air intake.
cleanliness is of utmost Importance. Of Check engine for overheating. 123. BLEEDING. On models with
equal importance Is the avoidance of Check for air leaks in lines on suc- dual filter , open rear bleed screw on
nicks or burrs on any of the working parts. tion side of transfer pump. filter head and operate lever on fuel lift
Probably the most Important precau- pump until fuel flowing from bleed
tion that service personnel can Impart to 119. ENGINE SURGES, MISFIRES screw is free of bubbles. Close rear bleed
owners of diesel powered tractors is to OR POOR GOVERNOR REGULA- screw and open front bleed screw on
urge them to use an approved fuel that Is TION. Make the following checks: filter head and operate primer lever un·
absolutely clean and free from foreign Bleed fuel system. til bubble free fuel flows from opening.
material. Extra precaution should be Check for clogged filters or lines or On single filter models, only one bleed
taken to make certain no water enters restricted fuel lines. screw is involved. Then, close fuel filter
fuel storage tanks. Check for water in fuel. bleed screw, open front bleed screw on
Check pump timing. fuel injection pump and operate primer
TROUBLESHOOTING Check injector lines and connections lever until fuel flowing from bleed screw
for leakage. is free of bubbles. Close pump bleed
All Diesel Models Ch""k for faulty or sticking injector screw while operating primer lever.
114. If the engine will not start, or nozzles.
does not run properly after starting, NOTE: Later Simms type injection
refer to the following paragraphs for pumps havo a so"·bloodlng IIno (L - Fig.
possible causes of trouble. 120. LOSS OF POWER. If engine 138); and pump bleeding Is unnecessary.
does not develop full power or speed,
115. FUEL NOT REACHING IN· check the following:
JECTION P UMP. If no fuel will run Check throttle control rod adjust·
from line when disconnected from ment.
pump, check the following: Check maximum no· load speed ad·
Be sure fuel supply valve is open. justment.
Check the filters for being clogged Check for clogged or restricted fuel
(including filter screen in fuel lines or clogged fuel filters.
supply valve). Check for air leaks in suction line of
Bleed the fuel filters. transfer pump.
Check lines and connectors for dam· Check pump timing.
age. Check engine compression.
Check for improper engine valve gap
116. FUEL REACHING NOZZLES adjustment or faulty valves.
BUT ENGINE WILL NOT START. If,
when lines are disconnected at fuel 121. EXCESSIVE BLACK SMOKE
nozzles and engine is cranked, fuel will AT EXHAUST. If the engine emits ex·
flow from connections, but engine will cessive black smoke from exhaust, check
not start, check the following: the following: Fig. 13S-Later Simms type Injection pumps
Check cranking speed. Check for restricted air intake such as have self·bleedlng line (LJ to elimInate pump
bleeding.
Check throttle control rod adjust· clogged air cleaner.
ment. Check pump timing.
Check pump timing. Check fo r faulty injectors.
Check fuel lines and connections for Check engine compression.
pressure leakage.
Check engine compression. FILTERS AND BLEEDING
117. ENGINE HARD TO START. If 122. MAINTENANCE. The fuel
the engine is hard to start, check the filter head is fitted with two renewable
following: type elements on models prior to pro-
Check cranking speed. duction date 10·69; or one filter element
Bleed fuel filters. on later models. Water drain plug (cap)
Check for clogged fuel filters. should be removed after every 50 hours
Check for water in fuel or improper of operation and any water in sediment
fuel. bowl drained; drain more often if ex-
Check for air leaks on suction side of cessive condensation is noted.
transfer pump. After every 1200 hours (dual filters),
Check engine compression. or 600 hours (single filter), fuel filter
Fig. 139-A fuel injector tester such as the one
elements should be renewed. Unscrew shown Is necessa,y for checking and adjusting
118. ENGINE STARTS, THEN cap screw at top side of filter head and fuel Injector assemblies. Houle seat leakage
STOPS. If the engine will start, but remove filter element and sediment check Is Illustrated; refer to paragraph 129.
64
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 124·130
65
Paragraph 131 FORD
and at injector. Cap all lines and open-
ings. Remove the two retaining nuts and ..
carefully remove injector from cylinder
head (Fig. 143).
Prior to reinstalling injectors, check
Fig. 144- View showing In·
lector 8Sumbly mounted on
holding ".tura; noule re·
-_nnNOZZLE NUT
OVER AND
INSTALLER TORQUE
injector seats in cylinder head to see that raining nut Is bfting tight·
NOZZlE WRENCH
they are clean and free from any carbon ened using speCial tool and
torqua wrench. lAINING
deposit. Install a new copper washer in
seat and a new cork dust sealing washer NUT
around body of injector. Insert injector LOING
in cylinder head bore, install retaining fiXTURE
washers and nuts and tighten nuts even-
ly and alternately to a torque of 10-15
ft.-lbs. (14-20 N-m). Position new leak- and must never be interchanged. Place should protrude from pin vise only far
off fitting gaskets below and above each all parts in clean fuel oil or calibrating enough to pass through pin holes.
banjo fitting and install banjo fitting fluid as they are disassembled. Clean in- Rotate pin vise without applying undue
bolts to a torque of 8-10 ft.-lbs. (11-14 jector assembly exterior as follows : pressure.
N -m). Reconnect leakoff line to return Soften hard carbon deposits formed in Valve seats in nozzle are cleaned by in-
line. Check fuel injector line connections spray holes and on needle tip by soaking serting valve seat scraper into nozzle
to be sure they are clean and reinstall in a suitable carbon solvent, then use a and rotating scraper. Refer to Fig. 147.
lines tightening connections at pump soft wire (brass) brush to remove carbon The annular groove in top of nozzle and
end only. Crank engine until a stream of from needle and nozzle exterior . Rinse pressure chamber are cleaned by using
fuel is pumped out of each line at injec- nozzle and needle immediately after (rotating) pressure chamber carbon
tor connection, then tighten connec- cleaning to prevent carbon solvent from remover tool as shown in Fig. 148.
tions. Start and run engine to be sure in- corroding the highly finished surfaces. When cleaning is accomplished, back
jector is properly sealed and that injec- Clean pressure chamber of nozzle with a flush nozzle and needle by installing
for line and leakoff line connections are reamer as shown in Fig. 145. Clean reverse flushing adapter on nozzle teste r
not leaking. spray holes with proper size wire probe and inserting nozzle and needle assem-
held in a pin vise as shown in Fig. 146. bly tip end first into adapter and secure
131. OVERHAUL INJECTORS_ Un- To prevent breakage of wire probe, wire with knurled nut. See Fig. 149. Rotate
less complete and proper equipment is needle in nozzle while operating tester
available, do not attempt to overhaul lever. After nozzle is back flushed. seat
diesel nozzles. Equipment recommended can be polished by using a small amount
by Ford is Kent-Moore or Hartridge In- of tallow on cnd of a polishing stick and
jector Nozzle Tester and Nuday SW 20 rotating stick in nozzle as shown in Fig.
Injector Cleaning Kit. PRESSURE NOZZlE 150.
Refer to Fig. 144 and proceed as CHAMBER PRESSURE
DR ill CHAMBER
follows: Secure injector holding fixture
1
in a vise and mount injector assembly in
fixture . Never clamp injector body in a
vise. Remove cap nut and back off ad-
justing screw, then lift off upper spring
disc, inj ector s pring and spindle.
Remove nozzle retaining nut using noz-
zle nut socket and remove nozzle and J
valve. Nozzles and valves are a lapped fit
Fig. 145 - Cleaning nou/a tip cavity with pres· Fig. 147- Use scraper to clean carbon from
sure chamber drill. valVe SftS' in noule body.
SPRAY G~OOVE
Fig. 143- Cap or plug all opftnings whftn rftmov.
Ing In/ftctor assembly. Dust washer(1)keeps dirt HOLE S
auf of injector bora In cylinder haad. Bft sura Fig. 148-Pressure chamber carbon removftr is
seat in bore is clean and install new sftaling Fig. 146-C/esnlng noule spray holes with wire uSad to ciun ennular groove as well as to clftan
washer (2) when reinstalling injector. plobe held In pin vise. carbon Irom p'eSSUlft chambftr in nozzle.
66
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 131 Cont.
REVERSE If leakback test time was greater
flUSH than 40 seconds (refer to paragraph
NOZZL E 129), or if needle is sticking in bore of
ADAPTER nozzle, correction can be made by lap-
ping needle and nozzle assembly. This is
accomplished by using a polishing com-
pound (Bacharach 66·0655 is suggested)
Fig. 149- A back "ush .t·
tachment Is Installed on noz· as follows: Place small diameter of noz·
zl. tester to clean nozzl. by zle in a chuck of a drill having a max-
r"".fS. flow of fluId; not. imum speed of less than 450 rpm. Apply
prop"r Inst.lI.tlon of nozzle a small amount of polishing compound
In adapt.,.
on barrel of needle taking care not to
allow any compound on tip or beveled
seat portion, and insert needle in
rotating nozzle body. Refer to Fig. 15l.
It is usually necessary to hold upper pin
end of needle with vise-grip pliers to
keep needle from turning with nozzle.
Work needle in and out a few times tak·
ing care not to put any pressure against
seat, then withdraw needle, remove noz-
zle from chuck and thoroughly clean noz-
zle and needle assembly using back flush
NOZZLE adapter and tester pump.
Prior to reassembly, rinse all parts in
BODY clean fuel oil or calibrating fluid and
assemble while still wet. Position nozzle
and needle valve on injector body and be
sure dowel pins in body are correctly
NOZZLE located in nozzle as shown in Fig. 152. If
so equipped, install the 'I.-inch (9 .525
FIg. 1S0-Pollshlng needle '1"'18 seat with mm) shim washer (Fig. 153) and noz·
tallow and polishing stick. zle retaining nut and tighten nut to a
torque of 50 ft.-Ibs. (68 N · m).
Install spindle, spring, upper spring
disc and spring adjusting screw. Con-
nect injector to tester and adjust open-
RETAINING ing pressure as in paragraph 126. Use a
new copper washer and install cap nut.
Recheck nozzle opening pressure to be
sure installing nut did not change adjust·
ment. Retest injector as outlined in
paragraphs 126 through 129; renew noz·
Fig. 153-Cross·sectlon.' view showing shim
w.she, Inst.lled betw,.n nozz/. body and noz- zle and needle if still faulty. If injectors
zle r.t./n/ng nut. are to be stored after overhaul, it is rec·
1. Bleed screw~
2. f'iI!er plug
3. Priming lever
4. Level plug
5. Drain plug
6. Excess fuel button
7. fUel pump
8. High idle stop screw
9. Low idle SU>p !CreW
67
Paragraphs 132·134 FORD
NOTE: If engine Is 180 degrees out of
time, rafer to paragraph 135 for procedure.
68
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 135·137
Fig. 158-Exploded vie w of stake pin in place.
d l. phragm·type fuel 11ft To test pump, operate primer lever
pump; pan of Simms fuel In·
'ecUon pump. Unit shown's with lines disconnected and with fingers
used on Mod,'s 6610, 6710, closing inlet port; pump should hold
7610 and 7710. Components vacuum after releasing primer lever.
", 8 and 9 er. not used on With finger closing outlet port, there
othe, mode's.
should be a well-defined surge of pres-
7. Diaphragm spring
8. Spnng seat sure when operating primer lever.
9. Seal
10. Inner body DISTRIBUTOR·TYPE
II. Return spring
12. ·O~ ring
FUEL INJECTION PUMP
13. Primer lever
14. Cam lever spring Models 5000·5600·5610·
15. Cam rever
1. Cover 4. Gasket 16. Pivot pin 6600·6700
2. Pulsator diaphragm 5. Valves 17. Oiaphragm lever
3. Outer body 6. Pump diaphragm 18. Retaining pin
137. PUMP TIMING. Refer to Fig.
99 a nd to Fig. 159 when timing C.A.V.
135. R&R FUEL INJECTION on injection pump camshaft. Fuel pump type pump used on these models. As
P UMP. Thoroughly clean pump, lines is diaphragm type and component parts shown in Fig. 99, pump drive gear with
and connections and area around pump. are available for service. Refer to ex- dowel engaged must be timed to cam-
Remove cover and gasket from rear of ploded view of fuel pump assembly in shaft gear with number 4 (four-cylinder
injection pump body as shown in Fig. Fig. 158. Inlet and outlet valves (5) are engine models) matched to '0" index.
155 and timing hole cover from right staked into outer body (3); when renew- Scribe line on pump body aligns with "0"
rear side of engine as shown in Fig. 156. ing valves, insert in body as shown and mark on engine front cover plate (2-
Remove rocker arm cover . Pull fuel stop carefully stake in position. Primer lever Fig. 159).
and turn engine over with starter until retaining pin (18) must be installed with
number 4 exhaust valve (rearmost valve outer end below flush with machined NOTE: Engine must not be operated
of engine) is open; then continue turning surface of inner body (10). After insert- with pump mounting bolts (4) loosened. II
until timing marks are visible through ing pivot pin (16) in inner body, securely Injection pump timing Is to be altered, 8S
inspection port as shown in Fig. 156,
then, using a screwd river in starter
gear, continue to turn flywheel until tim-
ing mark aligns with arrow. Refer to
table in paragraph 133 for correct tim-
ing setting.
Drain coolant and remove lower radi-
ator hose. Remove injection pump drive Fig. 159- View ot rIming
cover as shown fn F'ig. 157. Shut off fuel marlr. for dl.trlbutor.typa
and remove injector lines, then discon- pump used on Models 5600.
5610. 6600. 6700 and some
nect injection pump inlet and return fuel 5000 series. Refer to ted for
lines. Cap all openings as fuel lines are procedure.
disconnected. Disconnect throttle and
1. Injection pump
shut-off controls. Remove the three cap 2. Engine front oover
screws (1) retaining gear to pump hub. 3. Thnifij{ marks
4. Mounting bollS
Remove gear retaining plate. Remove
cap screws retaining pump to engine
front plate and withdraw pump assem-
bly. The pump drive gear will remain in
timing gear cover and cannot come out
of time, however, engine should not be
turned with pump removed.
To reinstall fuel injection pump, first
make sure number 1 piston is at correct
timing setting, refer to table in
paragraph 133. Turn injection pump
camshaft until V-notch on rear of shaft
aligns with scribe mark (1- Fig. 155) on
housing and stamped arrow beside
notch points upward (toward scribe
line). Install pump by reversing removal
procedure. Time pump as outlined in Fig. 160 - View of typical
d/strlbutor·type pump In·
paragraph 133. Tighten pump retaining stalled to show adjustment
cap screws to 25-30 fUbs. (34-41 N'm), poin ts. Note that fuel shut·
gear retaining cap screws to 20-25 off Cable has been removed.
fUbs. (27-34 ' m), and bleed fuel
system as outlined in paragraph 123.
69
- -- - -- - -- - - - -
70
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 141·142
Fig. 164 - Exploded r/ew ot To adjust high idle speed, break wire
typlca' throttle control us.cl seal, remove cover tube and loosen
12 on Rowcrop Mod"ls 5200,
8 7200, 6600C end 76OOC. Dlf· locknut on adjusting screw; then, turn
10 9 \ t.,ent control rods (1) .,. screw in or out to obtain specified high
9 13 \~ us.d for In -line or
di stributor-type InJeetlon
idle speed, tighten locknut and reseal
screw. When reconnecting throttle link·
14 ~~ pumps or tor gasolIne ca,·
age, refer to paragraph 143 and adjust
_~~ ,
buretor.
/' _ fi-
II
1. Control rod
2. Shalt retainer (2)
3. Flat washer (2)
4. Rod adjuster , 14-28
linkage if necessary.
Simms Pump
142. Start engine and bring to normal
5. Control rod
~6' 6. Cross shaft assy. operating temperature. Disconnect
7 7. Link rod . throttle linkage from fuel injection
2 3 {~~'
8. AMY. boIt(~-24 x l¥.)
9. Pivot washer (2) pump governor arm and hold arm so
10. Friction disc stop lever contacts slow idle speed stop
11. Lever stop
5 12. Lever wlknob screw (Fig. 154). Engine slow idle
IS. Spn"" w""",, speed should be 600·700 rpm on Models
14. Nut, ~24
5000, 6600, 6700, 7000, 7600 and 7700
and 600-850 rpm on Models 6610, 6710,
7610 and 7710. To adjust, loosen locknut
on stop screw and turn screw in or out
until proper slow idle speed is obtained
Fig. 165 - Exploded view of
hand .nd foot throWe
and tighten locknut. Hold arm so stop
IInhge used on Models 6700 lever is against high idle (maximum)
end 7700. speed stop screw; engine high idle speed
l. Spring pin
should be 2325-2375 rpm on all models.
2. shalt If high idle speed is not within specified
3. Actuator
4. Hand throttle lever
range, stop screw should be adjusted.
S. Roll pin
6. Throttle cable CAUTION: The high Idle (maxlmuml
7. Cable support speed stop screw adjustment Is sealed
8. Shut-()ff cable
9. Snap ring with a sealing wire at the factory; this seal
10. Link should not be broken by anyone other
11 . ThrotUe cable
12. BeUcrank than Ford authorized diesel service per·
13. Bellcrank sonnel If tractor Is within factory warran·
14. Trunnion
IS. Rod ty.
16. Lever
17. Bracket
18. Roll pin
19. Pedal
20. Pad
21. Support
22. Bracket
23. Bracket
24 . Clamp
71
Paragraphs 143-144 FORD
(9). Throttle lever must not bind.
Tighten or loosen lever assembly nut as
required. When completed, recheck
engine governed speed (paragraphs 141
or 142) with throttle linkage connected.
THERMOSTART COLD
WEATHER STARTING AID
II ~~~-1._12 18 All Diesel Models So Equipped
11 144. Refer to Fig. 168 for cross-sec-
•!, 14 ~"'''J
'Jr / ' tional view of Thermostart unit which is
13 / .-- located in engine intake manifold. The
fuel inlet (F) is connected to a small
reservoir (see F ig. 169) on early models
15 ro and to injector leak-off line on later
14~ • A> 21~)~14 models. In operation, turning key switch
~1~
to either "HEAT" or "HEAT-START"
position connects Thermostart wire
<f' (W - Fig. 168) to battery, thus heating
"J heater coil (He) and ignition coil (IC).
Fig. 167 - Exploded 'flew of h.nd lind foot throt· The hot coils react to pul l valve stem
tie linkage used on Mode's 6710 and 7710. (VS) away from valve ball (VB) allowing
l. Soring pin Fig. 169- View showing typical Thermosf.rt ball to unseat and fuel to flow through
2. Shan 12. Snap ring ,esertol, lind fulfllne connec tions used on early unit, where it is heated and ignited
3. Actuator 13. Cable assy. models.
4. Knob 14. Clip before entering combustion chamber.
5.
S.
Set &CreW, 1/4·20 x ¥t
Hand throttle lever
15.
16.
Trunnion
Pedal assy.
1. Reservoi r assy. To operate unit in cold weather, turn
2. Injector excess fuel key-starter switch to "HEAT" position
7. Roll pin 17. Pad return line
8. Link 18. Shut-(lff cable 7. Compression nut
9. ROO 19. Support
3. Return line to fuel 8. Compression sleeve for 30 seconds, then turn switch to
tank 9. Connector. tube to "HEAT-START" position to start
10. Bellcrank 20. Clamp 4. Lillt! to pressure valve assy.
11. Bellcrank 21. Bracket valve engine. If engine does not start after 30
10. Valve spring
5. Flexible connector I t. Valve ball seconds, return switch to "HEAT" posi-
'"'"
6. Line to Thermostart
fuel inlet
12. Valve body
13. Line from pressure
outlet or fuel filter assy.
tion for 15 seconds, then back to
"HEAT-START." After engine is
started, turn switch to "ON" position.
arm and with engine governed speed ad- CAUTION: DO NOT attempt to use ether
F justed as outlined in paragraphs 141 and starting fluid and Thermostart unit at
142, proceed as follows. Reference is same time; use ether starting fluid only If
made to F ig. 162, other models are Thermostart unit and Intake manifold are
similar. Move control lever (1) rearward cold.
against high idle stop and hold pump For connecting fuel lines to Thermo-
governor arm against high idle speed start unit and reservoir on early models,
. stop screw; forward end of rod (11) refer to Fig. 169.
should then enter hole in governor arm
without binding. If not, loosen locknut NOTE: When diesel fuel lines have been
Fig. 168-Cros$-secrlon.' view of diesel The,- and turn rod in or out of end assembly as disconnected, always make certain that
mostBrt unit (optional) loc.ted In ' ''feke manl· required. With rod length properly ad- fuel is present at Thermostart fuel Inlet
fold. Ref., to Fig. 169 fOf fuel '.ser'lolr and luel
Ifne connections used on .""y models.
justed, reconnect rod to pump governor (F - Fig. 168) before tightening connection
arm with retainer clip (14) and retighten at that point. Any attempt to operate Ther.
F. FUel inlet locknut on rod. With engine running, mostart unit without fuel available may
HC. Heater coil
IC. Ignition coil
VB. Valve ball
VS. Valve !Item check operation of throttle; there should cause failure of unit allowing fuel 011 to
S. Shield W. Wire to key switch be sufficient tension on friction disc (8) leak Into intake manifold.
so lever will remain in any desired Service of Thermostart unit and/or
To adjust high idle speed, break wire preset position. Some early models have fuel reservoir consists of renewing
seal, loosen locknut and turn adjusting a coil spring instead of spring washer defective unit.
screw in or out until proper speed is ob-
tained; then, tighten locknut and reseal
adjusting screw. When reconnecting
throttle linkage, refer to paragraph 143 Fig. 170- DrawlnQ showing
and adjust linkage if necessary. non·dles.1 governor and
throttle linkage.
I . Pulh.")
t. Il uu!'.inl{
:1. Shaft & hennnjl a.'I:'~'.
4 WaWr Idill)..'\"f'
r,. St'al WIlly.
Fig. 172- Th e gO lfernor drl". (" yball) assembly n. l mll...lll·r
Is accessible after removing governor housing 7. Gallk ..l
and outer race from front of tim ing gear cover. !5 l{('a r ("Vl 'r
Retaining nut has left ·hand thread. !I. M "'unlll\~ j..'llSkt·l
73
Paragraphs 149·151 FORD
Models 6700·6710·7700·7710 WATER PUMP tighten retaining cap screws to a torque
of 18·22 ft.·lbs . (24·30 N om).
149. R&R RADIATOR. To remove All Models Reinstall water pump assembly by
radiator, drain cooling system and re- 150. Water pump can be removed reversing removal procedure and tight·
move outer radiator grilles and left after removing radiator as outlined in en retaining cap screws to a torque of
pulley guard. Disconnect horn wires and paragraph 148 or 149. Refer to exploded 23·28 ft.·lbs. (31·38 Nom).
remove center radiator grille. Remove view of water pump in Fig. 173 and dis·
hood side panels and hood side support assemble pump as follows:
brackets. Disconnect radiator hoses and
remove fiJI tube assembly from radiator.
Remove fan (and spacer on models so
equipped) from pulley and using stan·
ELECTRICAL
Disconnect oil cooler lines from radiator
on Models 6710, 7700 and 7710. Detach
dard two·bolt puller, remove pulley
front shaft. Remove rear cover (8) and
SYSTEM
and move shroud rearwards. Unscrew press shaft and bearing assembly (3) out Ford generators and regulators are
retaining bolts and lift out radiator. towards front of housing as shown in used on all Model 5000 tractors and on
Lower tank is available separately. To Fig. 174. Drive seal (5- Fig. 173) out to· some Model 7000 tractors. Model 7000
install radiator, reverse removal pro- wards rear of housing. tractors which are not equipped with the
cedure. Using a length of 1·5116 inch (3.33 cm) Ford generator are equipped with a
ID tubing, press new seal into housing. Motorola alternator.
On models so equipped, check to see that All tractors with "A" or liB" prefixed
flange on water slinger (4) is located serial numbers are equipped with a
0.55 inch (13.97 mm) from edge of bear· generator and all Model 7000 tractors
ing race as shown in Fig. 175, then press with "c" prefixed serial numbers are
shaft into front of housing until outer equipped with an alternator. In current
.EA.INC SHAfT ... N O bearing race is flush with front end of production, all tractors are equipped
SlING!:iI Y housing. Using a leugth of 'I.·inch (19 with alternators.
mm) ID pipe, press impeller onto shaft Regulators used with both units are a
as shown in Fig. 176 so impeller is flush sealed type and cannot be adjusted.
with rear end of housing. Press pulley
onto shaft so center of belt groove in
pulley is 211z inches (6.35 cm) from rear GENERATOR AND REGULATOR
face of housing as shown in Fig. 177. In· 151. A Ford C7NN·10000·C 22·
stall rear cover with new gasket and ampere generator and a Ford DONN·
10505·A regulator are used on Model
5000 and some Model 7000 tractors. See
Fig. 178. The generator is a two·pole
Fig. 174 - View showing shaft and bearing shunt wound type with type "B" circuit;
assembly being pressed from Impeller and hous- that is, one field coil terminal is ground-
ing.
ed to generator frame and the other
SliNCEIt field coil terminal is connected to ar-
mature terminal through the regulator.
Specifications are as follows:
C7NN·10000·C Ge nerator
h Oj , ; " .
i l3 91", ... ,
Max. output (hot) at
1350 rpm and 15 volts ...... 22 amps.
Renew brushes if
Fig. f7S-Flange of water Slinger should be 0.55 Fig. 177-Press pulley onto shaH so distance
Inch (13.97 mm) from edge of oute' bearing race from center of belt groo~eln pulley Is 2 '12 Inches shorter than ...... ... ..... 13/3 2·in.
as shown above. (6.35 cm) from rear face of housing. (1.03 cm)
1. Drive pulley
2. Fan
3. Drive end plate
4. Bearing
5. Retail"ler
6. Adjuster ann
7. Mounting bracket
8. Head s hield
9. Proo£meter drive
10. Rear plate
11. Brush (2)
12. Brush dip (2)
Fig. 176 - Press Impeller onto shaft with J/~-/nch 13. Brush spring (2)
14. Brush holder (2) 17. Insulalor 20. Spacer
(1.9 em) 10 pipe so Impelle r Is lIush with rear of 15. Housing 18. f'ield w its 21 . Armature
housing as shown. 16. Pole piece (2) 19. Annature bearinJ.!" 2'.2. Bearing retaint'r
74
SHOP MANUA L Paragra ph s 152-153
Min. brush spring tension
with new brushes .. .. .. . .. 18 ounces
(510.3 gm)
Field coil current ............. 2 amps.
Field coil resistance ........ . .. 6 ohms
Commutator min. dia ... . ..... 1.450 in.
(36.83 mm)
Max. commutator runout .... . 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)
Max. armature shaft runout ... 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)
DONN-10505-A Regulator
Cutout Relay :
Cut-in speed (approximate
engine rpm) ................ . 765
Cut-in voltage ............ 12.3-13.2
Cut-out voltage ............ 9.5-11.0
Cut-out current ........... . 4 amps .
Armature-to-core air
gap .......... . .... 0.035-0.045 in.
(0.89-1.14 mm) lAM'
Contact blade
movement ......... 0.010-0.020 in. ro cOIl VOlTA"
tTAI&UZUI
(0.254-0.508 mm)
Current Regulator:
No-load setting ......... 21-23 amps.
Armature-to-core air
gap .............. . ..... 0.054 in.
(1.37 mm)
Voltage Regulator: ~.HT
75
Paragraphs 154-155 FORD
D5NN-I0300-A, D5NN-I0300-D M1})
(DIAGRAM SHOWN OE-ENI!:RGIZE
r~ I AL.L. GROUND WIRES - aL.ACK
.".BROWN
Max. output at 160°F (71 0c) 'r_YlLLOW
5136 alternator rpm and 14.4 LG_LlGHT GlUE,.
8I(....I.ACK 1*1 M.,...,lt LOW IU!AM
volts . . ........... . ...... 50 amps. ""'GH IIEAM
P~
(4.76 mm)
Min. brush spring tension (new) ... 4 oz. WATflll ~
(113.4 gm)
Field current ....... . ... 1.8-2.4 amps.
BATTER'/' TEMP,
SINOIIII ~STAlllTER
...
MOTOR
Field resistance . . ........ _... 6 ohms
ENGINE
154. VOLTAGE REGULATORS. ~:LSWITCH
Voltage regulators used with alter-
nators have the following service
specifications:
Ii I.OWl
G(HERATO"
•
WARHIH,GdHGINI
..
UCiHTSw'i!t' OIL
,
soUHOID
..
II'AHIL
";;i';\ .ll CiHT
DINN-I0316-A (Model 7000)
Voltage regulation with 10 ampere load:
$IDIE
'-IGHT
J F4
"" ""
Ambient
Temperature
Output Terminal
Voltage
~• •
40°F (4.4 0c) ....... . ... . ... 14.2-15.0 • ..
T~~_ 1
60°F(15.5°C) ....... _...... 14.1-14.9 rolL
80°F(26.6°C) . ..... __ . ..... 13.9-14.7 w w ~~" ""
100° F (37.7°C) .... . . _...... 13.8-14.6 LIGHTS ""'~ S i ll LIGHT
lAIR .... FUEL WAT£II:
120°F (48.8°C) ...... _ ...... 13.6-14.4 VOLTAGE ~ ~ GUAGE n r i nMPEIIlATURE
ST ABILIlIIII;-r ~ 'f"'"'" GAUGE
I- 10 5PII0 SEU~TOR
w I":. 10 SPUD LIGHT
LUBIIljCATION UGHT
D3NN-10316A (Models 5600, 6600 and AND ITCH
7600) --i. • LlOHT
J_ AMII' FUSE S~
Voltage regulation with 10 ampere load: --.r-.L..J
rt:.J STAlllnlll SWITCH I~As~~r ~ kilt
Ambienl Output Terminal
Temperature Voltage STAlllnllt
OaF (-18°C) ...... _...... 14.60-15.40 w SAFtTY.J:',L!CH
D7NN-I0316-B (All Models Except STARTING MOTOR ervice specifications are as follows:
7000) C5NF-llOOI-B or C7NF-llOOI-B
Voltage regulation with 10 ampere load: Non-Diesel Starting Motor Starting Motor
155. F ord Model 5000 tractors with Brush spring tension (min.
Ambient Output Terminal non-diesel engine (except Model 5000 with new brushes) . . ... . ...... 40 oz.
Temperature Voltage with Select-O-Speed transmission) are (1134 gms)
O°F( -18°C) _. . _........ . 14.80-15.50 equipped with a starting motor which Min. brush length . .. ..... ... ... I/,-in.
20°F(-7°C) ........ _ .... 14.60-15.25 utilizes a series-parallel connected field (6.35 mm)
40°F(4°C) ....... _....... 14.26-14.90 coil arrangement, an integral positive Commutator min.
60°F (16°C) . . . ... . . ..... . 13.95-14.60 engagement drive assembly and a diameter .................. 1.46 in.
80°F (27°C) ... . .......... 13.60-14_30 movable pole piece which, together with (3.7 cm)
100°F (38°C) ............. 13.15-14.00 one of the field coils, acts as a solenoid to Max. armature shaft
120°F (49°C) ........ _.... 12.75-13.70 engage drive assembly, When motor is end play .. . ......... . .O.058in.
140°F (60°C) . ....... . .... 12.50-13.40 not in use, one of the field coils is (1.47 mm)
160°F (71 °C) .......... _. _12.30-13.15 grounded through the actuating coil con- Max. armature shaft
tacts. Closing starter switch completes runout ...... _............ 0.005 in.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Lalerlranslslorlzed circuit resulting in movable pole piece (0.127 mm)
regulalors (D3NN-10318-A and D7NN· being attracted to field coil. A lever at- No-load test:
10316·8) do not Interchange with regula- tached to movable pole piece engages Volts ... . .... .. ....... .... .... 12
tor used with 55 amp alternator. Alter· drive gear pinion with flywheel ring Amps. _.......... . ............ 70
nator, regulator or battery may be dam- gear. When movable pole piece is fully Rpm .... . .............. 6000-9500
aged If design types are mixed. Newer seated, it opens field coil grounding co n- Loaded test (with warm engine):
system uses a completely different tacts which applies full fi eld power for Amps ...... . .............. 250-300
method of voltage regulation. normal starting motor operation, Engine rpm . . . .. .. ........ 150-200
76
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 156
GROU ND
Fig. 1BOA - Wiring diagram of late production
Model 7000 tractors. Wi,. code key follows. HEADLAMP r~?:, ~
1. Alternator to starter : rOPTIONAL)
relay (brown) HEAOLAMP
2. Regulator F to alter· JOPTIONAU
nator (brown/green)
3. ~Iator I to starter
SWitch (brown/white)
4. Starter relay to
starter switch (brown)
5. Alternator to starter
switch (red)
6. Regulator A to
starter switch
(brownlyellow)
7. Starter relay to safety
s~itch (white/red)
8. Starter switch to
safety switch (white!
yellow)
9. Thermostart to starter
switch (browrv'red)
10. Starter switch to fuse
(white)
11. Starter switch to light
switch (brown)
12. Fuse to ... ol~ stabU·
iur &. warning lamps
(white)
13. Light switch to front
&. rear lamps (red)
Rowcrop only
14. Light switch to head
lamps (blue/red)
15. Temperature gage to
sendIng unit (green!
blue)
16. light switch to panel
lamps (red/white) TOiPERATURf.
17. Oil pressure switch to SENDING U N IT
warning li~ht (blue)
18. Starter SWitch to air
cleaner restriction
vacuum I witch (red! HEADLAMP
rello~)
19. K.eguJator G to alter· VOl TAGE
nator warning light REGUl.ATOR
KEY· STARTER SWI rCM
(black)
STARTING MOTOR
REGULATOR S(UNOIO
77
Paragraph 156 Cont. FORD
1J) ::::::::=::C:=::~------IfL=:=F~=:=F-=t1=l!--r
Clr
~ I'
~~ :
<Vi ~
rJ
/
Q)
:J;
...".
P.
R. ROO
S. Slate
U. Blue
V. Violet
W. White
26. Tum signal indicator
ligtll connection - L.H.
27. Tum signal indicator
light connectioo- R.H .
28. Tum signaJ indicator
light aasy.-st:raddle
To start iKflltion switcl1
Starting ~noid
,1. To voltage regu!ator -
terminal A
'2. To fuse panel
53. FUel sender - main tank
".
(As equipped)
Thermostatic Iv.it(:h
79. Fuse-5A
SO. f'uge-30A
81. From 21 pin connector
82. Ignition relay
tcnninal 3
lI2. Fuse - SA
J 13. To voltage regulator -
tenninall
114. Radio speaker - L.H.
liS. DUitnbutor breake r
t
Y. Yellow moun' 54. Fuse link 83. Fuse-4A 116. To ignition switch
A. Gas engine ignition 29. f1asher unit 55. Voltage regulator 84. Resistor (aux, fuel te.nninal 4
circuit 30. Implement li~hl.s 56. Alternator tank) 11 7. Safety start switch
,..
8 . Manifold Heater Diesel 3 1. Toggle switc 57. I!Jumination hunr 8'. Temperature sender 11 8. Ignition relay coil
e:£ne ignition circuit 32. Starting motor 58. Tum indicator - .H. 86. Fuse- 4A 119. ~Use - 7.SA
C. E r s tart diesel 33. Starting motor field Alternator warning 87. Voltage stabilizer 120. Radio
engine $!tion
1. Headli t switch
cin:uit
34.
coils
To sW1.ing motor
light
60. High beam indicator ...
88. Fuel ....
Temperature g~e
121. Radio~er - R. H .
123. Fuse- A
2. Fuse - 7.SA solenoid 61. Temperature gage 00. Alternator warning 124. To I1uherltum signal
62. FueI~ & implement light
. ,-
3. Fu$e-SA 35. To starting motor litrht
4. Tail ~t
S. To v tage regulator- ... solenoid 63. Tum Indicator - L.H. 91. Oil pressure warning
I~t
12S. Diesel ignition s .....itch
126. Manifold heater
...
To battery negative 64. Oil pressure warning
tenninall
7. Safety start switch - 37.
tenninal
To nos. 2.3&4
starting motor field
... light
Fuel sender-main tank
66. Fuel sender -auxiliary
92. Oil pressure switch
.,.
Air cleaner restriction
warning light
127. Radio ister-L.H.
128. ~'use - .SA
129. To voltage regulator -
8. Radio light ooi1. <ank Diode-3A tenninall
9. IwUo 38. To battery positive 67. Fuel tank selector 96. Ail" cleaner restriction 130. Rodio
10. Speaker -L.H. tenninal switch-opt. nat deck vacuum switch 131. Fuse-SA
II. Speaker-R.H. 39. Spark plugs only '7. To battery pottitive 132. Safety start switch
12. Instrument lights 40. To start ignition switch 68. FUel sender-aux. tank terminal 134. To starter 9OIenoid coil
13. Headlight-low beam 41. Starling solenoid 69. Windshield wMhe.r 98. F'use-7.SA 135. Radio speaker-R.H.
14. To starter solenoid coil 42. To no. 1 sl.arting motor t:,m p motor 99. HOrn bu tton 136. To nWlher/turn signw
IS. To igni tion swit.ch field coil 70. mpressor clutch 100. Hom & implement tight
16. lIigh beam indicator 43. Tu starting motor solenoid 101. Cigar lighter 137. t 'u.se-3A
17. Work lamp 44. To ignition switch start 71. Windshield wiper 102. Interior light switch 138. Ether start button
18. Headlight-high beam term.inal molo, 103. Interior light 139. Ignition relay coil
19. Fuse-9A 45. To battery positi\"t' 72. Compl'HSOr clutch 104. Safety start switch 140. Ether solenoid
20. Ground -flat deck only terminal s'4itch (heat acUlated) 105. Ignition relay coil 141. Diesel ignition !Switch
6-71 and up), are equipped with a Ford drive pinion will close second stage of proper clearance. Then, tighten locknut
5-inch (12.7 cm) diameter starting motor switch energizing all four field coils. and recheck clearance.
and relay assembly. Closing starter When drive pinion is in engaged posi· Service specifications are as follows:
switch energizes solenoid; movement of tion, there should be a clearance of
solenoid plunger engages drive pinion 0.010-0.020 inch (0.254-0.508 mm) be- Starting Motor & Relay Assembly
and closes a two-stage switch. If drive tween drive pinion and thrust collar. To Brush spring tension (min.
pinion teeth butt against teeth on fly- check clearance, first energize solenoid with new brushes) ............ 42 oz.
wheel, only first stage of switch is closed with 6-volt power source, then check (1190 gms)
which will allow current to flow to one clearance with feeler gage as shown in Min. brush length · ............ 5/16-in.
field coil. This will provide enough Fig. 184. If clearance is not within 0.010 (7.94 mm)
power to turn starter until drive pinion to 0.020 inch (0.254-0.508 mm), refer to Commutator min.
is in position to engage flywheel ring Fig. 186, loosen locknut and turn pivot diameter .................. 1.53 in.
gear teeth; then, full engagement of pin (25-Fig. 185) as required to obtain (3.88 cm)
78
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 157-1 59
Fig. 1B5-E.ploded view 01
-:::'~12
typlca' diesel engine st.rt·
In9 motor.
9 ~.
I. Tab washer
2. End cover
3. Herring
"s 'f
4. Brush (2)
5. Spri ng
6. Brosh holder
7. Covet' &eaI
8. Spacer
9. Grommet
10. Shell
1L Relay hous ing seal
12. Solenoid assy.
13. Thrust washer
14. Thrust washer
15. Drive brake Bhoe (2)
oyu.U"'"
ClU TCH
"'O 16. Shaft pin
17. Brakespring (2)
18. Armature & Bh&!t
19. IlUIulator
Fig. 183-Cut·away view 01 • typlca' sta"lng 20. f'ield brush (2)
21. Field ooils
motor used on non-dles.Jenrl'n • • A similar sta,,- 22. Grommet
Ing motor I. used on Mode' SOOO non·d/uel with 23. Thrust wll8her
Select·O-Speed transmission. 24. Lever assy.
25. Eccentric pin
26. End plate beanng
21. Plate
28. Starter drive
Max. armature shaft 29. Solenoid gasket
end play .... . ... . ....... . . 0.020 in. 30. s.." ""Lu-
31. Collar retainer
(0.508 mm) 32. Dowel
33. Drive end Mulli ng
Max. armature shaft 34. Bearing
runout . ... . ....... . .. . . .. 0.005 in.
(0.127 mm)
Drive pinion clearance
(engaged) ........... 0.010-0.020 in.
(0.254-0.508 mm)
No-load test: electrode gap to 0.023-0.027 inch (0.584- procedure for checking distributor and
Volts . . . . ......... .. .... . .. ... 12 0.686 mm). Install spark plugs with dry adjusting timing is as follows :
Amps ....................... . 100 threads and tighten to a torque of 26-30 Connect timing light to No. 1 spark
Rpm ..... . ..... . ... . ... 5500-7500 ft.-Ibs. (35-41 N -m). plug and open timing hole cover on
Loaded test (with warm engine): right, front side of engine rear plate,
Amps ..... . . . . ........ 250-300 158. IGNITION TIMING _ Breaker then start engine. Retard ignition tim-
Engine rpm ..... . .... . .... 150-200 contact gap is 0.022-0.028 inch (0.559- ing until 30 degree timing mark aligns
See Fig. 185 for exploded view of 0.711 mm). Firing order is 1-3-4-2. To in- with timing pointer, tighten clamp screw
typical diesel eng ine starter parts. stall and time distributor, proceed as and shut off engine. Disconnect and plug
follows: vacuum advance line. Restart engine
IGNITION SYSTEM Remove No. 1 (front) spark plug and and with engine running at high idle
turn engine slowly until air is forced out speed, recheck timing which should now
157. SPARK PLUGS. Motorcraft spark plug hole, then continue turning be 18 degrees BTDC. Adjust vacuum ad-
(Autolite) AG5 spark plugs are recom- engine slowly until 0 degree (TDC) fly- vance, if necessary, as outlined in para-
mended fo r all gasoline engines. Set wheel mark is aligned with arrow in in- graph 162.
spection opening of engine rear cover With engine still running at high idle
plate. Place distributor with dust cover speed and with vacuum advance line dis-
and rotor installed in drive housing with connected, reset ignition timing to 28
rotor pointing towards No. 1 cylinder degrees BTDC.
distributor cap terminal. This should
properly mesh distributor gear with
COLLAR drive shaft gear. Loosen bolt clamping
timing arm to distributor base and
rotate distributor until breaker points
just start to open. Hold distributor hous-
ing in this position, center timing arm
slot on bolt hole in drive housing and
tighten timing arm clamp bolt. Reinstall
spark plug, distributor cap and spark
plug wire, start engine and set timing
with timing light as follows:
r - - - ' ElEl ER GAUGE
159. IGNITION TIMING WITH TIM-
ING LIGHT. A Power Timing Light can
be used to check distributor advance
mechanism. Stamped timing marks run
Fig. 184- Measuring drive pinion clearance on
dlese' engine st.rter motor, Raf", to Fig. 186 for
from 0 degree (TDC) to 30 degrees
adjustment and to tut for measurIng and ad- (BTDC) which is not sufficient to FIg. t B6 -AdJusting drl.,e pInIon cleara nce on
Justing procedure. register combined advance. A suggested dIesel engIne s tartIng motor.
79
Paragraphs 160·161 FORD
Tighten clamp screw and reduce Fig. 189-Exploded view of
distributor used on non-
engine speed to slow idle; timi ng should diesel tractors.
retard to 0-4 degrees BTDC. If it does 1. Distributor tap
not, overhaul distributor as in para- 2. Rotor
graph 163 or adjust centrifugal advance 3. Retainer
4. S<aI
mechanism as in paragraph 161. 5. Dust cover
6. "OR ring
7. Condenser
160. DISTRIBUTOR TEST AND 8. Breaker pointa
9. Cam lubricant relt
OVERHAUL. The breaker contact gap 10. Ground wire
for all models is 0.022·0.028 inch (0.559· 11. Retainer ring!
12. Spring washer
0.711 mm). Cam dwell angle for all 13. Upper breaker plate
models is 35·38 degrees. 14. Lower breaker plate
15. Wick
Breaker contact points may be either 16. Retainer ring
conventional pivoted type or pivotiess. 17. Distributorcam
18. Thrust washer
On pivoted type points. breaker arm 19. Advance weiJlhts
20. Secondary advance
spring tension should be 17-21 ounces spring
(482·595 gms) when measured at end of 21. Primary advanc:e spnng
breaker points contact. or 15·18 ounces 22. Rubber aleeve
23. Distnbutor shaft
(425·510 gms) when measured at center 24. Bushing
25. Wick
of contact points. To adjust spring ten- 26. Primary wire
sion. loosen nut holding breaker arm 27. Distributor base
28. Timing arm
spring and move slotted end of spring 29. "O~ ring
towards pivot point to decrease tension, 30. Spring pin
31. Drive ~ar
or away from pivot point to increase ten- 32. Pl"g
sion. Tension on pivotless point set is 33. Gasket
34. Shim
nonadjustable. Refer to Fig. 188 fo r 35. S~
views showing both types of breaker 36. Spnng
37. Diaphragm assy.
points. 38. "0. ring
For distributor test stands (synchro- 39. Compressing sleeve
40. Vacuum tube
scopes). refer to the following test data 41. Tube adapter
and vacuum advance test data: (All data
is in distributor rpm and distributor
degrees.)
C6NF-12127-A Vacuum Advance at 1000 Refer to Fig. 190 and check to be sure
Centrifugal Advance Data Distributor Rpm sleeve (22) is in place on tang of dis-
Distributor Rpm Degrees Advance Inches Mercury Degrees Advance ributor shaft plate.
200-450 .. . .. .. .... . .. . . - 0.5 to +0.5 1 .................. . ............ 0
NOTE: Top view of distributor In Fig.
475 .......................... 0to 1 3 .......................... OtoO.5 190 Is with breaker plate (14- Fig. 189) re-
800 . ........... _.......... 5.8t07.1 5 . .... .. .............. . ...... 0 to 1 movedj however, distributor shaft can be
1000 .................... 9.5 to 10.75 7 .............•.. . ..•. . .... Oto 1.5
rOlated and slee.e (22 - Fig. 190) and
1150 ..................... 12 to 13.5 8 ........ _................... 0t03
spring adjustment tabs (T) observed
1200 .......... _..•......... 12 to 14 10 ........................ 2.4 to 5.5 through hole In breaker plate.
12 ....................... . ... 4to7
13.5 ........ . ................ 5t08 lf low rpm centrifugal advance is not
15 .. . .. .. .. .. .......... ...... 5to8 within specified limits. turn distributor
shaft so primary spring (21) adjusting
C7NF-12127-E tab (T) is in view through hole in breaker
Centrifugal Advance Data
Distributor Rpm Degrees Advance
200 to 400 .. . ............ -0.5 to + 0.5
900 ...................... 6.75 to 9.0
1200 ...................... . 12 to 14
80
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 163·164
distributor rpm ranges given in test lubricate pivot pins with multi-purpose
3433 data. Renew advance springs if centri- lithium base grease.
fugal advance is not within specified When installing new breaker points or
limits throughout test rpm range and adjusting breaker point gap, make cer-
cannot be adjusted. Advance springs tain that after breaker point retaining
have six coils and are color-coded pur- screws are tightened, ground wire (10) is
ple. properly positioned as shown in Fig.
NOTE: "Primary" and "Secondary" ad· 188.
vance springs are Identical, only adjust· To renew distributor shaft and/or
ment Is different. shaft bushing, proceed as follows: Re-
move vacuum advance assembly and
162. ADJUST VACUUM ADVANCE. breaker plates. Remove felt wick from
If vacuum advance is not within top of distributor cam (17 - Fig. 189) and
Fig. 191- Cross -sectlona' view 01 vacuum ad· specified limits as outlined in paragraph extract retainer (16) with needle nose
van ce mechanism showing proper location of 160, remove plug (32- Fig. 191) and add pliers. Drive gear retaining pin (30) from
vacuum advance stop (35) and adjusting shim
washers (34). Rafer to Fig. 189 for parts fden ·
shims (34) between plug and spring to gear and press shaft (23) from gear and
tfficatlon. decrease advance, or remove shims to housing. Press old bushing (24) out
increase advance. Be sure gasket (33) is towards top of housing with bushing
in good condition or renew gasket when driver (Nuday tool SW503 or
plate and bend tab in to increase ad- reinstalling plug. Check vacuum unit for equivalent). Lubricate outside of new
vance or out (away from distributor leaks after reinstalling plug. Shims are bushing with motor oil, place flat steel
shaft) to decrease advance. available in four thickness ranges: 0.008- washer against shoulder on driver and
If high rpm centrifugal advance is not 0.010 inch (0.203-0.245 mm), 0.020- press new bushing in with driver until
within specified limits, turn distributor 0.022 inch (0.508-0.559 mm), 0.040- washer seats against top inside surface
shaft so secondary spring (20) adjusting 0.042 inch (1.016- 1.067 mm) and 0.080- of housing. Ream bushing to inside
tab (T) is in view through hole in breaker 0.082 inch (2.032-2.083 mm). diameter of 0.468-0.469 inch (1 1.887-
plate and bend tab in to increase ad- 11.912 mm). Lightly oil shaft, insert
vance or out (away from distributor 163. OVERHAUL DISTRIBUTOR. shaft into housing and press gear onto
shaft) to decrease advance. Refer to Fig. 189 for exploded view of lower end of shaft so shaft end play is
ignition distributor. 0.029-0.042 inch (0.736-1.066 mm). Us-
NOTE: Secondary advance spring
It is important to properly lubricate ing pin hole in gear as a guide, drill re-
should be loose on tang when distributor
distributor whenever servicing unit. taining pin hole through new shaft, then
shaft is stationary.
Felts (4, 9 15 and 25) should be lightly install pin.
After adjusting centrifugal advance saturated with SAE lOW motor oil. After reassembling distributor, check
springs, recheck centrifugal advance When advance unit is disassembled, fIll and adjust advance mechanism as out-
throughout low, intermediate and high grooves in top of distributor shaft and lined in paragraphs 160, 161 and 162.
CLUTCH
Tractors with Independent pto will be switch and temperature gage sending 123 fo r bleeding the diesel fuel system.
equipped with a 12· or 13·ineh (30.48· unit. Refer to Fig. 192 for engine-to-trans-
33.02 em) diameter single plate dry type Remove shield from above starting mission bolt tightening torque.
clutch. Tractors with 8 10·speed (Select·Q· motor and reinstall fuel fIlter retaining
Speed) transmission will have a disc type bolts. Unbolt and remove starting motor
torque limiting clutch In the flywheel. and flywheel access cover from plate be-
tween engine and transmission. Discon-
TRACTOR SPLIT nect rear throttle control rod under fuel
tank and disconnect diesel shut-off cable
Models 5100·7100 or gasoline carburetor choke cable. Shut
164. To split tractor between engine off fuel supply valve at tank and discon-
and transmission, first drain cooling nect fuel supply line and diesel excess
system, disconnect battery ground cable fuel return line. Unbolt fuel tank and
and proceed as follows: Remove vertical rear hood (fuel tank cover) from support
exhaust muffler if so equipped. Discon- brackets on rear end of engine. On
nect wiring harness from support clips models equipped wth horizontal ex-
under engine hood, then unbolt and haust, disconnect exhaust pipe from
remove hood. Disconnect proofmeter muffler under left step plate. Disconnect
drive cable. Remove steering gear side transmission oil cooler li nes.
covers from under fuel tank. Disconnect Insert wood wedges between front ax·
steering drag link from steering gear Ie and front support. Place supports
arm. under front end of transmission housing Fig. 192- When reinstalling engine to transmis·
sion housing tighten bolts at locations shown to
On models with "C" prefix to serial and support engine with hoist or rolling the followIng torque specifications.
number , unplug wiring connector floor jack, unbolt engine from transmis· 1. 22~300 ftAbs. (engines with stamped
located at front of fuel tank. On all other sion and roll front unit away. (299-408 N · m) steel oil pan)
models, disconnect wiring from starter To reconnect tractor between engine 2. 125-140 fl. ·lbs. 4. 22().300 ft.·lbs.
(170-190 N'm) (299.4 N' m)
relay terminals, generator, voltage and transmission, reverse procedure 3. 35-50 ft.·lbs. (engines with case iron
regujator, front lights, oil pressure used to split tractor. Refer to paragraph (48-68 N' m) oil pan)
81
Paragraphs 165·167 FORD
trol rod from fuel injection pump or car-
buretor . Unhook fuel leak -off tube from
neck of fuel tank filler tube. Close fuel
shut-off valve, then disconnect tube at
Fig. 193- Vi ew showi ng tank joining fuel tank to fuel filter. On
typ ical clutch pedal free models with horizontal exhaust, discon-
trnel adJustment except fa,
6700, 6710, 7700 end 7710 nect exhaust pipe at engine manifold.
models. Refer to tex t for ad· Disconnect oil cooler lines from center
Justment S/Hemeaf/ons. housing. On models so equipped, discon-
nect air conditioning quick-release con-
nectors located above rear axle. Remove
flywheel inspection cover and cap
screws securing engine plate to trans-
mission.
Insert wood wedges between front ax-
le and front support. Place supports
under front end of transmission housing
Models 5200·7200 lines at pump and reservoir assembly. and support engine with hoist or rolling
165. On these models, follow same Remove nut securing drag link to left floor jack. Unbolt engine from transmis-
procedures as outlined in paragraph spindle arm, then separate. On models sion and roll front unit away.
164; however, disconnect the four power without a cab, disconnect center and left To reinstall engine, reverse removal
steering lines at connections under front support struts from rear hood assembly. procedure. Refer to Fig. 192 for engine-
of fuel tank and ignore reference to On models with a cab, remove retaining to-transmission bolt tightening torques.
other steering components. Be SUfe to bolts to withdraw hood rear support RefIll and bleed systems as previously
adequately support tricycle front end assembly. Remove bolts and nuts secur- outlined. On models equipped with air
when separating tractor. ing front end of fuel tank. On models conditioning, system must be evacuated
without a cab, remove nuts and bolts before being recharged.
Models 5600·5610·6600·6610· mounting battery support bracket to
7600·7610 rear hood panel. Disconnect wiring from Models 6700·6710·7700·7710
166. Disconnect battery. Remove ver- starter motor and remove starter 167. Disconnect battery. Remove ver-
tical exhaust muffler (models so motor. tical exhaust muffler (models so
equipped). Remove hood mounting On models with a cab, close heater equipped). Remove hood side panels,
screws and lift hood clear. On models water control valves and disconnect cowl side panels and cowl top panel (as
without a cab, disconnect electrical con- hoses and plug. Disconnect fuel shut-off equipped). On models without a cab, dis-
nectors between front and rear wiring or choke cable. Disconnect throttle con- connect electrical connectors between
harness. On models with a cab, remove
front housing rear panel. Disconnect
electrical connectors between front wir-
ing harness and safety start switch
sender wire, windshield washer motor
sender wire and rear wiring harness at
multi-connector. Remove any connec-
tors retaining front main harness to
hood assembly.
Disconnect proofmeter drive cable
from oil pump drive gear on left side of
engine. On models so equipped, discon-
nect power steering pressure and return
Fig. 195- Exploded ,,/ews of (A) 12·lnch and (8 ) 13·lneh (30.48·33.02 em) clutches. Clutch shown In (A)
"iew Is used on Mode's 5600, 5610, 6600 and 6610. Clutc h (8) Is used on all others and Is typic al 01
Mode' 5000 end 7000 clutc hes.
1. Lubrieation inlet 14. Release lever e)'ebolt
2. Pte dri\'e plate 7. Spacer (A) 0.030-0.035 9. Q7\'er ferrule 15. Release le\'er spring
Fig. 194-Loosen locknut (l) and ,or.re turn· 3. Bearing, pto drh'e in. (0.76-(1.89 nun) (8) 10. Pressure plate bolt 16. Strut &; pin
4. 0i9c assy. 0.09-0.10 in. (2.28-2.55 II. Releue bearing hub 17. Release lever
b uckl. (T) to ,dJust Mod.1 6700, 6710, 7700 and 5. Pressure plate ~) 12. Release bellring 18. Release lever plate
7710 clutch linkage. See t.xt. 6. Clutch sprinjt{s) 8. Cover assy. 13. Release lever nut 19. Plate retainer spring
82
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 168·170
as shown In Fig. 196. Model 5000 tractors
from production dats 6·71 , and all other
models use a clutch similar to that shown
Fig. 196-Exploded view of In Fig. 195.
Cer.metalllc single disc The two types of clutches are not Inter-
clutch used on some Model changeable.
5000 tractors.
( 6. Retainer
6. Link
7. Clip
8. Adjusting !Crew
shims (7 - Fig. 195) interposed between
flywheel and clutch cover on some units.
Shims used on Series 5000 before 1968
9. Locknut
10. Washer were 0.072-0.079 inch (1.82-2.0 mm)
thick; later models used shims 0.090-
0.100 inch (2.28-2.54 mm) thick. Correct
shims must be used. Tighten cover re-
taining cap screws to a torque of 23-30
ft.-Ibs. (31-41 N· m) when reinstalling.
front and rear WifIng harness. On To reinstall engine, reverse removal If available in tool stocks, use of Uni-
models with a cab, disconnect electrical procedure. Refer to Fig. 192 for engine versal Clutch Fixture SW510 is recom-
connectors between front wiring to transmission bolt tightening torques. mended for assembly and disassembly of
harness and auxiliary fuel tank sender Refill and bleed systems as previously clutch. For correct release lever height
connector, windshield washer motor and outlined. On models equipped with air setting on all models except 5000 and
rear wiring harness at multi-connector. conditioning, system must be evacuated 7000, use Tool Gage Spacer SW510-5D
Remove any connectors retaining front before being recharged. on 12-in. (30.48 em) clutches or Spacer
main harness to hood assembly. SW510-5C on 13-in. (33.02 em) clutches.
Disconnect proofmeter drive cable LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT Place clutch cover on bed of a press or
from oil pump drive gear on left side of on clutch disassembly tool. On full cover
engine. Disconnect power steering tub- All Models clutches, remove adjusting nuts (13 -
ing. Disconnect wiring from starter 168. The recommended clutch pedal Fig. 195), thrust plate (18) if used, and
motor and remove starter motor. free travel is 1'/,-2 inches (3.8-5.1 em) on the four pressure plate bolts (10).
On models with a cab, close heater early 5000 models and 1'/d'/' inches On button model (Cerametallic) units,
water control valves then disconnect (3.1-3.8 em) on late 5000 models and carefully depress spring retainer (5-
and plug hoses. Disconnect fuel shut-off 7000 models. Effective 7-72, clutch Fig. 196) until it clears clutch cover (4)
cable. Disconnect throttle control rod pedal free travel, all models, is to be set by approximately '/,-inch (6.35 mm) at
from fuel injection pump. On models at 1'1s ± '/,-inch (3.49 em ± 3.175 mm). To nearest point. Using a screwdriver or
with horizontal exhaust, disconnect ex- adjust linkage on all models except 6700, similar tool, pry spring retainer side-
haust pipe at engine manifold. Discon- 6710, 7700 and 7710, refer to Fig. 193. ways away from release lever link (Fig.
nect oil cooler lines from center housing. Disconnect adjusting clevis from clutch 198) in turn, until all three are discon-
On models so equipped, disconnect air release arm, loosen locknut and turn nected.
conditioning quick·release connectors clevis in or out as required. To adjust NOTE: It may be necessary to thread
located above· rear axle. Remove fly- linkage on Models 6700, 6710, 7700 and adjusting screws (S-Flg. 198) Inlo pres-
wheel inspection cover and cap screws 7710, refer to Fig. 194. Loosen turn - sure plate for additional finger clearance.
securing engine plate to transmission. buckle locknut (L), rotate turnbuckle (T)
Insert wood wedges between front ax- until desired pedal free travel is ob- On all models, slowly release pressure
le and front support. Place supports tained and retighten locknut. and disassemble cover unit. On button
under front end of transmission housing models, DO NOT remove release levers
and support engine with hoist or rolling or pivot pins from clutch cover (4-Fig.
SAFETY START SWITCH
floor jack. Unbolt engine from transmis- 196); unit is available only as an
sion and roll front unit away. Models 6700-6710-7700-7710 assembly. Other parts of all clutches are
169. Tractors are equipped with a available individually.
safety start switch actuated by the
clutch pedal. When clutch pedal is
depressed, spring plunger in switch
closes points thereby completing starter
electrica1 circuit.
83
Paragraph 170 Cont. FORD
('(IBOlT
.I!{SSUM
P\.ATl LUG
$T..ul
84
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 171·172
1~
3--_...__~
c!-2
t;t
connect (tee) a pressure gage into line sure, refer to paragraph 175 for
fittings of pressure line.
c p
~,...
85
Paragraphs 173·174A FORD
met Is pulled Inside bell housing. Note
filter screen located In pressure line inlet
fitting.
Remove pins and disconnect rod be·
tween clutch pedal and clutch fork cross
shaft. Remove pins from clutch release
fork, then remove clutch fork cross
shaft, clutch release fork and release
bearing. Remove housing cover (50-
Fig. 201), shaft and gear assembly (45),
planetary gear set (42), shaft (40) and
sun gear (38). Remove direct drive hous·
ing (26) and thrust washer (24). Back out
five retaining cap screws and separate
Dual Power housing (11) from rear wall
of compartment. Lubrication tube (12),
secured by "0" rings (13) is easily pulled
out by hand.
Reinstall by reversing the removal
procedure, taking care to align lubrica·
tion tube (12) in "0" rings (13) when fit·
F/f}. 205 - Contro/llnkages for Dual Powe r transmissIon shown In exploded ,,'ew. Inset (Re) shows ting housing (11) to compartment wall.
IInklg8 for Rowcrop Models 6600C and 1600C. Tighten five retaining cap screws in an
1. Control handle
alternating diagonal pattern to 77
14. Roll pin, 3116 in.
2. Shaft cover 6. Control cable assy. 10. Cable connector (4.75 mm) ft.·lbs. (105 N· m) torque. When all inter·
3. Mount 1. Lock clip 11. Tab washer
4. S~r 8. Valve extension rod 12. Retainer nut
15. Control shaft
16. Hyd",u1ic pump
nal parts of drive are reinstalled, tighten
5. Bracket 9. Housing 13. Cable nut 17. Pressure lme eight cap screws retaining housing cover
(50) in a diagonal pattern to 35 ft.·lbs.
If oil pressure is low for underdrive. quarts (52.9 liters) on models with (48 N· m) torque. Install control valve
check condition of underdrive piston, single·speed (540 rpm) pto and 60 quarts assembly with new gasket and tighten
clutch assembly and seals fo r possible (56.8 liters) on models with two·speed securing cap screws to 32 ft.·lbs. (44
pressure loss. (540 and 1000 rpm) pto. Split tractor as N'm) torque. Lubrication inlet tube is
outlined in paragraph 166 or 167. tightened to 8·12 ft.·lbs. (11-16 N'm)
Unplug control valve electric solenoid and hydraulic pressure tube to 4.2·7.5
wire from wiring harness located above ft.·lbs. (5.7·10.2 N'm) when they are
CONTROL LINKAGE reattached to inlet connectors (10 and
transmission bell housing. Remove rub-
All Models So Equipped ber plug located on side of bell housing 12 - Fig. 202) on control valve body (6).
173. Engagement of Dual Power in to expose control valve body and line Use care when routing solenoid wire and
direct or underdrive is by manual link· connections. Remove pressure tube (P- protective grommet; reconnect wire in
age shown in Fig. 205. If length of can· Fig. 207) and lubrication tube (L) from wiring harness connector. Refill trans-
trol cable (6) is incorrect, it may not be Dual Power control valve. Remove cap mission/rear axle center housing reser-
possible to engage either direct or screws securing control valve assembly voir with appropriate amount of lubri·
underdrive operation. to housing, then withdraw valve assem· cating oil.
.If adjustment of linkage is necessary, bly and gasket .
All Other Models
disconnect cable (6) at upper end, then NOTE: Take care to prevent damage to 174A. First drain lubricating oil from
manually place control valve to engage grommet and solenoid wire when grom· tractor transmission and rear axle
underdrive. Set control handle (I) in
underdrive (down) position and adjust
workmg length of cable (6) by loosening •
nuts (12 and 13) and turn end of cable in A
or out of threaded connector (10) to set
cable length correctly. Reconnect cable
at upper end, tighten locknuts and check
operation of system in both direct and
underdrive.
NOTE: If control cable (6) binds slightly
while shifting, remove lock clip (7) then
reset clip with cable eased to release ten·
slon within cable housing.
86
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 175·176
center housing. Reservoir capacity is 56 ing hub between second and third hous- assembly (45), determine make-up of
quarts (52.9 liters) on models with ing seals (25). Clean and inspect remov- shim pack (46) by this procedure: As-
single-speed (540 rpm) pto and 60 quarts ed parts, paying special attention to semble all parts except shaft and gear
(56.8 liters) on models with two-speed splines of housing (26) and clutch plates (45) and cover (50) in housing (11). Now,
(540 and 1000 rpm) pto. Split tractor as (31 and 32) and condition of clutch piston install shaft and gear (45) without shims
outlined in paragraph 164, 165, 166 or (27). Renew as necessary. (46) and bearing (47). Set tool SW-523
167. Proceed \vith disassembly of under- on shaft in place of shims and bearing,
Identify and remove pressure tube drive clutch by removing retainer ring then place cover (50) on housing. Now,
(P - Fig. 206) and lubrication tube (L) (23) followed by clutch pack parts (17 measure gap between cover and housing
from Dual Power control valve. Remove through 22) taking care to keep clutch at three equally spaced points on cir-
pins from clutch release fork , then plates in order. Remove piston (15) and cumference and figure the average of
remove clutch fork cross shaft, clutch seals (14 and 16). Clean all parts these measurements. If resulting
re lease fork and release bearing. Discon- thoroughly and inspect for wear or average gap is 0.046-0 .060 inch
nect control valve extension rod (8- Fig. damage. Pay special attention to condi- (1.168-1.524 mm), no shims are needed.
205) from control valve. tion of 12 clutch springs (17). Renew If average gap is less than this specifica-
Remove housing cover (50-Fig. 201), unserviceable parts. tion, refer to the following table for
shaft and gear assembly (45), planetary Use a properly fitted puller to remove thickness of shim pack to be used.
gear set (42), shaft (40) and sun gear input shaft bearing (43) from input shaft
(38). Remove direct drive housing (26) (40) and slide planetary carrier (42) from Average Shim
and thrust washer (24). Back out five re- splines of shaft. Do not disassemble Gap Width Thickness
taining cap screws and separate Dual planetary gear set as it is available only 0.001-0.013 in. 0.041-0.049 in.
Power housing (11) from rear wall of as a complete assembly. Remove bear- (0.025-0.330 mm) (1.04-1.24 mm)
compartment. Lubrication tube (12), ing (47) from shaft and gear assembly 0.014-0.026 in. 0.030-0.034 in.
secured by "0' rings (13) is easily pulled (45) with a puller, taking care not to (0.355-0.660 mm) (0.762-0.864 mm)
out by hand. damage shims (46) which are used to set 0.027-0.032 in. 0.022-0.030 in.
Reinstall by reversing the removal end play of shaft. (0.685-0.813 mm) (0.559-0.762 mm)
procedure, taking care to align lubrica- 176. Reassemble Dual Power drive 0.033-0.045 in. 0.011-0.015 in.
tion tube (12) in "0" rings (13) when fit- unit following this sequence: After parts (0.838-1.143 mm) (0.279-0.381 mm)
ting housing (11) to compartment wall. are lubricated with transmission oil
Tighten five retaining cap screws in an M2C53A or Ford 134, install rear piston If tool SW-523 is not on hand, assem-
alternating diagonal pattern to 50-60 seal (14-Fig. 201), underdrive piston ble Dual Power unit with bearing (47)
ft.-Ibs. (68-82 N' m). When all internal (15) and front piston seal (16) carefully and original shim pack (46) on shaft (45),
parts of drive are reinstalled, tighten in housing (11). Note assembly order for then install cover (50). Measure end play
eight cap screws for housing cover (50) clutch plates in Fig. 201 and stack plates of shaft (45) by using a dial indicator or
in a diagonal pattern to 22-27 ft.-Ibs. (18 through 22) in housing with 12 comparably effective method, then
(30-37 N ' m). Lubrication inlet tube is springs in place and each of three drive make up a shim pack using 0.013 inch
tightened to 8-12 ft.-Ibs. (11-16 N ' m) pins set in every flfth notch of housing. (0.33 mm) and 0.032 inch (0.813 mm)
and hydraulic pressure tube to 4.2-7.5 Reset retainer ring (23). shims to bring end play within limits of
ft.-Ibs. (5.7-10.2 N ' m) when they are Assemble direct drive clutch parts in 0.004-0.020 inch (0.101-0.508 mm) as re-
reattached to control valve body (6). housing (26) by reversing removal order, quired.
Reconnect linkage to control valve (I), referring to Fig. 201 for placement se- When end play adjustment is com-
adjusting if necessary as covered in quence of steel plates (31) and friction pleted, again strip internal parts from
paragraph 173. Refill transmissionl plates (32). Install thrust washer (41) on housing (11) and reinstall housing in its
rear axle center housing reservoir with shaft (40) with planet carrier (42) on place in transmission compartment.
appropriate amount of lubricating oil. shaft splines and press bearing (43) into Reassemble Dual Power unit as outlined
DUAL POWER OVERHAUL place. in paragraph 174 or 174A. If necessary,
To set correct end play of 0.004-0.020 see paragraph 173 for adjustment of
All Models So Equipped inch (0.101-0.508 mm) for shaft and gear control linkage.
175. For overhaul of Dual Power unit,
remove as outlined in preceding para-
graph 174 or 174A, then proceed as fol-
lows with major subassemblies: a·SPEED TRANSMISSION
Disassemble direct drive clutch hous-
ing (26 - Fig. 201) by removing retaining (NON·SYNCHROMESH)
ring (34) and pressure plate (33) fol-
lowed by clutch plate pack (31 and 32)
and feathering spring (30) on models so The a·speed non·synchromesh trans- To compensate for thrust loads 1m·
equipped. Keep clutch plates in assem- missions for all models are basically posed by helical cut gears, tapered roller
bled order during removal. Set housing similar In construction, however some dlf· bearings are used on ends of malnshaft.
up in a shop press and use Nuday tool ferences exist on Model 7000, 7600, When mainshaft Is serviced , Input shaft
N775 or equivalent to compress clutch 7610, 7700 and 7710 transmissions which bearing preload must be checked and ad·
spring (35) by bearing down on spring will affect .ervlce procedures. Justed.
seat (36) so retainer ring (37) can be Instead of spur type gears used In A roller bearing Is used on main coun·
removed. Release press with care so as Model 5000, 5600, 5610, 6600, 6610, 6700 tershaft end of Models 7000, 7600, 7610,
not to damage spring seat or ring and 6710 transmiss ions , Model 7000, 7700 and 7710 Instead of ball bearing used
groove in hub of clutch housing (26). To 7600, 7610, 7700 and 7710 transmissions on other models.
remove clutch piston (27), apply com- use helical cut gear. on secondary coun· Except on Models 5000 and 5600 with·
pressed air behind clutch piston by inser- tershatt, 3rd and 7th gear assembly, main- out Dual Power, rear bearing retainer Is
ting a narrow air chuck into hole in hells- shaft assembly and main counters haft. provided with holes to allow all to pass be·
87
Paragraphs 177·178 FORD
g 9 5
\
i I' 6
7 8
Fig. 208-Flller plug (1) and
dipstick (2) lor Model 7000 2 9
frsctors are located as
shown. Same dipstick loca·
tlon applies for late model
.' 4!::~
tractors.
~~"~16
15
12 ~ "'?·_17
13-----a, -18
Fig. 210-EJlploded 'Iiew of early shift cO'ler
assembly for B·speed transmissIon used on
Model 5000 tractor. Refer to FIg. 211 for Installa·
tlon of washers (15 and 16) end baffle plate (17J;
early production units are not so equIpped. ReIer
to Fig. 212 for late productlon shift CO'ler.
tween transmission housing and rear axle No. M2C53A or M2C86A (General
housing, thereby providing a common Specification: SAE SO·EP or SAE 20WI
reservoir. 30). Recommended lubricant change in· 61
An all supply tube connecting external terval is after each 1200 hours of ser· WASHER -
oil filter manifold to transmission, pro- vice. Filler plug is located in transmis- 44744·58
vides additional lubrication for transmis- sion shift cover and oil level dipstick is
Fig. 211 - Bottom and cross·sectlonal 'I/ew 01
sion when transmission , rear axle and located on left side of transmission as Model 5000 B·speed shift cO'ler showing washer
hydraulic system share the same all reser- shown in Fig. 20S. The drain plugs are end battle plate Installation; early models ere
voir. located as shown in Fig. 209. not so equipped. Refer to uploded 'I/ew In Fig.
Lubricant capacity for Model 5600 210.
with Dual Power is 56 quarts (53 liters)
LUBRICATION which is the same for Models 5610, 6600, fill transmission above top mark on dip.
177. Transmission lubricant capacity 6610, 6700, 6710, 7600, 7610, 7700 and stick.
for 5000 and 5600 models without Dual 7710 with or without Dual Power. When
Power option is 12 quarts (1l.46 liters). these tractors are equipped with two·
Recommended lubricant is SAE SO·EP speed (540 and 1000 rpm) pto, capacity REMOVE AND REINSTALL
lubricant (Ford specification No. is increased by 3.S quarts (3.6 liters) On
M2C53A). Recommended lubricant models equipped with front· wheel drive,
install an additional 3.S U.S. pints. Rec· 178. To remove transmission, first
change interval is after each 1200 hours split tractor between engine and
of service. Filler plug is located in ommended lubricant is M2CI34·A,
M2CS6·A or Ford 134 which correspond transmission as outlined in paragraph
transmission shift cover; oil level plug is 164,165,166 or 167, then remove steer·
located on left side of transmission at to a general specification of SAE SO
EP and SAE 20W/30. ing gear and fuel tank assembly as a
front end of step plate; drain plug is at unit. Following procedures outlined in
rear center of transmission housing. NOTE: The transmission oil level Is paragraph 254, 255 or 256 remove
Transmission lubricant capacity for higher than center housing 011 level when transmission assembly from rear axle
7000 models is 55 quarts (52 liters). This tractor Is not operating. Therefore, It Is center housing.
includes rear axle housing. Recom- essential that the oil level be checked with Reinstall transmission by reversing
mended lubricant is Ford specification tractor standing on a level surface. Do not removal procedure.
88
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 179-180
~~q::
l 72
7700 and 7710•
. 45
.~ . <!!::>
-or; / I. Range lever
2. -0· ring
~· 74
75~
.
/'~
, 73 3. Range shaft
4. Ke)'$
5. Pivot shaft
6.•0" ring
79 61/0 76 7. Snap ring
78 -;;/~
8. Pin
9. Bushing
~J36
10. Shift rod
11. Snap ring
12. Main shih arm
13. Keys
14. Shaft
Fig. 212 - Exploded view of shift corer assembly 15. Spring
16. Ball
used on I. t. produ c tion 5000 model and all othe, 17. Boot
I.r. mod.1 '''nsmlsslons e"cept 6700, 6710, 18. Seal
7700 lind 7110 models. St. rte, s.f.ty switch (75) 19. Snap ring
and ,.t.lne, (76) ar. mounted Inside transmis- 20. Shift CO\'er
21. Dowel
sIon on hlgh·low shift ,all (36) Instead of In shift 22. Range shift finger
cover. 23. Main shift finger
24. Range shift le\'er
36. H~-Iow shift rail 74. lJoweJ pm 25. Main shift lever
45. Shift cover 75. Safety switch 26. Boot
67. Cap sere..... 76. Switch retainer
69. Washer 77. Spring
70. Washer 78. Steel ball
72. Lever stop plate 79. Switch pI~r
73. Locating pin SO. Starter switch wire
OVERHAUL
89
Paragraph 180 Cont. FORD
to assembled view in Fig. 215 and pro- ing plug out to rear of housing. Remove ing as outlined in paragraph 254, 255 or
ceed as follows. the four shift rail detent balls, springs 256; then removing shift cover as in
First, be sure all shift rails are in neu- and plungers (Fig. 217). Remove high- paragraph 179 and rear support plate as
tral position; then, unscrew locknut and low coupling (Fig. 229) from rear of in paragraph 182. Follow the general
set screw from high-low shift arm (13- main countershaft. then unscrew procedures outlined for earlier models
Fig. 214) and push top shift rail (3) and locknut and set screw from high-low
sealing plug out to rear of housing. On shift fork (13A - Fig. 214) and remove
models so equipped, remove pin from fork. Unscrew locknut and set screw
high-low shift rail (36- Fig. 212) and from Reverse/2nd-6th shift fork (17) and
remove switch retainer (76) and switch slide rail (16) out to rear pushing sealing
assembly (75) as high-low shift rail is re- plug out with rail. Unscrew locknut and
moved. Remove locknut and set screw set screw from Ist-5th/3rd-7th shift fork
from Ist-5th/3rd-7th shift connector (21) and push rail (20) out to front.
(14-Fig. 214) and shift arm (15) and Remove interlocking plug (Fig. 218) and
push rail (4) and sealing plug out to front interlock plungers (9-Fig. 214).
of housing. If necessary, remove sealing On models produced after November
plug at rear of rail to gain access to push 1969, high-low range shift fork (13A)
rail out forward. Unscrew locknut and and Ist-3rd shift fork (15A) are one-
set screw from Reverse/2nd-6th shift piece units and lower shift rails are elim·
a"m (12) and push rail (2) and sealing inated. Except for 2nd-reverse shift fork
plug out of rear of housing. Unscrew (17), shifting components can be re-
locknut and set screw from the 4th-8th moved after splitti ng tractor between
shift fork (11) and push rail (1) and seal- transmission and rear axle center hallS-
Fig. 219- View of transmIssion front end assem·
bly used on aarly model tractors.
... '
I~TERlOC)( ~E PLUG
90
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 181
for further disassembly; and for removal Tighten fork and connector set screws front support plate can be removed after
of 2nd-reverse shift fork and rail. and locknuts to a torque of 20-25 ft.-Ibs. splitting tractor between engine and
Reinstall shift mechanism by revers- (27-34 N· m)_ When installing top high- transmission housing as outlined in
ing removal procedure, renewing dam- low shift rail (36-Fig_ 212) in late pro- paragraph 164, 165, 166 or 167_ Then,
aged or worn parts as necessary. Shift duction transmissions, be sure starter proceed as follows:
rails must be placed in neutral position safety switch retainer (76) is properly On early model tractors, refer to Fig.
as they are installed so interlock pins positioned. 219 and disengage clutch release fork
will allow installation of remainine- rails. return spring from stop inside trans-
mission housing. Remove the two clevis
NOTE: There Is no sealing plug on bot·
pins from fork and slide release shaft
tom high·low shift rail.
from housing.
The plug sealing the 1st-5th/3rd-7th On late model tractors, refer to Fig_
shift rail bore at front of transmission is 220. Remove cap screw (1) securing
'I.-inch (6 _35 mm) thick; other bore seal- release fork (5) to release shaft (2), then
ing plugs are 5/16-inch (7_93 mm) thick. slide release shaft from housing.
Remove release bearing and hub as-
, ' .....n ..."'. 181. INPUT SHAFT, CLUTCH RE-
LEASE BEARING SUPPORT AND
sembly from support, then unbolt and
remove bearing support from front
Fig. 222 - lnput (Clutch, shalt Is retained In FRONT SUPPORT PLATE. The trans- support plate. Remove snap ring (Fig.
transmission malnshaft by " snap ring. Reier to mission input shaft, clutch release bear- 222) retaining input shaft in transmis-
Items 7, 8 and 12 In Fig. 223. ing support (input shaft housing) and sion main shaft and remove input shaft.
I
6fip~~.
r---________ -~ 1 ~ ••
--------- 2 '
L 6 ----------.:. ----J llA liB
I I 13A
_ --J~
.(G
r 9 10
3 4 5 j<Of ~~
rr==--==:: ==--------- 16 17 18 .
~~ /OIPtY,O~' 1
r25/26r .~
. 2
-----==-----
34
_____________ 23 2
______________ ______________
______________ ____________ 27 28
.~ 29 30 / ,
38 -~ I
40 -~
44
54
53-(@)
58 ~~ 57
Fig. 223- Exploded ~Iew of Mode' 5000. 5600. 5610, 6600, 6610. 8700 end 6710 e/ght·speed non-synchromesh tran smission g."rs, shafts end ,e/.ted parts.
Model 7000, 7600, 7610, 7700 lind 7710 transmission I. slmlla, except for tepered beaflngs (11 B end 13A) used on ma/nsheft, g •• ,s (12, 19, 33 and 47) ere
helica' cut and a toller bearing Is used in place of be" hating (16). Component (2) is used as a gasket on Mod"'$ 5000, 5600, 6600, 6610, 6700 and 6710
and as a selectl.,. shim (0.003, 0.005 end 0.012 Inch) for ad/ustlng Input shaft bfUlrlng preload on Mod./s 7000, 7600, 7610, 7700 and 7710. 011 ",al (59) is
not used on mod.'.which share transmission and center housing as a common reservoir.
53. Revel"'5e Miler
4 J. Ball" bearing
I . Clutch release beanng II . Ball bearing IS. Thrust ....-asher 30. Bearin¥ cone 42. Snap ring 54. Thrust washer
support llA . Bearing cup 19. 3rd gear 31. Snap n~ 43. S"", """ 55. Bearing cone
2. Gasket liB. Bearing cone 20. Shift collar 32. Ball beanng 44. Hydraul ic pump idler 56. Bearing cup
12. Main shaft 21. Connector 33. Secondary counter· 57. Reverse idler shaft
45. ~st washer
2. Shims 13. Ball bearing 58. Lock plate
22. Isl gear
3. Plug
4. Front support plate
5. Gasket
13 A. Bearing cone
1SB. Bearing cup
23. Thrust ...."aSher
24. Re\'erse gear
"''''
34. Pt.o drive shaft
35. Ball bearing
46. Snap ring
47. Cownershalt
59. Oil seal
60. Shims
61. Bearing & idler
6. Dov.el piM lac. Retaining ring 25. Thrust washer 36. Dowel pins 4S. Bearing cup
support
7. Snap nng 14. Snap ring 26. Shift collar 37. Gasket 49. Bearing cone
S. Input (dutch) shaft 15. Sliding gear 27. Connector 38. Rear supPOrt plate SO. Shift collar 62. Thrust ~'l\Sher
9. Oil seal 16. Ball bearing 28. 2nd jp!aT 39. Oil l!e3l 51. Output shaft 63. Pro dri"e plate
10. Oil seal 17. Snap ring 29. Bearing cup 40. Snap ril\k' 52. Output shaft gear 64. Ball bearing
91
Paragraph 182 FORD
Fi g . 224 - Cro ss ·sectl on obtain a no-preload torque reading.
view of t,ansmlsslon for Now, subtract no-load (second) value
Models 7000, 7600. 7610,
7700 lind 7710 to s how dil· from preload (first) value. The shaft roil-
fe,ences from basic ' ·sp. ed ing torque should be 10-20 in.-Ibs.
'I,nsm/ss /on shown In Fig. (1.130-2.260 N -m). If shaft rolling tor-
223. Not. helica/·cut gears que is not as stated, add shims to
and tapered toll., thrust
b.a rlngs. Se. par. graph 181 decrease or subtract shims to increase
for bearing pr.'oed Instruc - bearing preload. Shims are available in
tions for these mod./s. thicknesses of 0.003, 0.005 and 0.012
1. Thrust bearing
inch (0.08,0.13 and 0.30 mm).
2. Thrust bearing After initial bearing preload has been
S. Front bearings. second·
ary countershaft obtained, add another 0.005 inch (0.13
4. Secondary countershaft mm) shim between support and front
5.
""Y·
Rear bearing, secondary plate.
countershafl Use a small box end wrench to hook
6. Main countershatt asay.
7. OutpJt shaft bearing release fork spring over stop in trans-
8. Mainshaft assy. mission housing on models so equipped.
9. 1-3,5-7 coupling
10. 3-7 gear assy. 182. REAR SUPPOR T PLATE ,
II . Front countershaft
b<arl""
PTO DRIVE SHAFT , OUTPUT
S H AFT AND SECONDARY
Remove self-locking cap screws retain- 6610, 6700 and 671 0 models, install COUNTERSHAFT_ With transmission
ing front support plate to housing and release bear ing support to support removed from tractor as outlined in
remove plate. If difficulty in removing plate (lubr icate seal lip) with new gasket paragraph 178, proceed as follows:
plate is encountered, remove shift cover and tighten self-locking cap screws to a Remove snap r ing (46- Fig. 223),
assembly and drive plate out with a suit- torque of 35-47 ft.-Ibs. (48-64 N -m). hydraulic pump idler gear (44) and the
able drift. When installing input shaft in 7000, two thrust washers (45 and 62) from out-
Remove input shaft seal (10- Fig. 223) 7600, 7610, 7700 and 7710 models, input put shaft retainer (61). Cut locking wire
from support (1) and install new seal shaft bearing preload must be checked as needed and remove cap screws retain-
with lip to rear. Renew any excessively and adjusted as follows: Use two 0.012 ing rear support plate (38) to transmis-
wor n or damaged parts and reassemble inch (0.30 mm) shims (2-Fig. 223) be- sion housing. With a heavy soft-faced
by reversi ng disassembly procedure. tween support (1) and front plate (4), in- mallet, drive pto shaft (34) rearward to
The main countershaft front bearing stall support on front plate and tighten remove shaft and rear support plate as a
(16) can be renewed at this time (Fig. retaining cap screws alternately to a tor- unit. Pull secondary countershaft (33)
225); however, this is not recommended que of 35-47 ft.-Ibs. (48-64 N -m). Re- rearward until front bearing (32) is free
due to other possible related wear or move snap ring which retains pto drive of bore in housing, lift rear end of shaft
damage which would not be discovered shaft rear bearing and move shaft rear- up and remove output shaft (51) and
without disassembly of transmission. ward. Place transmission in neutral. gear (52) as an assembly as shown in
Refer to overhaul procedure for main then adapt an inch-pound (N ' m) torque F ig. 227. Then, remove secondary coun-
countershaft. Install front support plate wrench to input shaft. Tur n input shaft tershaft assembly.
with new gasket and tighten self-locking un til it rotates steadily and record Disassemble components as follows :
cap screws to a torque cf 23-30 ft.-Ibs. reading at which this occurs. Repeat this Remove snap ring (42- Fig. 223) and
(31-41 N·m). Use new snap ring (7- operation at least twice rnd average drive or press pto shaft and bearing out
Fig. 223) when reconnecting input shaft results. to rear of support plate. Unbolt and
to mainshaft if old snap ring is distorted Loosen support retaining cap screws remove output shaft bearing retainer
in any way. On 5000, 5600, 56lO, 6600, and repeat operation already outlined to and shi ms (60) from support plate. Re-
e r P T 0 CLUTCH HUB
I P T 0 DRivE SHAft
AINING WASHER
SNAP RING
Fig. 225 - Removing transmission m a/nsha N
lront be.rlng assembly using spec/.' pulle, (Nu.
day tool SW·501). THRUST WASHERS
92
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 183·184
move bearing (41) from pto shaft. Drive Then, align front bearing of counter· torque of 15·18 ft.·lbs. (20·24 N· m) and
seal (39) from support plate. Drive oil shaft with bore in housing and bump bend tabs of washer against cap screw
seal (59), then bearing cup (56) from out· shaft forward until bearing seats head.
put shaft retainer. Remove bearings (32 against snap ring (14-Fig. 223). Install
and 35) from secondary countershaft; rear support plate with new gasket, but 184. MAIN S HAFT . With shift
refer to Fig. 228 for front bearing reo without output shaft retainer or pto mechanism removed as in paragraph
moval. Press output shaft from gear shaft. Align support plate on dowels and 180 and reverse idler removed as out-
(52 - Fig. 223), thrust washer (54) and tighten retaining cap screws to a torque lined in paragraph 183, use suitable step
bearing cone (55). Remove bearing cone of 24·30 ft.·lbs. (33·41 N· m). Insert pto plate and drift to drive mainshaft (12-
(49) from front end of output shaft. shaft and bearing assembly into Fig. 223) out towards front of trans·
Carefully inspect all parts and renew transmission from rear and bump shaft mission and remove the 4th·8th shift
any that are excessively worn or dam- forward until snap ring (42) can be in· coupling (15). Remove power take·off
aged. stalled. Install output shaft retainer shaft seal (9) from bore in front end of
Reassemble components and reinstall with shim (60) thickness of at least 0.060 mainshaft and remove ball bearings (11
in transmission by reversing removal inch (1.524 mm) and tighten retaining and 13) from shaft if worn or damaged
and disassembly procedure and by ob· cap screws to a torque of 24·30 ft.·lbs. and shaft is otherwise serviceable.
serving the following: Install oil seals (33·41 N· m). Measure end float of out· Install new seal (9) in front end of
with lips to inside of transmission (for- put shaft with a dial indicator as shown shaft with seal lip to rear of shaft. Press
ward). Be sure that high·low coupling in Fig. 230, then remove shims (60- new ball bearings onto shaft until seated
(15) is engaged on teeth on rear end of Fig. 223) in thickness equal to measured against shoulders. Be sure snap ring
mainshaft (12) and that snap ring (14) is end float plus 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) for (14) is in place in bore of transmis·
in groove in bore of housing. Place proper bearing preload. Shims are avail· sion housing, place shift coupling (15) on
secondary countershaft in top of rear able in thicknesses of 0.003, 0.005 and rear end of shaft with shift fork groove
compartment in transmission and hold 0.012 inch (0.08, 0.13 and 0.30 mm). forward and drift the assembly rear·
shaft up while installing output shaft Reinstall output shaft retainer and in·
and gear assembly; refer to Fig. 227. stall locking wire (as needed) through
heads of rear support plate retaining cap
screws. Install hydraulic pump idler
gear, thrust washers and retaining snap
ring on output shaft retainer.
"
93
Paragraphs 185·186 FORD
ward into the transmission housing until gears, couplings, connectors and thrust
MAIN
CooNl ERSHAn bearing (13) is seated against snap ring washers as shaft is being withdrawn.
(14).
NOTE: Connectors (21 and 2n
and
couplings (20 and 26) are serviced In
185. MAIN COUNTERSHAFT. With matched sets only and connectors should
transmission mainshaft removed as out-
not be turned or Interchanged on coupl ·
lined in paragraph 184, remove main
Ings.
countershaft (47 - Fig. 223) as follows:
PUNCH - - -_____
On Models 7000, 7600, 7610, 7700 and Carefully inspect all parts and renew
7710, front end of main countershaft any that are excessively worn or dam-
rides in a roller bearing which is re- aged. If a bushing in a gear is worn or
moved with front plate (4-Fig. 223). damaged beyond further use, gear and
Remove snap ring (17) and using a suit· bushing must be renewed as an assem-
DRIVING HOLE able puller, remove roller bearing race. bly. Bearing cup (48) can be driven out of
Remove thrust washer (18). On all other rear bore of shaft with a punch inserted
models, front of main countershaft is through holes in shaft (Fig. 231)
supported by a ball bearing. Using a after first removing bearing cone (30-
suitable puller, remove bearing (16) as Fig. 223).
Fig. 231- Removing b".rlng from rea, .nd of shown in Fig. 225. Remove snap ring Refer to exploded view in Fig. 223 and
transmission main countershaft.
(17 - Fig. 223) and thrust washer (18). reinstall main countershaft by reversing
Pull main countershaft out from rear removal procedure.
of transmission housing and remove
EIGHT·SPEED TRANSMISSION
(SYNCHROMESH)
Transmission is fully synchronized. Models 6710 and 7710 are equipped NOTE: Fluid lovol should bo chockod
Speed and range shifting may be per- with an interlock system to prevent with tractor on a level surface, with
formed while tractor is moving. Eight speed selector lever movement unless hydraulic 11ft arms raised and with remote
forward and four reverse speeds are clutch pedal is fully depressed. cylinders retracted .
manually selected by two levers. Models
Recommended lubricant is Ford 134
equipped with Dual Power have an op-
tion of sixteen forward and eight or a suitable equivalent. Recommended
LUBRICATION lubricant change interval is every 1200
reverse speeds. On Models 5610, 6610
186. Transmission and rear axle hours of service. Filler plug is located at
and 7610, a safety start switch is pro-
center housing share a common reser- top backside of rear axle housing (Fig.
vided to prevent engine from starting
voir. Capacity for models with single- 233). Transmission and rear axle drain
when speed selection lever is not placed
in neutral (N) position. On Models 6710 speed pto (540 rpm) is 56.0 U.S. quarts plugs are located as shown in Fig. 234
and 7710, a safety start switch is pro- and for models with dual-speed pto (5401 for models without front-wheel drive
vided to prevent engine from starting 1000 rpm) is 60.0 U.S. quarts. On and in housing of transfer case (Fig.
models equipped with front-wheel drive, 235) on models equipped with front-
when clutch pedal is not fully depressed .
install an additional 3.8 U.S. pints. wheel drive.
NOTE: Tractor should only be towed Maintain fluid level at full mark on dip-
with both selector levers In neutral (N) stick located in rear axle center housing
position. (Fig. 232).
94
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 187·189
REMOVE AND REINSTALL column and gear shift plate. On models steer ing column. Pull gear shift
187. To remove transmission unit, without a cab, loosen protective boot assembly away from dowel pin located in
first split tractor between engine and clamps and slide boot up outer control steering column. Withdraw gear shift
transmission housing as outlined in shaft. On cab equipped models, raise assembly from selector shaft.
paragraph 166 or 167. Remove com· floor mat and remove screws securing Scribe a reference mark on speed shift
ponents as needed from transmission lower column cover to front cowl panel. lever and inner control shaft relative to
assembly to expose only the transmis· Disengage locking pin (1- Fig. 236) position for correct reassembly. Using a
sion unit. Support transmission and rear from selector assembly (2). On cab suitable punch and hammer, drive roll
axle center housing using suitable fix· equipped models, remove screws secur· pin (2 - Fig. 237) from speed shift lever
tures, then separate assemblies as out- ing transmission cover to cab floor and (3) and inner control shaft (1). Withdraw
lined in paragraph 254, 255 or 256. withdraw cover. Loosen shift control speed shift lever and inner control shaft.
Reinstall transmission by reversing sleeve cap screw (3), then slide sleeve up Lift plate assembly (4) off range shift
removal procedure. outer control shaft (5). Using a suitable lever (5). Remove roll pin securing range
punch and hammer, drive roll pin (6) shift lever (5) to outer control shaft (7),
OVERHAUL from inner control shaft (4) and selector then separate components. Slide shift
shaft (7). While supporting weight of control sleeve (6) off outer control shaft
Models 5610·6610·7610 gear shift assembly, remove cap screws (7).
and clamp securing plate assembly to Inspect all components for excessive
188. GEAR SHIFT ASSEMBLY. wear cracks or any other damage.
I
~'"
Use new roll pins when assembling com.
, ponents. Be sure reference marks on
speed shift lever and inner control shaft
are aligned before installing roll pin.
~
6 Tighten clamp cap screws securing
\ steering column to plate assembly to 32
ft.·lbs. (43 N·m) torque. Tighten shift
control sleeve cap screw to 32 ft.·lbs. (43
~
N . m) torque.
1 1 5 4 189. SHIFT COVER. Remove gear
Fig. 237- View showing f/ear shltt essembly shift assembly as outlined in paragraph
used on MOdels 5610, 6610 end 7610 equipped 188. Disconnect wiring harness connec-
with e/f/hl ·speed synchromesh transmission. tors (1- Fig. 238) from safety start
1. Inner control shaft switch (2). Remove cap screws securing
2. Roll pin 5. Range shift lever
3. Speed shift lever 6. Shin. conu-ol sleeve
cover to transmission housing and with·
Fig. 235 - View showing locBflon o f dr./n plug
4. plate ass .... 7. Outer control shaft draw cover (4).
(0 ) loc.ted In housing of trBn sfer case on Remove safety start switch (2) as
mod./s equipped with front whe el drive. needed. Remove nut (22) and lock·
Fig. 23B-E.ploded ,'ew of
shltt co,.t assembly used
on Models 5610. 6610 and
7610 equipped with elf/hr ·
speed synchtOmesh rtans·
mission.
1. Wiring harness connectors
2. Safety start switch
3. Oil seal
4. Cover
5. Oil seal
6. Selector assy.
7. W8lI1Jt!r
8. Spring
9. Selector shaft
10. Spring
11. Snap ring
12. Washer
13. Shaft
14 . i.evt!r
15. Washe r
16. Le\'er
17. Washer
18. Support
19. Roll pin (5132 x 7116 in.)
20. Snap ring
Fig. 236 - View 01 lower shift control com· 21. Pin
ponents used on Models 5610. 6610 and 7610 22. Nut
equipped with e/ght·speed synchromesh trans- 23. Lockwashtor
24. Washer
m ission. 25. Bellcrank
26. Betlcrank
1. Locking pin 4. Inner ('Ontrol. shaft 27. Washer
2. Selector aDY. 5. Outer COntrol shaft 28. Seal
3. Shirt (.'Ontrol sleeve 6. Roll pin 29. Pin
95
Paragraph 190 FORD
move cap screws securing cover to
transmission housing and withdraw
cover (19).
To disassemble proceed as follows:
Remove cap screw and snap ring secur-
ing range shift finger (35) to shaft and
arm assembly. Slide shaft and arm
assembly from cover and withdraw shift
finger from shaft. Remove cap screw
and snap ring securing speed shift fmger
(34) to shaft and arm assembly. Remove
nut (27) and lockwasher (28), then using
a suitable mallet, drive pin (33) along
with bellcrank assembly from cover (19).
Slide speed shift finger (34) from shaft
as an assembly with shift link (37) and
bellcrank assembly (31). Remove snap
ring (21), pivot rod stop (22), key (23),
washer (24), guide assembly (25) and
washer (26) from pivot shaft (14).
FIQ. 239- E.ploded ,,'ew of gear shift .nd co.,er assembly used on Models 6710 and 7710 equipped NOTE: It may be necessary to drive
with .'Qhf·sp".d synchromesh ""nsm/sslon. pivot shaft (14) from pivot rod stop {22}.
1. Knob 11. Shaft 21. Snap ring Extract pivot shaft (14) from cover
2. Locknut 12. Boot 22. Pivot rod stop 31. Bellcrank
3. Shift Ie",er (Speed) 13. Oil seal 23. Key 32.Wuhers
(19). Remove snap ring (18) and with-
4. Knob 14. Pivot shalt (Speed) 24. Washer 33. Pin draw range pivot shaft (15) from cover
5. Shift Ie\'er (Range) 15. Pivot shaft (Range) 25. Guide assy. 34. Shift fmger (Speed)
6. Shaft 16. Oil seal 26. Washer 35. Shift finger (Range)
(19). Remove cap screws securing boot
7. Snap ring 17. Oil seal 27. Nut 36. Key (12) to cover, then remove boot.
8. Key' 18. Snap ring 28. Loekwasher 37. Speed shift link
9. Shift arm 19. Cover 29. Pin 38. Bearing halves Inspect cover (19) for cracks or any
10. Shaft 20. Strap 30. Oil seal 89. Cirtlip other damage. Examine all other com-
ponents for excessive wear or any other
damage and renew as needed. Renew
washer (23), then using a suitable mallet, from shift arm sockets. If cover is being seals and gasket.
drive pin (29) along with bellcrank removed without transmission removal, Reassembly is reverse order of disas-
assembly from cover (4). Drive dowel remove cab or platform as outlined in sembly. Lubricate all parts with clean
pins from support (18) and cover (4) us- paragraph 415. Disconnect clutch inter- Ford 134 lubricant or a suitable equiva-
ing a suitable hammer and punch . lock lever from guide assembly (25). Re- lent during reassembly. Tighten bell-
Remove cap screws securing support to
cover. Remove selector assembly, spring
(8) and washers (7) from cover. Remove F i g. 240-G.ar shift
snap rings (11 and 20), then separate mechanism used on Models
components to complete disassembly. 5610, 6610 and 7610.
Inspect cover (4) for cracks or any 1. Mainshaft synchronizer rail
other damage. Examine all other com- 2. Countershalt synchronizer rail
ponents for excessive wear or any other 3. CountershaIt synchronizer
gate & fork assy.
damage and renew as needed. Renew " . Loeking pin
5. Interlock
seals and gasket for reassembly. 6. Reverse/low rail
Reassembly is reverse of disassembly. 7. Reversellow gate & fork assy.
8. High range rail
Lubricate all parts with clean Ford 134 9. High range gate &. fork assy.
lubricant or a suitable equivalent during 10. Spring
11. PlUJ"
reassembly. Tighten bellcrank retaining 12. Mamshaft synchronizer gate
nut (22) to 77 ft.-Ibs. (105 N' m) torque. & fork ll!!8y.
Tighten support (18) cap screws to 32
ft.-Ibs. (43 N ' m) torque.
5 6 7 8
NOTE: Be sure ball ends on selector
assembly levers and ball ends on bell· Fig . 241- Gu, sh if t
crank leyers correctly engage gear shift mechanism used on Models 4
6710 and 7110.
gates during coyer Installation.
1. Mainshaft fork
Tighten cover retaining cap screws to
48 ft.-Ibs. (65 N· m).
Models 6710·7710
3.
4.
2.
5.
6.
CountershaIt synchronizer rail
Countershaft synchronizer fork
Mainshalt
Loeking pinsynchronizer rail
Interlock
3 ~j~~~~~~~~~~~~i~~~~~- 10
7. Reversel\ow rail
High range gate & rork assy.
2
190. SHIF T LE VERS AND COVE R. 8.
9. High range rail
Loosen locknuts (2 - Fig. 239) and un- 10. Reverse/low gate & fork assy. IJ
screw knobs (1 and 4). Loosen cap II. Countershaft synchronizer
gate
screws which secure pivot pins (6) in 12. Mainshaft synchronizer gate
pivot shafts (14 and 15), then slide out 13. PlUi
14 . Spnr.g
pins (6). Withdraw shift levers (3 and 5) 15. Loeking pin
96
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 191·192
Fig. 242-E1fp'od~d ,,'ew of Remove all pins (12 and 13 - Fig. 242)
t",nsm/ss/on housing lind and springs (11) from their housing
shllt rail components used
on all mod~/s with eight· bores. Loosen all locknuts on gearshift
speed synchromesh tr"ns· forks and gates. Remove cap screw
mission. securing high range gate and fork. En·
I. Housing sure reversenow rail (7 - Fig. 241) is in
2. Shift rail neutral position, then slide high range
3. Shift rail
4. Shift rail rail (9) rearward from transmission
5. Shift rail
6. Interlock case.
7. Locking pin
NOTE: Reassemble gate and shift fork
~: ~ring
10. ~('A in.) on rail. lay rails out In sequence to ensure
11. Spring correct reassembly. Be sure to collect ball
12. Pin (1ft x 1.26 in.) (10- Fig. 242) trom bore as shift rail Is be·
13. Pin ('fax 0.965 in.)
14. Pin ('A x 11116 in.) Ing removed.
15. Gasket
16. Co\'er (Grommet WIDP) Rem ove cap screw secu ring
17. Bushing
18. Cover reversenow gate and fork assembly
19. Cotter pin (5132 x 1.0 in.) (10- Fig. 241). Slide reversenow rail (7)
20. Locking pin
21. Interlock rearward from transmission case. Col·
22. Plug lect ball and reasssemble gate and shift
23. Pin (YJ x 13116 in.)
fork on rail, then lay to the side in cor-
rect sequence.
crank retammg nut (27) to 77 ft.-lbs. ball. Remove plug (11), spring (10) and Remove cap screw securing counter-
(105 N · m) torque. locking pin (4). shaft synchronizer gate (11) and cap
Remove cap screws securing main- screws securing countershaft synchro-
NOTE: Be sure ball ends on shift fingers shaft synchronizer gate and fork (12), nizer fork (4). Ensure mainshaft syn-
and ball end on bellcrank lever correctly chronizer rail (2) is in neutral position,
then slide mainshaft synchr onizer rail (1)
engage gear shift gates during cover in· rearward from transmission case. Col- then rotate countershaft synchronizer
stallatlon. lect ball and reassemble countershaft rail to push locking pin (5) away from
Tighten cap screws retaining cover to synchronizer gate and fork assembly (3) rail. Slide countershaft synchronizer rail
48 ft.-lbs. (65 N· m). on countershaft synchronizer rail (2), (3) rearward from transmission case.
then lay to the side in correct sequence. Remove gate (11) and collect ball.
Models 5610-6610-7610 Reassemble mainshaft synchronizer Remove plug (13), spring (14) and lock-
97
Paragraphs 193·194 FORD
from transmission cross-drilling bore.
Note correct position of pins.
Examine shift rails, gates and forks
for excessive wear or any other damage
and renew all parts as needed.
Reassemble in reverse order of
removal. Tighten gearshift fo rk and
gate cap screws and locknuts to 23
ft.·lbs. (31 N ' m) torque.
NOTE: With rnalnshaft synchronizer rail
(2) and countarshaft synchron izer rail (3)
In neutral position, ensure that shift fork
pads are centered In synchronizer slot
with synchronizer in neutral position.
All Models
."
19. Bearing rone 39. Bearing 58. Thrust washer 77. Bearing
PTO SHAFT, OUTPUT SHAFT AS· 20. WlIIlher 40. Count.en>haft cluster 59. Reverse gear 78. Idler gear
SEMBLY AND RANGE CLUST E R 21. nlrust washer 60. 8ushinR 79. Cap !!Crew
GEAR ASSEM BLY. Remove snap ring
(Fig. 242A) securing hydraulic pump support plate (67) from transmission gear (33) rearward until front stub of
idler gear on bearing retainer (72- case. Withdraw rear support plate (67) gear disengages roller bearing (32-
Fig. 243), then withdraw thrust washer and pto shaft (37) as an assembly. Fig. 243) located in center web of trans-
and gear. Remove cap screws securing Remove output shaft assembly (62 - mission case, then withdraw range
rear support plate (67), then using a suit- Fig. 244) from rear of transmission. cluster gear assembly from transmission
able soft-faced mallet, drive input end of Slide high range coupling (53) from case. Disassemble output shaft assembly
pto shaft (37) rearward to separate rear countershaft end (52). Pry range cluster with reference to Fig. 243. Remove snap
98
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 195
ring (69- Fig. 243) and separate bearing 245 and place indicator gage needle on during reassembly. Tighten cap screws
(68) and pto shaft (37) from rear support range cluster gear, parallel to main- securing rear support plate (67) and
plate (67). shaft. Move cluster gear forward and bearing retainer (72) to 35 ft.-lbs. (48
Examine all gears and splines for backward while observing indicator N om) torque.
chipped or missing teeth, cracks, ex· needle movement. End play should be 195. COUNTE RSHAFT ASS EM·
cessive wear or any other damage. In- 0.008-0.011 inch (0.20-0.28 mm). To ad- BL Y AND MAINSHAFT ASSEM-
spect bearings for corrosion, roughness, just end play, remove rear support plate BLY. Remove front end components as
cracks, excessive wear or any other (67 - Fig. 243) and withdraw bearing cup outlined in paragraph 193. Remove rear
damage. Inspect thrust washers and (35). Increase or decrease thickness of end components as outlined in para-
rear support plate for cracks, excessive shim (36) until correct end play is at- graph 194. Remove countershaft front
wear or any other damage. Examine tained. Shims (36) are available in thick- bearing race (15-Fig. 247) from
shim (36) located behind range cluster nesses of 0.005, 0.012 and 0.020 inch countershaft end. Remove snap ring (16)
gear rear bearing cup (35). Tapered (0.127, 0.305 and 0.510 mm). and withdraw shim (17 - Fig. 243) and
bearing cone and cup must be serviced A dial indicator mounted as shown in thrust bearing (18). Slide countershaft
as a matched set. Renew all parts as Fig. 246 is used to measure end play be- (52) rearward enough to allow counter-
needed using suitable tools. tween output shaft and countershaft. shaft cluster gear (40- Fig. 247) to lie on
If range cluster gear parts are re- End play should be 0-0.004 inch (0-0.102 bottom of transmission case.
newed, end play between mainshaft and mm) for models equipped with reduction Remove bearing (19-Fig. 243) from
range cluster gear must be checked and gear (Paragraph 251) and 0-0.0025 inch mainshaft end (25). Use a suitable bear-
adjusted as needed. Reassemble front (0-0.064 mm) for models without reduc- ing puller and shaft end protector and
end components as outlined in para- tion gearbox. Adjust end play by remov- withdraw bearing (19). Remove washer
graph 193. Reassemble range cluster ing retainer (72- Fig. 243) and adjusting (20), thrust washer (21), mainshaft gear
gear to mainshaft assembly. Install rear shim (70) until correct end play is at- (22) and synchronizer assembly (27). Lift
support plate and tighten securing cap tained. mainshaft (25) with remaining com-
screws to 35 ft.-lbs. (48 N -m) torque. Reassemble in reverse order of disas- ponents from transmission case.
Position dial indicator as shown in Fig. sembly. Lubricate .all working com- Withdraw countershaft (52) from the
ponents with clean transmission fluid rear and remove countershaft cluster
gear (40), synchronizer assembly (43), in-
ner coupling (45), countershaftgear (46),
thrust bearings, thrust washers and
washer as they become free from shaft.
Remove cap screws securing reverse
idler gear shaft (76) and withdraw idler
shaft, idler gear (78), spacer (75) and
washer (74).
Complete disassembly of components
as needed with reference to Fig. 243.
Examine all gears and splines for
chipped or missing teeth, cracks, ex-
cessive wear or any other damage. In-
spect bearings for corrosion, roughness,
cracks, excessive wear or any other
damage. Inspect thrust washers for
Fig. 244 - RemO~BI of output shaft lISsembly (62) cracks, excessive wear or any other
trom , •• , of transmlss/on. Slide high fange F ig. 246- View showing correct mounting poSi. damage. Renew all parts as needed us-
coupllnrl (53) from counf.rshaft end (52). Note tlon of dial Indicator (D) for checking end play ing suitable tools.
,ange cluster geer (33). between output shaff (S) and countershaft. Refer
to text
Countershaft end play must be
checked and adjusted as needed before
99
Paragraphs 196·205 FORD
reinstalling assembly in transmission. just end play by changing shim (17) until transmission fluid during reassembly.
Heassemhle components as shown in correct gap is attained. Tighten rear end components as out-
Fig. 248. Use a feeler gage (F) and Install in reverse order of removal. lined in paragraph 194. Tighten front
measure the gap between shim (17) and Check and adjust end play between end components as outlined in para·
thrust bearing (18) at three locations mainshaft and range cluster gear as graph 193. Check and adjust end play
around shaft (52). Correct end play is outlined in paragraph 194. Lubricate between output shaft and countershaft
0.0005-0.003 inch (0.0 13-0.076 mm). Ad- all working components with clean as outlined in paragraph 194.
SELECT·O·SPEED (10·SPEED)
TRANSMISSION
(Model 5000)
The Select·Q·Speed transmission Is 8 200. Turning pInIOn carrier and TRANSMISSION OPERATION
planetary gear drive unit providing 10 for· holding sun gear fo rces pinions to turn
ward and two reverse speeds. Desired around sun gear causing ring gear to 204. PLANETARY SYSTEMS. The
gear ratio Is selected by moving 8 control turn in the same direction as carrier, but "Select-O-Speed" transmission utilizes
levar and starting, stopping or changing at a higher speed (Overdrive gear r atio). thr ee planetary systems designated,
gear ratios Is accomplished without 201. Turning sun gear and holding from front of transmission to rear, as
operation of a conventional clutch. A 'oot- pinion carrier forces pinions to act as "A", "B" and "C" planetary units. Ele-
operated feathering valve Is provided for idlers turning ring gear in opposite ments of each unit are designated as "A"
Interrupting gear train In case of emergen- direction from Sun gear and at a slower sun gear, 4'A" carrier, "A" ring gear, etc.
cy or for close maneuvering such 8S hitch· speed (Underdrive reverse gear ratio). Six basic speed ratios, five forward
Ing or unhitching of Implements. 202. Turning ring gear and holding and one reverse, are obtained by various
To better understand operation of pinion carrier forces pinions to act as combinations of holding or applying
Select·a ·Speed transmission, fundamen· idle rs turning sun gear in opposite direc- power to the elements of the "B" and "C"
tal operating principles ot a planetary tion from ring gear and at a higher planetary units. The "A" (front)
gear system are outlined In following speed (Overdrive reverse gear ratio). planetary unit is used as a direct drive-
para9raphs 196 through 203. 203. Locking any two units of a overdrive unit to double the basic speed
planetary system together results in a ratios providing ten forward and two
solid drive unit and if any element is reverse speeds.
PLANETARY GEAR turned, all three elements turn in the
POWER FLOW same di rection at the same speed (Direct 205. PLANETARY CONTROLLING
drive gear ratio). UNITS. Three brake bands and four
196. Refer to Fig. 249; the three "ele- multiple disc clutches are used to control
ments" of a planetary system are sun the "A", "B" and "e" planetary units to
gear, pinion carrier and ring gear. When provide the different speed ratios.
any element is rotated, the other two The three brake bands are designated,
elements will also turn unless One is held from front to rear, as Band I, Band 2
by an external force. Depending upon and Band 3. The bands are actuated by
which element is held, power can be ap- hydraulic servos designated Servo I,
plied or taken out at the sun gear, pinion RING
Servo 2 and Servo 3 to correspond with
carrier or ring gear. The possible means
of obtaining different gear ratios from a PINIONS.Jj~;""f-r\~ GEAR band numbers. The servos contain
springs that work in the opposite direc-
planetary gear set are as follows : tion from hydraulic pressure. The servos
197. Turning sun gear and holding apply the bands with spring pressure
ring gear forces pinions to turn within and release the bands utilizing hydraulic
ring gear moving pinion carrier with pressure. The bands, when applied, hold
them. Thus, carrier turns in the same planetary elements stationary as
direction as sun gear but at a slower follows:
speed (Underdrive gear ratio).
198. Turning ring gear and holding Band P lanetary
sun gear forces pinions to turn within Applied Element Held
ring gear moving carrier with them; pin- Band 1 4'AII Sun Gear
PINIONS
ion carrier turns in the same direction as Band 2 "B" Ring Gear and
ring gear, but at a slower speed (Under- "C" Sun Gear
drive gear ratio). CARRIER Band 3 "C" Carrier
199. Turning pinion carrier and hold- RING GEAR --r=::=,/
ing ring gear forces pinions to turn Multiple disc clutch packs are desig-
within ring gear causing sun gear to
FIg. 249-0,awltJQ showing elements 0'
etary g.. , sy.tem. Refe, to parapraphs 796
plan·
nated, from front to rear, as Direct
turn in the same direction as carrier, but through 203 fo, dlfle,ent gear ratios obtainable Drive Clutch, Clutch I, Clutch 2 and
at a higher speed (Overdrive gear ratio). f,om such a gea, set. Clutch 3. (Clutch 2 and Clutch 3 are con-
100
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 206
"
CLUTCH'
"C PLANETARY
SYSTEM
SAfETY STARlEt
SWITCH
PLANETARY SENDER
SYStEM SWITCH
Clutch Planetary
Engaged Elements Locked
Direct Drive U A" Sun Gear to
SELECT-O-SPEED
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
101
Paragraph 206 Cont. FORD
Refer to Fig. 252 for diagrams show- lic circuits so oil is supplied only to direct to zero and the oil pressure warning
ing operation of transmission and feath- circuit when system oil pressure drops light on models so equipped wiU come
ering valves. With inching pedal (trans- below valve setting of 125 psi (S62.5 on.
mission, feat hering valve control pedal) kPa). This prevents Bands 2 and 3 from The transmission relief valve limits
up, pressure is directed to indirect trans- locking up transmission when large maximum pressure in the hydraulic sys-
mission circuit. With inching pedal fully quantities of oil are required such as dur- tem to 220-230 psi (151S-15S7 kPa). Oil
depressed, feathering valves block pres- ing the 4-5 and 5-4 shifts. by-passing relief valve is returned to
sure from indirect t ransmission circuit. The system regulating valve controls sump via return tube attached to control
With inching pedal partially depressed, pressure within the t ransmission hy- valve assembly.
pressure in indirect transmission circuit draulic system to 200-210 psi (13S0-1449 Timing valves are incorporated in
can be "feathered" to provide smooth kPa) at SOO engine rpm and oil tempera- Servo 2 and Servo 3 circuits to permit
starting of t ractor. This is similar to slip- ture of Soo-120° F (26.6°-4S.S°C). When gradual application of bands and to pre-
ping a conventional clutch. Transmis- pressure in system exceeds regulating
sion should not be operated for any valve pressure setting, valve opens and
period of time with the contr ol in "feath- oil passes into transmission cooling and
ering" position. lubrication circuit. When system pres-
The transmission sequencing valve sure is below regulating valve setting,
separates the direct and indirect hydrau- oil pressure in lubrication circuit drops
OFF FEATHERED ON
RUTltlCTOR RESUICTOR
3
Oil TO VALVE
102
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 207·208
vent both Band 2 and Band 3 from being the band to be completely applied. system, use of correct lubricating oil and
engaged at the same time during the 4-5 When Band 1- Direct Drive Clutch keeping the oil clean is of utmost impor-
and 5-4 shifts. During these shifts, one spool in control valve assembly is closed tance.
servo is pressurized to release its COT- to pressurize circuit, oil pressure will ap- Recommended fluid is Ford Specifica-
responding band and pressure is re- ply Direct Drive Clutch as Servo 1 tion No. M2C41-A transmission and
leased from other servo to apply its cor- spring is compressed to release Band 1. hydraulic oil. Capacity is 11.8 quarts
responding band. Oil flow to servo Conversely, as spool is opened to release (11.2 liters). Fluid should be maintained
(Fig. 253) to release band is not circuit pressure, spring in Servo 1 will to bottom of oil level plug (Fig. 256).
restricted as valve assembly return apply Band 1 as Direct Drive Clutch is Add oil through oil level plug openings.
spring will be compressed and oil will by- released. To remove pump intake screen, first
pass valve. On the other servo, return oil drain oil from transmission, remove
will first compress valve body return 207. CONTROL POSITIONS (GEAR cover plate from bottom of transmis-
spring (Step 1- Fig. 254) and oil will SELECTION). Fourteen control posi- sion, then remove filter screen as in Fig.
flow through both valve orifice and the tions are provided on the gear selector. 257.
four annular ports. As servo oil pressure Units of the transmission that are ap- The pleated paper filter element
begins to drop, valve body return spring plied in each position of the gear selector should be renewed each 600 hours of
expands moving valve to close off the are shown in the Application of Bands
four annular ports (Step 2) which slows and Clutches Chart (Fig. 255).
down the flow of oil from servo and
allows band to gradually apply. When
servo pressure drops further, valve body LUBRICATION AND FILTERS
spring expands to full length again open-
ing the four annular ports (Step 3) to 208. As the Select-O-Speed transmis-
provide a final dumping of oil to permit sion incorporates a hydraulic control
"
"
tlUTUL (tl)
1ST
'"
'"
4TH
Fig. 257- Vlaw showing transmission pump
tIItar screan baing remo~ad 'rom Moda' SOOO
transmission.
'"
.TH
7TH
ITH
9TH
10TH
Fig . 255 - Chart showing transmission units applied at aach gear selector position. Sands ara ap-
plied by servo spring pressure and are released by hydraulic pressure. Clutches .,e applied by
hydraulic pressure and are released by spring pressure. Hydraulic pressure Is Indicated by shaded Fig . 258-Remo"'ng Modal 5000 transmission
area. all lilter e/ementj element Is threaded Into co"er.
103
Paragraphs 209·212 FORD
service and the fluid changed every 2400 211. PRESSURE CHECK. Provi· If lubrication pressure is below speci-
hours to coincide with each 4th oil fIlter sions are made for installation of pres- fied pressure, a leak in transmission
change. To remove oil fIlter, unbolt filter sure gages in Servos 1, 2 and 3 hydraulic lubrication circuit is indicated.
cover (Fig. 258) and unscrew fIlter from circuits as shown in Figs. 256 and 260.
cover. When reinstalling filter cover, However, pressure adjustments and sys- 212. CONTROL VALVE ADJUST-
tighten retaining bolts to a torque of tem diagnosis can usually be made with MENT. To adjust contr ol valve, valve
35·40 ft.-Ibs. (48-54 N' m). gage installed at Servo 2 location only. assembly must first be removed from
With a 0·300 psi (0-2070 kPa) gage in· transmission (refer to paragraph 223)
stalled at Servo 2, proceed as follows: and adjusting screw retainers (11 and
Start engine and operate transmission 12 - Fig. 272) be removed from upper
SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS until fluid temperature is 80°-120°F valve housing. If valve assembly has
Malfunction of the "Select-O-Speed" (26.6°·48.8°C). Disconnect traction been disassembled, turn adjusting
transmission could be from a number of coupling as outlined in paragraph 209. screws in flush with upper valve hous·
causes, the most common of which is With engine running at 800 rpm, place ing.
maladjustment of one or more units of gear selector in Neutral (N) position.
the transmission. Therefore, the first Gage reading should then be 200-210 psi NOTE: On Model 5000 tractor, control
step in correcting troubles would be a (1380-1449 kPa). A gage reading higher valve assembly cannot be adjusted with
complete operational adjustment of the than 210 psi (1449 kPa) would indicate valve mounted in transmission due to
three transmission bands and pressure need of adjusting transmission regu· valve location. To adjust the 5000 control
control valves within control valve lating valve as outlined in paragraph valve, remove valve, make trial adjust·
assembly and correcting any misalign' 212. If pressure gage reading is below ment, then reinstall valve and recheck
ment of the transmission. 200 psi (1380 kPa), proceed with pressure.
As some adjustments are made with hydraulic circuit checks as outlined in
engine running and gear ratio selector paragraph 206. If, during the checks, With transmission fluid at operating
lever in an operational position, the first the gage reading remained evenly low, temperature of 80°-120°F (26.6°-
step is to disengage traction coupling as readjust transmission regulating valve
follows : as outlined in paragraph 212.
If pressure gage reading with engine
209. TRACTION COUPLING. All running at 800 rpm was in the specified
tractors equipped with a "Select-O- range of 200·210 psi (1380-1449 kPa), in-
Speed" transmission have a traction crease engine speed to 2400 rpm.
coupling sleeve which can be shifted to Pressure gage reading should then be
disengage transmission output shaft 220·230 psi (1518·1587 kPa). If pressure
from differential pinion. The traction is not within the range specified at 2400
coupling shift lever is located as shown engine rpm, readjust transmission relief
in Fig. 259 for Model 5000 tractors. valve as outlined in paragraph 212.
Move lever forward to disengage trac· If transmission lubrication light (when
tion coupling. used) remains on, or if pressure gage
reading at Servo 2 location is within
210. FLllO LEVEL CHECK. Be· specified range, check lubrication circuit
fore an attempt is made to start or ser· pressure as follows :
vice the tractor, first check transmission Obtain a spare oil line adapter bolt
fluid level. To check fluid level, remove (Ford part No. C5NN·7DI92·B), drill Fig. 260- Hydraulic test gages Inst.lled at Ser·
pipe plug (Fig. 256) located on right through head of bolt and thread to con· 110 2 lind Servo 3 pressure check ports in servo
side of transmission housing. Fluid level nect a hyd raulic pressure gage. Install cOile" refer to Fig. 256 for installing gage in Ser-
should be even with bottom of plug drilled adapter bolt and gage in bottom 1101.
opening with tractor standing level. If heat exchanger line (B -Fig. 261). With
fluid level is below bottom of plug open· engine running at 800 rpm, gage
ing, add fluid as necessary through reading should be above 22 psi (151.8
opening. Recommended fluid is Ford kPa). If gage reading is above that
M2C41·A transmission and hydraulic specified, renew lubrication light send·
oil. ing switch (when used).
104
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 213·215
48.8°C), a 0·300 psi (0·2070 kPa) gage against sealing washer; if so, back nut selector lever to Park position to aid in
installed at Servo 2 location (Fig. 260) off farther and retighten adjusting holding adjusting screw stationary and
and with traction coupling disengaged, screw to specified torque. Then, back ad- tighten locknut to a torque of 20-25
place valve camshaft in Park position (all justing screw out exactly 11/4 turns, hold ft.-lbs. (27-34 N· m), while holding ad-
control valves out and aligned), ground adjusting screw stationary and tighten justing screw from turning.
starter safety switch wire and start locknut to a torque of 20-25 ft.-lbs. BAND NO.3: To adjust Band 3, follow
engine. Set engine speed to 800 rpm and (27-34 N · m). the same procedure as outlined for Band
turn valve camshaft to Neutral position BAND NO. 2: Adjust Band 2 with 2.
(three detent positions away from Park; engine running at 800 rpm. Move selec-
Servo valves will be pushed in, clutch tor lever to Park position to aid in 214. SELECTOR DIAL ADJUST·
valves will be out). With sequencing holding adjusting screw and back off MENT. The individual speed (gear ratio)
valve adjusting screw retainer, turn locknut at least two full turns while identifications on selector dial should be
transmission regulating valve adjusting holding screw from turning. Move selec- in alignment with pointer in selector
screw so gage reading is 200-210 psi tor lever to neutral position and tighten housing. If not, readjust dial as follows :
(1380-1449 kPa). Set engine speed at adjusting screw to a torque of 11 0-130 Remove selector shaft end cover from
4200 rpm and with retainer, turn inch-pounds (12.429-14 .689 N · m). left side of selector unit to expose shaft
transmission relief valve adjusting Check to be sure locknut did not turn and hex nut as shown in Fig. 264. If con-
screw so gage reading is 220-230 psi down tight against sealing washer; if so, trollever is mounted on left end of shaft,
(1518-1587 kPa). Final adjustment for back nu t off farther and retighten ad- remove lever and reinstall it on right
sequencing valve is adjusting screw justing screw to specified torque. Then, end of shaft while making adjustment;
flush with upper valve housing. back screw out exactly 3/4 -turn, move refer to paragraph 215. Move selector
After final adjustments are made, lever to Neutral (N) position and hold
remove control valve assembly and rein- lever firmly in detent notch while loosen-
stall adjusting screw retainers. If slots ing hex nut with a deep well socket. The
in adjusting screws are not aligned for dial can now be moved in either direction
retainer installation, turn screw in as re- to align eutral (N) identification on dial
quired (not more than 1/.-turn). Reinstall with pointer. Hold lever in detent and
control valve assembly and transmission tighten hex nut to a torque of 25-35
cover as outlined in paragraphs 223 and ft. -l bs. (34-48 N · m). Recheck dial align-
221. ment; if correct, move lever back to left
side if desired and reinstall shaft end
213. TRANSMISSION BAND AD- cover.
JUSTMENT_ Before adjusting trans-
mission bands, operate transmission un- 215. SELECTOR LEVER POSI-
til fluid temperature is 80°-120°F TION, LEVER STOPS AND NEU-
(26.6°-48.8°C). Disengage traction TRAL BY-PASS PLATE. The selector
coupling as outlined in paragraph 209, lever is normally placed on right side of
refer to Figs. 262 and 263; then, proceed selector housing for right-hand opera-
as follows: tion; however, if operator prefers. lever
BAND NO.1: Adjust Band 1 with can be installed on left side as shown in
engine stopped. Loosen adjusting screw Fig. 265.
locknut at least two full turns while Stop screws can be placed at R2 or R1
holding adjusting screw from turning. and 3rd, 5th or 7th shift positions if
Tighten adjusting screw to a torque of Fig. 263-AdJusting transmission bands with desired. \Vhen not in use, stop screws
torque wrench. Re'.r also to Fig. 262 and to text are installed on opposite side of housing
19-21 ft.-lbs. (26-29 N ·m). Check to be for procedure.
sure locknut did not turn down tight from shift lever position.
A neutral by-pass plate can be in-
stalled over the neutral notch in housing
for shutje operation. The plate is re-
tained to hOllsing by stop screws. Install
NEUTRAL NOTCH
105
Paragraphs 216·219 FORD
one screw in the Rl or R2 position and (5) The transmission will lock up and under heavy loads and in higher speed
the second screw in 3rd, 5th or 7th posi- stall the engine. ratios, especially if transmission oper·
tion as shown in Fig . 265. If transmission seems to operate prop· ates properly in lower speed ranges.
erly in all 14 control positions, proceed To check torque limiting clutch,
216. ADJUST I NCHING PEDAL with TORQUE LIMITING CLUTCH operate tractor in 8th, 9th or lOth speed
(MODEL 5200 ONLY). Refer to F ig. CHEC K as in paragraph 218, then the position at wide ope n throttle a nd quick-
266; the length of the inching pedal rod HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT CHECKS as ly apply both brakes. If tractor forward
assembly must be adjusted to give a outlined in paragraph 219. If any of the motion can be halted without pulling
0.010-0.060 inch (0.254-1.524 mm) gap malfunction conditions (2), (3), (4) or (5) engine down below 1000 rpm or without
between pedal return stop and pedal are encountered, compare the recorded stalling engine, renew torque limiting
shank. Incorrect adjustment may pre- reactions for each of the control posi- clutch as outlined in paragraph 225.
vent full closing of transmission feather- tions with the columns in the operational
ing valve, thus resulting in improper troubleshooting chart in Fig. 267. The 219 . HYDRAULI C C IR C UIT
operation andlor damage to transmis· matching column in the troubleshooting CHECKS. Leakage in any of the
sian components. chart will indicate the malfunctioning hydraulic circuits to servos or clutches
unit ann whether the trouble is caused can be detected by performing the
TROUBLESHOOTING by the unit being continually applied following pressure checks.
("A" column) or released ("R" column). With a 0-300 psi (0-2070 kPa) hyd rau-
217. OPERATIONAL (MECHANI. lic gage installed at Servo 2 location
CAL) CHECK. If the system adjust- 218. TORQUE LIMITING CLUTCH (Fig. 260), transmission fluid tempera-
ments outlined in previous section faiJ to CHECK. A defective or worn torque ture at 80°-120°F (26.6°-48.8°C), trac-
correct transmission malfunction, the limiting clutch should be suspected if tion coupling disconnected as outlined in
next step in trouble diagnosis would be transmission malfunction exists only paragraph 209 and with engine running
an operational check. To perform this
check, proceed as follows :
Place traction coupli ng in engaged
position, start engine and set engine
speed to 800 rpm and depress inching DIRECT DR IVE BAND BAND BAND CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH
pedal. Shift t ransmission selector to GEAR CLUTCH 2 1 2
1 3 3
each of the 14 positions in turn starting RATIO
Ah Rh Am Rm A R A R A R A R A R A R
with Park (P), gradually release inching
pedal at each position and record reac- PARK P P L P P P P N P N L P L P L P
tion when pedal is released. One of the
five following conditions will be encoun-
tered.
(1) The transmission will operate prop-
R2
Rl
Rl
Rl
R2
P
L
Rl
R2
N
R2
L
N
Rl
L
L
R2
Rl
R2
Rl
N
N
R2
Rl
N
N
L
L
R2
Rl
L
L
R2
Rl
I
erly for the control position selected.
(2) The transmission will operate in a
different speed ratio than that selected. NEUTRAL N P N N L N N N N N N N N N N N
(3) The transmission will go into a
"neutral" condition in control position 1st 1 P 1 N L 1 L 1 1 N L 1 L 1 1 N
other than neutral.
(4) The transmission will go into park
condition in cont rol position other than 2nd 2 P 2 N L 2 L 2 2 N L 2 2 N L 2
park.
3rd 1 3 L 3 3 N L 3 3 N L 3 L 3 3 N
4th 2 4 L 4 4 N L 4 4 N L 4 4 N L 4
5th 5 P 5 N L 5 5 N L 5 L 5 L 5 5 N
6th 6 P 6 N L 6 6 N L 6 L 6 6 N L 6
7th 5 7 L 7 7 N 7 N L 7 L 7 L 7 7 N
INCH ING
INCHING PEDAL 8th 6 8 L 8 8 N 8 N L 8 L 8 8 N L 8
PEDAL
ROD ASSEMBL Y
9th 9 P 9 N L 9 L 9 L 9 9 N 9 N 9 9
l a th 9 P L 10 10 N L 10 L 10 10 N 10 N 10 10
Fig. 261- Oper.tlonal troubleshooting chart for Select·O·Speed t,ansmisslons fo, Model 5000 t,ac·
tors.
FIQ. 266 - On Model 5200. Inching pede' rod A. Applied & l1li'111 nol
Ah. Applied hydraulically Am. Applied mechamcally release
must be adjusted to obt"in • 0.010·0.060 Inch & will not release & will not release R. Released & will not
(0.508·' ,524 mm) gap between foot pedal arm Rh. Released hydraulically Rm. Released mechanically """Iy
and platform at point shown. & will not apply & will net apply L. Lock.up condition
106
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 220
at 800 rpm, record hydraulic gage E. Low Gage Reading In Positions rear hood panel. Shift selector to 10th
reading at each selector position shown lst and 3rd - Normal readings in other gear position while lifting up on selector
in the hydraulic troubleshooting chart in positions and gage reading returns to housing. Disconnect exposed control
F ig. 268 except 5th gear. Normal gage normal in 1st and 3rd when inching cable at lower end of conduit, disconnect
reading fo r each position is 200-210 psi pedal is depressed indicates leakage in selector lamp and oil pressure warning
(1380-1449 kPa) with a maximum varia- Clutch 3 circuit. light wires and remove selector
tion of 3 psi (20.7 kPa). A leak in anyone F. Low Gage Reading In Positions 2 assembly from tractor.
circuit will show up as one of the follow- and 4 - Normal readings in other posi- Prior to turning or removing lower
ing conditions; leakage in more than one tions and gage reading returns to nOT- selector cable, measure distance (D -
circuit will show up as a combination of mal in 2 and 4 when inching pedal is Fig. 270) that cable protrudes from con-
conditions. depressed indicates leakage in Clutch 2 duit fitting and record this measurement
A. Low Gage Reading In All Posi- circuit. for reassembly. Lower cable can now be
tions- Move gage to Servo 3 location removed by turning it out of control
(Fig. 260) and observe pressure gage valve camshaft wheel, then pulling it out
reading with selector at 5th gear. A nor- OVERHAUL TRANSMISSION of transmission.
mal gage reading 200-210 psi (1380-1449 To reinstall selector assembly, first in-
All Models
kPa) would indicate leakage in Servo 2 sert lower cable into conduit fitting and
circuit; a continued low reading wou1d CAUTION : The Selecl · O· Speed th read it into control valve camshaft
indicate incorrectly adjusted transmis- transmission is a hydraulically controlled wheel until cable protrudes distance (D)
sion regulating valve (refer to para- unit and merits the same degree of care measure on disassembly. If measure-
graph 212), clogged filter andlor worn and cleanliness as for any hydraulic ment was not made on disassembly, or if
transmission pump. system. Disassembly or service should be selector assembly has been disassem-
B. Low Gage Reading In Positions attempted only In a clean , dust-free shop. bled, thread cable into camshaft wheel
R2 and Rl- Normal reading in other Use only lint-free paper shop towels to until measurement (D) is 2'1, inches (6.98
positions and returns to normal in R2 wipe Internal transmission parts; lint from cm). Place selector lever in lOth gear
and R1 when inching pedal is fully cloth shop towels or rags will clog the 011 position and connect cables at lower end
depressed would indicate leakage in filter screen, etc., and possibly cause of conduit. Move selector lever to Park
Clutch 1 circuit. serious damage or transm ission malfunc· position whi le lowering selector
C. Low Gage Reading In Positions tlon. assembly into opening in rear hood
R2 , N, 1st and 2nd- Normal reading in panel. Tighten conduit retaining nut,
other positions and depressing inching 220. R&R GEAR SELECTOR AS- reconnect light wires and install the four
pedal does not change gage readings SEMBLY. To remove gear selector as- selector housing retaining screws .
would indicate leakage in Servo 11 sembly, refer to Fig. 269 and proceed as
Direct Drive Clutch circuit. follows :
D. Low Gage Reading In Position Place gear selector in Park (P) posi-
N - Normal reading in other positions tion, loosen conduit retaining nut at top
would indicate leakage in Servo 3 cir- of transmission and r emove the four
cuit. screws retaining selector housing to
~""",,"o. D.... '
,.. P P P P
',d P P P P
',d P P
'lh P P
"h P P P P
Fig. 268- Hydraulic troubleshooting chart for us. wlrh gage Installed at one or more $erYo pressure Fig. 270-Me85ure distance lowet s./ector
ports. "P" indicates hydraulic pressure . pplied to unit for dilletent ge.t ratio selector positions. cable extends from conduit flUlng (distance
Refet to text fat hydr.ulic circuit ttoub/eshootlng proc.dute. "O"'$ee Inset) belore remoylng cable.
107
Paragraphs 221 224 0
FORD
Check to be sure that selector dial cor- Disconnect wires from starter safety Remove the two cap screws that hold
rectly indicates gear ratios; refer to switch, remove cap screws retaining the halves of control valve assembly
paragraph 214 if adjustment of dial is re- switch bracket and remove switch and together, then separate valve body half
quired. bracket assembly. Tie inching pedal (27) from camshaft body half (16). The
down and remove the four remaining six control valve spools (43) can now be
221. R&R TRANSlI1ISSION BOT- cap screws retaining control valve removed. Remove feathe r ing valve re·
TOll1 COVER. First, drain transmission assembly. taining plate (39) and withdraw feather-
fluid, then unbolt and remove cover ing valve (4 1), spring (38) and valve
NOTE: Do not remove cap screw (C) at
from bottom of transmission housing. plunger (34). On Model 5000, a passage
corner of valve assembly.
Refer to Fig. 271 for view of trans- blocking spool (42) is substituted for pto
mission with bottom cover removed. It may be necessary to pry or bump feathering va1ve used in other control
Reinstall cover with new gasket and valve assembly to free it from gasket, valves. The retainer plate (20) can now
tighten retaining cap screws to a torque then remove assembly from bottom of be removed from valve body half (27) for
of 20-23 ft.-lbs. (27-31 N om). Refill transmission. better access to clean spool bores. Re-
transmission with proper fluid as out· Reinstall control valve assembly with move adjusting screw retainers (11 and
lined in paragraph 208. new gasket and the four end cap screws 12), adjusting screws (9 and 13), springs
only; tighten cap screws snug. Turn (8, 10 and 14) and valves (7 and 15) from
222. R&R TRANSlI1ISSION camshaft to Park position (aU valves out camshaft body half (16).
ASSElI1BLY_ To remove transmission, and cam for starter safety switch to Cheek cam followers (rocker arms) (21
first spli t tractor between engine and rear) and install safety switch and and 22) and shaft (19) for wear or
transmission as outlined in paragraph bracket assembly. Push switch and damage; to disassemble, remove snap
164 or 165. Remove gear selector assem- bracket forwa rd and with switch button rings (18) and slide shaft from body.
bly as outlined in paragraph 220. Dis- centered on cam, tighten cap screws to a Check valve camshaft (4), detent
connect rear light wires, transmission torque of 6-8 ft.-lbs. (8-11 N -m), then plunger (5), spring (6) a nd camshaft
lube warning light wire (when used) and tighten the four end cap screws to same cable wheel (17) for wear or damage.
starter safety switch wire, then remove torque_ Install selector assembly as in To disassemble, th r ead a lho·inch
steering gear assembly and fuel tank as paragraph 220, reconnect switch wires diameter, 20 thread 3-inch (7.62 cm)
a unit from top of transmission. Refer to and reinstall bottom cover as in para· long socket head screw (or other hard-
paragraph 254 or 256 and remove graph 22l. ened steel 'I.-inch x 20 bolt with at least
t ransmission from rear axle center hous- 1"1. inches [4.44 cm] threaded) into cable
ing. 224. OVERHAUL CONTROL wheel (17), hold camshaft with wrench
Reinstall transmission by reversing VALVE_ With control valve assembly and turn screw to force cable wheel and
removal procedure. Refill with proper removed as outlined in paragraph 223, t run nion assembly from camshaft.
lubricant as outlined in paragraph 208. refer to exploded view of assembly in Remove trunnion (3) from opposite end
Fig. 272 and proceed as follows: of camshaft using same screw.
NOTE: Although complete transmission
overhaul requires removal of transmis-
sion, most work can be completed after
splitting tractor between engine and
transmission or between transmission
and reafaxle center housing.
Fig. 272-Exploded r/ew 01 Mo<Iel5ooo control r./re assembly. Ve/re/s shown Inverted trom actual
position In transmission.
I. Starter safety switch 10. Regulati ng valve spring l B. Snap rings
2. Bracket 11. Retainer 19. Rocker Il1TI1 shaft 35. Spring retainer
3. Trunnion 12. Retainer 20. Valve cover plate 36. Snap rings
Fig. 271 - View of Model 5000 transmission con· •. eam.haft 13. Adjusting screw 21. Rocker arms 37. Return springs
trol r./r • • nd 011 plck·up screen with tr.nsm /s· 5. Detent 14 . Re(ie( valve spring 22. Rocker arm. end 38. Valve spri ng
slon boUom corer remored. Do not remore cap 6. Spring 15. Relief & regulating 27. Lowe r valve body 39. Valve retainer
screw (C) when remor/n" control ralre trom 7. SeQuencing valve valves 28. Gasket 41. Feathering valve
B. Varve spring 16. ~pPer valve body 34 . Feathering vah-e 42. P&SSIIge blocking spool
distributor. 9. Adjusting screw 17. Cable wheel pl~r 43. Control valve!!
108
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 225
NOTE: DO NOT use a common steel or Secure shaft with snap rings (18) in- transmission regulating and relief
reth readed bolt for a forcing screw; this serted in grooves of shaft. valves, then install adjusting screw re-
type of bolt or screw will twist off In cable Insert valves (7 and 15) (all three tainers (11 and 12).
wheel or trunnion . valves are alike) into bores of body (16).
The camshaft, detent plunger and Insert spring (8) (2.89 inches-7.34 cm- 225. TORQUE LIMITING CLUTCH.
long) in bore farthest from cable wheel To remove torque limiting clutch, first
spring can now be removed.
end. Insert spring (14) (2.06 inches- split tractor between engine and trans-
Carefully clean all parts in solvent, air 5.23 cm -long) in bore nearest cable mission as outlined in paragraph 164 or
dry and check against the following
wheel end and insert spring (10) (2.47 165. Then, unbolt and remove clutch
values: inches-6.27 cm-long) in middle bore. assembly from flywheel. Refer to Fig.
Control Valve Spool Thread adjusting screws (9 and 13) (all 274 for exploded view of the clutch
screws are alike) in flush with valve assembly.
Diameter, Model body. Do not install retainers (II and 12) Renew clutch disc facings or clutch
5000 ..... ......... 0.3743-0.3747 in.
until valve has been adjusted as outlined disc assembly if facings are glazed, oil
(9.50·9.52 mm) soaked or excessively worn. Thickness
in paragraph 212.
Feathering Valve Spool Install retaining plate (20) on valve of new disc with facings is 0.329-0.353
Diameter, All ...... 0.3743·0.3747 in. inch (8.35-8.96 mm).
body (27). Install snap ring (36) in
(9.50·9.52 mm) Renew Belleville (spring) washer if
groove of feathe ring valve plunger (34),
Valve Bore Diameter, insert valve t hrough return spring (37) discolored, cracked, or if it fails to meet
All ............... 0.3751-0.3758 in. and plate (35). Compress return spring the following specifications: Thickness,
(9.527-9.545 mm) 0.111-0.114 inch (2.82-2.89 mm); free
and install notched plate (39) over
plunger (34) and blocking spool (42). In- height, 0.198 inch (5.03 mm); color code,
Spring Free Lengths: sert feathering valve (41), with hollow blue. Free height is measured as dish in
Camshaft Detent Plunger .... 0.75 in. the spring washer. Color code is lIe-inch
(1.9 cm) end out, into bore towards end of body
having two control valve spool bores. In- (3.18 mm) wide paint mark on outer
Control Spool Return ........ 1.24 in. sert plunger spring (38) in hollow end of edge of the spring washer.
(3.15 cm) feathe ring valve. Install assembled Drive plate thickness should be 0.278-
Sequencing Valve ........... 2.89 in . plunger, spring and plate assembly so 0.282 inch (7.06-7.16 mm). Renew drive
(7.34 cm) plunger (34) is in feathering valve bore plate if cracked, scored, warped or ex-
System Regulating Valve ...... 2.47 in. and in contact with spring (38), then cessively worn.
(6.27 cm)
secure with plate retaining cap screws. Check splines in clutch disc hub and on
Transmission Relief Valve ..... 2.06 in. Lubricate control valve spools (43) and transmission input shaft for rust or ex-
(5.23 cm) cessive wear. Renew clutch disc
carefully insert them in their bores with
a twisting motion to avoid scraping assembly if backlash of disc on input
Transmission Feathering Valve: bores with sharp edges of valve lands. shaft, measured at outer diameter of
Return .................... 1.22 in. Turn valve spools so notches in outer disc, exceeds 'j,-inch (12.7 mm). Renew
(3.098 cm)
ends of spools are positioned as shown in input shaft if backlash of new disc on in-
Plunger ....... . ........... 1.40 in. Fig. 272. Place the two valve body put shaft exceeds '/, -inch (6.35 mm). Be-
(3.55 cm)
halves together so ends of followers fore reassembly, be sure splines on input
To reassemble, proceed as follows: engage notches in valve spools. Install shaft and in clutch disc are clean and
Lubricate all parts prior to assembly. In- the two cap screws that hold body halves free of rust; then, apply a thin film of
sert detent spring (6) and detent plunger toget.her and tighten cap screws to a tor- light silicone grease (Ford part No.
(5) in bore of body half (16) and position que of 6-8 ft.-Ibs. (8-11 N·m). Refer to MIC-43) to splines of both parts.
camshaft (4) so detent cam is aligned paragraph 212 for adjustment of the When reassembling, be sure that con-
with detent; hold camshaft in place with cave side of Belleville washer (2) is to-
a 'I,-inch (1.58 cm) bolt inserted in trun- wards clutch cover (1) as shown in Fig.
nion (3) end of shaft. 275. Use a suitable pilot to center clutch
NOTE: The boll musl be long enough 10 disc in flywheel. Tighten clutch cover re-
bottom In shaft. taining cap screws to a torque of 25-30
ft.-Ibs. (34-41 N · m).
Place unit in arbor press as shown in
Fig. 273 and press cable wheel into cam- 4
shaft so there is 0.010 inch (0.254 mm)
clearance between wheel and valve
body. Thread the forcing screw that was
used in disassembly into cable wheel un-
til bottomed, then turn unit over in ar-
bor press and pressing trunnion (3-
Fig. 272), chamfe red end first, into cam-
shaft until flush with valve body cam-
shaft support boss.
Insert shaft (19) through hole in boss
of body (16) and install cam followers (21
and 22) on shaft as it is pushed into Fig. 274 - E.plodR de. of t,plcel tOl1lue limit·
place. Ing clutch ....mbly. Re'er to Fig. 215 'or cro..•
NOTE: Followor on coble wh..1ond (22) FIg. 213-Pre•• caDle wn", .no rrunmvlI "'IU
8alle~lIIe (.pring) w..her (2).
0'
..ctlonel ~/.w .how/ng pro"., In.te".lIon tha
Is constructed with cam anna placed op- eam.h.ft so the,. I. 0.010 Inch (0.254 mm)
e/ea,anee between eeb/e wheel end uPIHr ~./~e
posite cam arma of other five followers body. Note ¥t· lnch bolt support opposite end of
1. Clut(:h housing
2. Spring 4. Clutch di!Jc
(21). camshaft. 3. Pressure plate 5. facings
109
Paragraphs 226·230 FORD
226. TRANSMISSION PUMP. To reo on other parts will require that end play clutch 1. This thrust washer is available
move transmission pump, first split trac· be checked at each overhaul, then reo in thicknesses of 0.062 to 0.122 inch
tor between engine and transmission as newing selective fit thrust washers with (1.574·3.098 mm) in steps of 0.010 inch
outlined in paragraph 164 or 165, then ones of greater thickness to provide cor· (0.254 mm).
unbolt and remove pump assembly. rection for wear.
Refer to Fig. 276 for exploded view of End play should be checked as out· 229. TRANSMISSION REAR END
pump. The pump is driven by transmis· lined in paragraphs 228 and 229 before PLAY. Transmission rear end play can
sion countershaft. disassembly of the involved transmis- be checked after splitting tractor be·
The transmission pump, except for sion components. The overhaul proce- tween transmission and rear axle center
rear plate retaining screws, "0" ring (2) dures outlined in this manual are based housing and removing bottom cover. To
and plug (6) is serviced as a complete on the supposition that the two selective check rear end play, proceed as follows:
assembly only. Disassemble, clean and fit thrust washers are the only ones Loosen Band 3 adjusting screw so
inspect pump paying particular atten· which will be renewed. However, if any band is completely released. Mount a
tion to cam surface in pump body (5). If other thrust washers or other transmis- dial indicator as shown in Fig. 278. Push
cam surface is worn or pitted, renew sion parts are renewed, the difference in in transmission output shaft and zero
pump assembly. If pump is serviceable, thickness of the new parts will affect dial indicator while holding pressure on
reassemble using a new "0" ring. Install thickness of the selective fit washers to shaft. Then pry between "C" carrier and
plug (if removed), using a light applica· be installed . Thus, it is important to "e" ring gear with a screwdriver; result-
tion of C<Loctite" sealer grade "G". check end play during reassembly to be ing dial indicator reading will be trans-
Reinstall pump with new mounting sure the proper thickness of selective fit mission rear end play which should be
gasket. Be sure pump is correctly posi· thrust washers have been installed. 0.005 to 0.015 inch (0.127·0.381 mm).
tioned and install two retaining cap Transmission rear end play is adjusted
screws opposite each other. Tighten 228. TRANSMISSION FRONT END by selecting the proper thick ness of
these screws to a torque of 3·5 ft.·lbs. PLAY. To check transmission front end thrust washer to be installed between
(4·7 N'm), then install two remaining play, all drive components to rear of "C" the shoulder on transmission output
screws to a torque of 3·5 ftAbs. (4·7 sun gear and distributor must first be reo shaft and rear support. This washer is
N·m). Finally tighten all four cap screws moved and if transmission has not been available in thicknesses of 0.102 to 0.142
alternately and evenly to a torque of removed from tractor, the steering gear inch (2.59 to 3.60 mm) in steps of 0.010
15·18 ft.·lbs. (20·24 N· m). assembly or front compartment cover inch (0.254 mm).
plate must be removed to provide access
227. TRANSMISSION END PLAY. to the front transmission components. 230. SERVO 1 COVER AND SERVO
Transmission end play is controlled by Loosen Band 1 and Band 2 adjusting 1 ASSEMBLY. To remove Servo 1
bronze thrust washers placed between screws. Then, mount dial indicator cover and Servo 1 assembly, first drain
each of the rotating members. Variation against rear end of lie" sun gear as transmission fluid, then proceed as
in total length of transmission com- shown in Fig. 277. Pry "C" sun gear for· follows :
ponents is compensated for during ward and set dial indicator to zero while While holding Band 1 adjusting screw
assembly by providing two selective fit holding slight pressure against sun gear. from turning, remove adjusting screw
th rust washers, one at the rear of each Insert a screwdriver between the "Bit locknut and flat washer. Then, slowly
transmission section, to hold end play carrier and "A" ring gear and pry "B" back adjusting screw out until servo
within specified limits. Cumulative wear carrier rearward. spring tension is relieved.
of thrust washers and of thrust surfaces The resulting dial indicator reading is
CAUTION: Do not back adjusting screw
transmission front end play which
out farther than necessary as this will
should be 0.005 to 0.Q15 inch (0.127·
allow Band 1 strut to fall out of place mak-
0.381 mm). Record the end play meas·
ing disassembly of transmission neces-
urement for reassembly.
t Front end play is adjusted by selecting sary.
the proper thickness of thrust washer to
be installed between distributor and
2
1
110
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 231·234
Remove the four cap screws retaining ceed as follows : Insert assembled servo located in the servo cover; refer to ex-
Servo 1 cover to transmission and in bore of housing with notch in end of ploded view in Fig. 282. Refer to ap-
carefully remove cover. Slowly turn ad· servo aligned with strut. Push servo propriate following paragraphs for
justing screw in, forcing servo assembly against strut, then slowly back band ad- removal, overhaul and reinstalling pro-
out, until screw is tight. Then, withdraw justing screw out while pushing servo in- cedure.
servo assembly from transmission hous- to housing. When servo contacts inner
ing. Refer to Fig. 279. end of bore and stops moving inward, 234. R&R SERVO 2 AND 3 COVER.
The servo sealing "0" rings (7 and 10- immediately stop backing adjusting Drive retaining pin out of inching pedal
Fig. 280) can now be renewed and servo screw out and reinstall servo cover with and pivot (do not remove) pedal back out
assembly reinstalled. However, if in- new gasket. Tighten cover retaining cap of way. Hold Band 3 adjusting screw
spection of unit reveals excessive wear screws to a torque of 20-25 ft.·lbs. (27-34 from turning and remove locknut and
or other defect, proceed as follows to N . m). Clean adjusting screw threads, flat washer from screw. Slowly back ad-
disassemble and overhaul the servo: coat threads lightly with a non-harden· justing screw out until Servo 3 spring
ing plastic lead sealer (Crane Packing tension is relieved.
NOTE: On early production units (prior
Company "Plastic Lead Sealer No. 2" or
to 4·68), Servo 1 piston rod pilot diameter CAUTION: Do not back adjusting screw
was 0.730·0.734 Inch (18.54·18.64 mm), and
equivalent); t hen, turn adjusting screw
out any farther than necessary to relieve
in to remove free play in linkage. If ad-
piston outer diameter was 1.993·1.997 spring tension ; If screw Is excessively
justing screw is equipped with a sealing
Inch (50.62·50.72 mm). If these early parts loosened. the band struts may fall out
type nut and flat copper washer. discard
are encountered , servo operation can be which would require transmission disas-
Improved by renewing both the rod and
nut and washer and install a 'I.·inch (1.7
sembly.
cm) flat steel washer (Ford part No.
piston; service and late production piston
351502-S) and a plain 'I.·inch x 11 hex Similarly remove Band 2 adjusting
rod pilot diameter Is 0.734-0.736 inch
nut (Ford part o. 33849·S8). Refill screw locknut and flat washer, then
(18.64-18.69 mm), and piston outer diame·
transmission and adjust Band 1 as out- back Band 2 adjusting screw out, ob-
ter Is 1.981·1 .985 Inch (50.317·50.419 mm).
lined in paragraph 213. serving same caution as for Band 3 ad-
The larger rod pilot diameter and the
smaller piston d i ameter reduce the
justing screw, until Servo 2 spring ten-
233. SERVO 2 AND 3 COVER, TIM- sion is relieved. Remove cap screws re-
possibility of piston cocking and wedging
ING VALVES AND SERVOS 2 AND taining Servo 2 and 3 cover to transmis-
in bore of transmission housing. At the
3. The servo cover and servos can be
sion, insert pry bar in relief behind front
same time, a check valve assembly was
to rear edge of cover and pry cover
installed In port directly below servo removed with transmission installed in
tractor. The servo timing valves are loose.
piston bore. See Fig. 280.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to remove the
231. To disassemble servo, place as- Servos 2 and 3 without first referring to
sembly in a press using sleeve and step procedure outlined in paragraph 237.
plate as shown in Fig. 281. Compress
servo spring and remove nut and washer 235. Before reinstalling servo cover,
from piston rod (9 - Fig. 280). Slowly clean threads of Band 2 and 3 adjusting
release spring tension, remove unit from screws and apply a light coat of non·
press and remove retainer (3) and spring hardening plastic lead sealer (Crane
(4). Remove piston retaining snap ring Packing Company "Plastic Lead Sealer
(6), then push or press piston rod from No.2" or equivalent) to screw threads.
piston. To reassemble, reverse Install servo cover with new gasket and
disassembly procedure. When reinstall-
ing piston, be sure sharp edge of snap
ring is placed away from piston. Install
new sealing "0" rings (7 and 10) on
piston rod and piston. Fig . 219 - Removing Servo assembly and
232. To reinstall serl'O, first lubricate cover.
"0" rings with petroleum jelly, then pro·
- 6 3 0 ·1 STEP PL ATE
_ 3. X J SLEEV E:
111
Paragraphs 236·238 FORD
10 ~~~
taining plugs securely after installing
FIQ. 282 - EIploded .,Iaw timing valve assemblies (V - Fig. 283),
showing S.,.,.o 2 and 3 cov. r, snap ring end first, and springs (S).
transmission cas. and
/~~'~~
r.l.ted parts.
'\ 237. R&R AND OVERHAUL SER·
,/
I . ~ 12 1. Servo cover VOS 2 AND 3. With Servo 2 and 3 cover
2. PIUf
3. Spnngs removed as outlined in paragraph 234.
4. Pl~ proceed as follows: Turn Band 3 ad-
5. TimIng valves
6. Valve seats justing screw in slowly until tight wh ile
7. Gasket pushing against outer end of Servo 3.
8. Dowel
When Band 3 adjusting screw is tight,
...,.
9. Adapter
10. Control valve cable
SERVO 2
112
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 239
NOTE: On .arly production Model 5000 239. R&R REAR SUPPORT, OUT- overheat ring gear and sun gear or out-
tractors, the bore In transmission housing PUT SHAFT AND "C' RING GEAR. put shaft and remove all brazing flash.
for Servo 3 was 3 V.. Inches (8.255 em) In To remove rear support, first split trac- To reassemble transmission proceed
diameter, wher' •• Servo 3 bore diameter tor between transmission and rear axle as follows: Install new output shaft oil
In late production units Is thr•• Inch •• center housing as outlined in paragraph
(7.82 em). Service parts affected are trans- 254, 255 or 256, drain t ransmission,
mission housing, Servo 3 piston and ••• 1· t hen proceed as follows:
Ing ring and S8,....0 3 timing valve. Remove cap screws which retain rear
To reassemble servos, follow proce· support, then thread two cap screws in-
dure as outlined for Servo I in para- to tapped holes in rear support for use
graph 231, making sure that sharp edge as jack screws (Fig. 288) to remove
of snap r ing (6-Fig. 286 or 27- Fig. rear support from transmission housing.
287) is placed away from piston. Install Then, remove rear support as shown in
new sealing "0" rings on pistons and Fig. 289. If not removed with rear sup-
piston rod guides and in guide bores. port, remove output shaft and "Cn ring
Lubricate "0" rings with petroleum jelly gear assembly. Refer to Fig. 290, for ex-
and install guides over piston rods with ploded view of rear support, output
small diameter of guides away from pis- shaft and "C" ring gear; be careful not to
tons. Insert assemblies in their bores. lose thrust washer (2) located between
Push against outer end of Servo 3 while output shaft and Clutch 2 and 3 assem-
slowly backing out Band 3 adjusting bly.
screw immediately when servo contacts To remove pto shaft assembly from Fig. 287- E.ploded view of Servo 2 assembly
rear support, remove snap rings at rear and piston lod guide.
inner end of bore and stops moving in-
ward. Repeat procedure was outlined to side of bearing, press shaft from bearing 21. Piston rod
install Servo 2 assembly. and bearing from support. Pto shaft oil 22. ~OH ring
27. Snap ring
23. Guirle 28. Spnng
seal can be renewed at this time; install 24. HOH ring 29. Retainer
CAUTION: II either Band 2 or Band 3 ad· new seal with lip to inside (forward) us- 25. "O~ ring 30. Washer
lusting screw 15 backed out farther than 26. Piston 31 . Nut
ing a suitable driver.
necessary, band struts may fall out of Remove output shaft and "Cn ring
place. gear from rear support. Bushings (13-
Reinstall Servo 2 and 3 cover as out- Fig. 290) are not serviced separately;
lined in paragraph 235. renew rear support if bushings are ex-
cessively worn or scored.
Inspect output shaft bearing journals;
renew output shaft if journals are ex-
cessively worn or rough. To remove out-
put shaft, remove rear snap ring (5-
Fig. 290) and push gear or shaft forward
out of "e" ring gear.
NOTE: Later production units will have
ends of snap ring (5) brazed together,
break weld with ch isel, then remove and
discard snap ring.
To reassemble, install new snap ring
(1) in front groove in output shaft and in-
sert shaft through "cn ring gear from
front side. Install new late type snap Fig. 288-Removlng tr.nsm iss /on le.r support
Fig. 285 - View showing method of lemo"tlng ring (5) in rear groove and braze ends of with Jackscrews.
servo guides using e hooked wile. Unit shown Is
not Model 5000, howevel plocedule lema Ins the
snap ring together using a 1/16-inch
seme. (1.587 mm) bronze rod. Be careful not to
I . Kill
2. Washer
3. ReI.a.iTK'r
4. Inncr spring
5. Outer spring
6. Snap ring
7. PislOn
8. "O~ ring
39. Piston rod
40. "O~ ring
41. Guide
42. -0. ring
113
Paragraph 240 FORD
21 3 Fig. 290-EKp'od~ vl.w of
r"f support, output . h.ft
11 13 12 and "e· ring g •• r, Bushings
(13) In r." support (12) .,.
not "IV/ced leP.r,rely,
I. Snap ring
2. Thrust washer
3. "C~ ring gear
4. Output slia.ft
5. Snap ring
7. Thrust washer
11. Gasket
12. Rear support plate
13. Bushings
14. Oil seal
16. Hydraulic pump idler
gelll' support
Fig. 291 - Vlew showing selecUlle fit thrust Fig. 293-Remolllng "C" sun gur and sealing Fig. 296-Ramolllng ma/nshalt from Clutch 2
washer Installed on output shalt. rings from transmission. and 3 housing.
114
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 241-242
band has been overheated. Also inspect washer (30 - Fig. 297) on rear of distrib- front end of mainshaft (13), insert main-
strut sockets at band ends for cracks or utor. Install new sealing rings (28) on shaft through "C" carrier (37 - Fig. 297).
other damage. lie" sun gear, lubricate rings with petro- then place thrust washer (31) over front
241. To reassemble transmission, pro- leum jelly, align ring end gaps along top end of mainshaft and against "C" car-
ceed as follows: Install Band 3 and two side of sun gear and carefully insert sun rier. Carefully install four new sealing
struts as shown in Fig. 294, making sure gear through distributor. Rotate sun rings (14 - Fig. 298) on front end of
that end of flat (actuating) strut having gear slightly from side to side to align mainshaft, lubricate rings with
notch is towards band and end of band splines on front end of gear with splines petroleum jelly. align ring end gaps
having an identifying notch is towards in Clutch 1 housing. along top side of mainshaft and holding
adjusting screw strut. Install thrust Place thrust washer (1- Fig. 298) over carrier and shaft assembly with ring end
gaps up, carefully insert shaft through
"C" sun gear. Work shaft slowly up and
27 down and from side to side while
pushing forward to allow rings to enter
"C" sun gear. Rotate mainshaft slightly
~)8 29 from side to side to engage splines on
front end of shaft with splines in "S" car-
~...... / 30 31
rier. When "en carrier and mainshaft
~ddJ2
are in place and fully forward. tighten
Sand 3 adjusting screw.
33 34 35 36 Install three new sealing rings (15) on
"y\". o.t1\,~J
rear end of mainshaft, lubricate rings
with petroleum jelly and align ring end
gaps at top side of shaft. Carefully in-
L~
stall Clutch 2 and 3 assembly over main-
44 shaft to avoid breaking sealing rings.
43 )
~\ ~W{
1\ '; ,40 39/
Partly support clutch housing and rotate
housing slightly from side to side while
lightly pushing forward on housing to
~
'---- align Clutch 2 discs with spline on "C"
4 4241 carrier. When housing is in position
3 8 against thrust washer and "C" carrier,
2 ~" 6 7 pull mainshaft rearward while lifting up
~JID 5 on clutch housing so snap ring (16) can
be installed in groove on rear end of
Fig. 291- Exploded rlew of tu bIng. 011 distributor, ore" ca"l.r and sun g .. ', Sand 3 and S8"0 3 mainshaft.
usembUes. Bushings (32 and 38) for "e" carrier (37) ar. not se,.,/ced. Switch assembly (Items 24. 25
end 26) Is no longe, used. 242. OVERHAUL CLUTCH AS-
I. Nut IS. Thrust waWer 24 . Elbow
SEMBLIES (Except Dir ect Drive
2. Washer 14. Pressure tube 25. Coupling 36. Pivot pin Clutch). The following service proce-
rings
,.
S. Retainer
Jnner spring
15.
16.
~O~
"O~ ri
26. Oil pressure switch
27. Oil distributor
37. "C" tarrier
38. Bushing
dures will apply to all transmission
•• Outer spring 17. Directngve clutch 28. Sealing rings 39. Piston rod clutch assemblies except Direct Drive
6. SlUI.p ring tu'" 29. -C· sun gear 40. -onring Clutch. The illustrations (Figs. 299
7. Pi.~ton 18. "{)H ring 80. Thrust "''&Sher 41. Guide
8. ~o· ring 19. Servo 1 "T" connector 31 . Thnast washer 42. "0" ring through 302) are of the 2-speed pto
9. -0" rings 20. Servo I -direct drive 32. Bushings 43. Nut
10. Servo tubes dutch tube 33. Band 3 44. Washer
clutch used in other Select-O-Speed
11. Sealing ring 21. "0" ring 34. Actuating strut 45. Alijusting ICl'eW transmissions. However, other clutches
12. Sealinl{ ring 22. f'jttinjr 35. Lever arm 46. Adjusting strut
are of similar construction and these pic-
tures are used for illustrative purposes.
Refer to Fig. 298 for exploded view of
Clutch 2 and 3 assembly and to Fig. 305
I
I
I 16
lL
Fig. 29B -Exploded vie w of Clutch 2 and 3 assembly and transmission malnsheft.
1. Thrust ..... asher 5. Internal spline plates 9. "()~ ri~ 13. MaiMhan
2. Snap rinb'S 6. Snap rin~ 10. C1uteh pistons 14 . Front sealing rings
3. Prcssur e plates 7. Retainers 11. "OH rings 15. Rear aealing ritlgll Fig. 299- Removing clutch pressure p/ete ,e·
4. f::xtcrnal spline plates 8. Piston return springs 12. Clutch housing 16. Snap ring ta/nlng snap ring.
115
Paragraph 243 FORD
for Clutch 1 assembly. To disassemble new clutch pressure plate if cracked, to overheat plate or housing. Remove all
clutch, proceed as follows: scored or showing signs of overheating. weld lIash.
Remove pressure plate retaining snap Fit piston into clutch housing to check
ring as shown in Fig. 299. for any binding condition; minor imper· 243. DISTRIBUTOR, CLUTCH 1
NOTE: Ends of snap ring In Clutch 1, 2
fections that cause binding or would AND "B" CARRIER. The oil distribu·
and 3 assemblies are welded together,
cause damage to piston "0" rings can be tor, Clutch 1 assembly and "B" carrier
break weld with sharp chisel, then remove
removed with fine emery cloth. Check can be removed after removing control
and discard snap ring.
clutch discs for wear, signs of overheat- valve assembly as in paragraph 223,
ing or warping. All clutch discs should mainshaft "C" sun gear and Band 3 as
On Clutch 1 assembly, the "B" ring be flat. Renew any bronze discs that will outlined in paragraph 240 and Servo 2
gear also functions as clutch pressure snap over center. Check clutch housing, and 3 cover as outlined in paragraph
plate. After removing snap ring. remove especially in hub area, and piston for 234. Check transmission front end play
pressure plate and bronze and steel cracks. Lubricate all parts with trans· as outlined in paragraph 228, then pro-
discs; refer to Fig. 300. mission fluid and reassemble as follows: ceed as follows :
With pressure plate and clutch discs Install new "0" ri ngs in inside diame- Loosen the four distributor retaining
removed, place clutch assembly in a ter and on outside diameter of piston, cap screws and with a pair of pliers,
press and compress piston return spring lubricate with petroleum jelly and install remove Servo 2 and 3 pressure tubes
using Nuday tool N·775 as shown in Fig. piston, flat side in, in clutch housing. Be from distributor; do not completely
301. With spring compressed, remove sure piston is seated in housing, then remove tubes from housing. Disconnect
retaining snap ring and slowly release place housing in press. Place piston fitting retaining Servo 1 - Direct Drive
spring to prevent cocking retaining return spring, retaining washer and Clutch tube to distributor. Remove cap
washer on clutch housing. Remove rew snap ring on piston, compress spring us- screws retaining distributor and insert
turn spring, retaining washer and snap ing Nuday tool N-775 as shown in Fig. long screwdriver through center of
ring, then remove piston using corn· 301 and install retaining snap ring in distributor against Clutch 1 housing.
pressed air in port to piston as shown in groove of clutch housing. Hold Clutch 1 forward with screwdriver
Fig. 302. Remove "0" rings from inside Place one of the bronze discs that is while removing distributor as in Fig.
and outside diameters of piston. lined on one face only next to piston with 303. Then, remove Clutch 1 assembly
Clean all parts in solvent, air dry and unlined face down (against piston). and "B" carrier as a unit as in Fig. 304.
inspect for wear or other damage. Re- Then, alternately place steel and double
faced bronze discs. Install the other
single faced bronze disc on top of last
I'lI fSSU' f l'1.A Tf steel disc with unlined face up (against
pressure plate). Install pressure plate
with machined surface down (against
unlined face of top bronze disc).
STEfl After installing pressure plate, install
I'l ATl S retaining snap ring. On all clutch assem·
blies be sure snap ring end gap straddles
two teeth of housing, then weld ends of
snap ring together using an AWS 312-16
Electrode.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to weld snap
ring to pressure plate and be careful not
PISTON
HOUSING
..,
•
SPRING
RETAINER
Fig. 301-Clutch piston return spring r.,.,"~/;;' Fig. 302- With piston return spring removed,
snap ring being removed. SpeCial tool (Nuday remove clutch piston with elr pressure a$ shown Fig. 304- Removing Clutch t and "8 " ca rrier as
N·775) Is used In press to compr.ss piston return above. Inset shows piston Inner and outer seals an assembly after removing 011 distributor as
spring. (",,0" rings). shown In Fig. 303.
116
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 244
with holes fitting on distributor while
distributor is being pushed into place. It
may be necessary to lift distributor up
slightly to engage pilot diameter with
bore in transmission case. Start fitting
onto threads of Servo 1- Direct Drive
Clutch connection. Loosely install the
four distributor retaining cap screws.
Insert Servo 2 and 3 pressure tubes
through left side of transmission case,
then install new "0" rings on each end of
tubes. Lubricate "0" rings, push tubes
into bores of distributor and turn tubes
so beveled outer ends are aligned with
oil passage slots in Servo 2 and 3 cover.
Tighten distributor retaining cap screws
to a torque of 20·25 ft.·lbs. (27·34 N· m).
Recheck end play and if not within limits
of 0.005·0.015 inch (0.127·0.381 mm), reo
Fig. 305 - Exploded view of Clutch 1, " S" carrier and S8",0 2 assemblies showing component parts
move distributor and renew selective fit
lind their relative positions. washer with one of correct thickness.
Tighten Servo 1- Direct Drive Clutch
1. Thrust washer
2. "B~ carrier 10. Actuating strut 19. External!'Jine plates 28. Spring fitting.
3. Thrust washer II. Lever ann 20. Internal ·ne plates 29. Retainer Reassemble remainder of transmis-
4. Snap ring 12. Pivot pin 21. Piston 30. Washer
5. " B~ring gear- clutch 13. Clutch piston 22. "O~ ring 31. Nut sion as outlined in paragraphs 223, 235
14 . ~O~ ring 32. Nut
1 pressure plate
15. "0" ring
23. Guide
24. "O~ ring 33. Washer and 236.
6. Snap ring
7. Retainer 16. Clutch 1 housing 2.5. "O~ ring 34. A~ting screw
8. Piston return spri ng 17. Bushing- notsen'iced 26. Piston 35. Adjusting strut
9. Band 2 18. Thrust washer 2:1. Snap ring 36. Oil eoIlector 244. "A" RING GEAR - "B" SUN
GEAR, "A" CARRIER AND DIRECT
DRIVE CLUTCH. After removing dis·
tributor, Clutch 1 assembly and uB" car-
Remove liB" carrier from Clutch 1 rear groove and ring with square ends in rier as outlined in paragraph 243, the
assembly. Refer to paragraph 242 for front groove. "A" Ring Gear-liB" Sun Gear, "A" Car-
Clutch 1 assembly overhaul instructions. rier and Direct Drive Clutch can be
NOTE: It Is advisable to renew both s8al removed as shown in Fig. 306.
Inspect pinion gears in "B" carrier for rings with rings having locking ends (Ford
loose or rough bearings or for loose jour- part No. 313864) as this will make for NOTE: Two types o f Direct Drive Clutch
nal pins in carrier. Pinion end play easier assembly. assemblies have been used. Refer to ex·
should be 0.Ql0·0.028 inch (0.254·0.711 ploded view of Fig. 307 showing the Direct
mm). Check thrust and bearing surfaces Install new "0" rings on main pressure Drive Clutch (items 43 through 56). Early
of distributor for scoring or excessive tube. Lubricate sealing rings and "0" production clutch assemblies use only
wear. Renew parts as necessary and rings with petroleum jelly and align ring one piston return (Belleville) spring (49).
reassemble as follows: end gsps at top side of distributor later production clutch assemblies have
Place "B" carrier on work bench, pin· through Clutch 1 hub and if square cut two piston return springs and Internally
ion side down, and stick thrust washer end snap ring is used in front groove, spllned bronze discs (45) have radial
(3- Fig. 305) in counterbore of carrier compress snap ring with two long screw- grooves In faces on disc Instead of
with a light film of grease. Place assem· drivers and push distributor into place. circumferentia l grooves as on early pro-
bled Clutch 1 and "B" ring gear unit, lt will be necessary to align main supply duction discs. Clutch housings and
ring gear side down, over "B" carrier. tube, Servo 1- Direct Drive Clutch tube pistons are not Interchangeable between
While partially supporting clutch assem·
bly, rotate clutch assembly back and
forth to align notches in clutch discs
with splines on "B" carrier and to align
teeth of "B" ring gear with pinion gear
teeth on "B" carrier. Be sure thrust
washer (l) is in place in hub of "B" sun
gear in transmission. Then, holding
Clutch 1 and "B" carrier together, install
them on "B" sun gear.
If transmission front end play was in- Fig. 306 - Remo~lng - 8 - sun
correct when measured before disas- gear·"A" ring gear, "A" car·
sembly and no new parts were installed rler and direct dtlve clutch
which could change end play, measure assemblies.
old thrust washer (13-Fig. 297) and
renew with new washer of proper thick-
ness to bring end play into limits of
0.005·0.015 inch (0.127·0.381 mm).
Place washer on front side of distributor
and install new seal rings on distributor
with seal ring having locking ends in
117
Paragraph 244 Cont. FORD
ClUTCH HOUSING " ' . , , ' " 'lAU
\ ,H.' IOHG
early and late production units and on ly should be flat; renew plates if they are
new housings and pistons af. available warped, scored or excessively worn.
for service. If either a piston (51) or a hous· Free height of piston return (Belleville)
Ing (55) of early production assembly reo spring(s) should be 0.115-0.125 inch
quires renewal, then 8 new type housing, (2.92-3.17 mm); renew if cracked or if
piston and two feturn springs must be In· free height measures less than 0.115
stalled. The clutch discs are Interchange· inch (2.92 mm). The bushings in clutch
able; however, late type bronze discs with housing (55) are renewable. Front
fad lal grooves shou ld be installed for im· bushing (56) inside diameter (new) is
proved clutch performance. 1.440-1.441 inches (3.657-3.660 cm);
rear bushing (54) is 1.315-1.316 inches
To disassemble Direct Drive Clutch, (3.340-3.342 cm). Bushings are pre-sized
refer to Fig. 308 and remove snap ring, and should not require reaming if care-
pressure plate and clutch plates. Then, fully installed.
using snap ring removed from housing, To reassemble, install new inner "0" ~NA' t l NO
install Belleville spring compressor (Nu- ring (53) and outer "0" ring (52) on
day tool N-488) as shown in Fig. 309. Us- piston, lubricate "0" rings with petro-
ing lever (N-488-3), pry spring com- leum jelly and install piston in housing.
FIQ. 309 - Speclal tools used to dis assemble
pressor down and turn a stepped stud Place large pivot ring (50) on piston, Direct Dri"e Clulch assembly.
under snap ring as shown in Fig. 310. piston return spring(s) on large pivot
Repeat this at the other two studs, then ring and place small pivot ring on return
again at all three studs until highest step (Belleville) spring(s). Compress piston
of studs is under snap ring. Then return spring(s) with compressor tool as
remove spiral retainer ring (Fig. 308) during disassembly, then install spiral
from hub of clutch housing and release retaining ring (47). Remove compressor
compressor by prying it down with lever tool and place steel disc on piston (either
and turning studs from under snap ring. side down), install bronze disc (either
Remove compressor tool, refer to Fig. side down), then second steel disc and
307 and lift out small pivot ring (48), second bronze disc. Place pressure plate,
piston return spring(s) (49) and large machined side down, on top bronze disc
pivot ring (50). Remove clutch piston and install retaining snap ring (43).
(51) with compressed air as shown in The "A" carrier is renewable as a com·
Fig. 302. plete assembly only. Check pinions and
Carefully inspect all parts and renew thrust surfaces and renew carrier if
as required. The two steel plates (46- defect is noted. Pinion end play in car-
Fig. 307), two bronze plates (45) and rier should be 0.010-0.028 inch Fig. 310- Using spacial tools shown In Fig. 309
friction surface of pressure plate (44) (0.254-0.711 mm). to compress direc t drl"e clutch spring_
118
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 245·247
119
Paragraphs 248·251 FORD
~l~..-,
~~
"
WcJ~-~~41 1
f7 10 Y
8
59
Fig. 315 - E. ploded If;ew 01 , .. th et l ng p ede/ and
linkage.
I. Foot pedal 6. Link
2. Roll pin 7. Plugs
3. "0" ri". 8. Return spring
4. Shan..lam 9. Rocker
5. Retainer1l 10. Pivot shaft
Fig. 316- Ex ploded , ' ew 01 transmission speed (gearratto) s.'ector assembly.
It is not usually necessary to remove 1. CoVI!/"
snap ring (61) from groove in bore of 2.
3.
HOWling. L.H.
Nut
8. Cover 12. WirinJl: harnesa 18. Spring
9. Control wheel & 13. Warnmg light lens 19. Control wear
housing_ Drive seal (62) out fo rward, 4. Dial cable assy. 14. Clip 20. Wear plate
then install new seal as in preceding 5. Dial decal 10. Shaft 15. WamillJ ligh t 21. Housing. R.H.
6. Spacer 11. Oil pressure warning 16. DiaJlight 22. Connector"
paragraph after transmiss ion is 7. Snap ring light wire 17. Cover 24. Conduit
reassembled.
248_ COUNT ER SHAFT AND 249. TRANSMISSION CONTROL ing (2). Remove hex nut (3) from shaft
BEARINGS. To remove countershaft LI NKAGE. Usually control linkage (10) and remove snap ring (7) and reo
assembly, transmission must be re- components do not need to be disassem· tainer plate (8) to expose wheel and
moved from tractor, all components re- bled when overhauling transmission. cable assembly.
moved as outlined in paragraph 222 However, if necessary to renew linkage NOTE: Impact t orque Is usuall'l required
through 244 and pump adapter (front or sealing "0" rings at inching pedal to loosen nut (3) without twisting shaft
cover) plate removed as outlined in para- shaft, proceed as follows: (10).
graph 246. Then, remove countershaft
and bearing assembly from front of 249A . INCHING PEDAL AND Further disassembly procedure is ob-
t ransmission. FEATHERING VALVE LINKAGE. vious from inspection of unit and refer-
Remove cast iron sealing rings (26 and Refer to Fig. 315 for exploded view of ence to exploded view in Fig. 316. To
27 - Fig. 307) and thrust washer (12) if inching pedal and feathering valve link- reassemble, reverse disassembly proce-
not already removed. 1f necessary to age. Inching pedal (1) can be renewed by dure. Adjust speed selector assembly as
renew bearings or shaft, remove bearing driving out pin (2) and removing trans- outlined in paragraph 214, after rein·
from ends of shaft with bearing puller. mission bottom cover and holding pry stalling assembly as in paragraph 220.
Rear bearing (24) and front bearing (28) bar against lever shaft (4) while install·
are alike; however, a snap ring is in- ing new pedal. If necessary to renew "0"
stalled in outer race of rear bearing on- ring (3), shaft (4) or link (6), remove REDUCTION GEARBOX
ly. Install both front and rear bearings Clutch 2 and 3 assembly, mainshaft and
with snap ring groove forward, then in- "C" carrier as outlined in paragraph 240. Models 5610·6610-7610
stall snap ring in groove on rear bearing To remove feathe ring valve lever 251. Reduction gearbox (creeper gear·
only. Install countershaft and bearing shaft (10) or co mponents located on box) is available as an option on either
assembly so snap ring on rear bearing shaft, remove bottom transmission non·synchromesh or synchromesh t rans-
contacts rear wall of front compartment cover, disconnect inching pedal return mission. Reduction gearbox assembly is
in transmission, then reassemble spring (8), remove snap rings (11) from mounted at rear of transmission in place
transmission by referring to appropriate shaft and drive against either sealing of output shaft gear used on standard
paragraphs and reversing disassembly plug (7) with a thin punch. Shaft need transmissions. Reduction gearbox major
procedure. not be driven all the way out. After components are: carrier planetary I
r einstalling shaft and components, in- gears, outer ring gear, intermediate
sert sealing plugs and center feathe ring ring gear and coupling. On non-
NOTE: In event of 011 leakage at Inlet 011 valve levers on valves by driving against synchromesh transmission, optional
plug (soo Fig. 313) In front wall of either plug as required. planetary gear assemblies are available
transmiss ion housing, hole can be to provide a creep range ratio below the
roamod to 1.120·1.125 Inch (2.845·2.857 250. SP E ED SELECTOR ASSEM· low range of either 5.7:1 or 10: 1. On syn-
em) and a 1.135·1.137 Inch (2.882·2.887 em) BLY. To remove speed selector asem- chr(",mesh transmission, creep range
oversize plug Installed. Standard hole size bly, refer to paragraph 220. To disas· rati" is 5.7:1 below the low range speed.
Is 0.9995·1.0015 Inch (2.538·2.543 em) and semble, refer to exploded view in Fig. Coupling contained within reduction
standard plug size Is 1.010·1 .01 2 Inch 316 and proceed as follows: gear set slides by use of a selector fork
(2.565·2.570 em). Oversize plug may be In· First, remove the two side covers (1 and gear shift rail to engage low range
stalled during production of transmission and 17) and the three Phillips head or creep range position. In low range
at tactory. screws securing left-hand selector hous- position, power is transmitted from sec-
120
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 252
withdrawn. Remove secondary counter·
24 shaft and withdraw shift coupling from
selector fork as needed.
Remove screws securing output shaft
Fig. 316A - Cross-sectional retainer (5), then separate retainer (5)
~/.w of ge., reduction and outer ring gear (6) from rear sup·
assembly used on Models port plate (4). Note shim(s) located be·
5610, 6610 and 7610 with tween retainer (5) and outer ring gear
synchromesh transmission.
Gur reduction assembly (6). Separate output shaft from reduc·
used on models with non· tion gear set using a suitable soft-faced
synchromesh transmission mallet.
Is similar.
16. Output shaft & reduction NOTE: Rear bearing will fall from shaft
gear set assy. end as shaft is extracted from reduction
11. Snap ring
18. Thrust washer gear set. Intermediate ring gear needle
19. Idler gear roller bearing may remain on shaft as
20. Shift fork
21. Rail shaft Is being extracted.
22. Bellcrank
23. Bellcrank
24. $elector assy. Lift thrust washer and as required,
needle roller bearing from output shaft.
Lay reduction gear set with inter·
mediate ring gear facing up as shown in
Fig. 318. Lift intermediate ring gear (7)
from carrier (8) and remove thrust
washer (9) and two needle roller bear·
ings with spacer from carrier. Lift
planetary gears (10) from carrier (8).
3
7
11 8
121
Paragraph 253 FORD
10:1 5.7:1
p~ p
8 7
8
~-12
9 10
14
11 12
F/p. 325- View 01 output shalt and reduction
g.ar set assembly.
FIg. 321- On •• rly production models wUhout F/p. 323-MellSure clearance b.tween bearlnp
an Identllied master tooth, use rod (f2J to Iden- 7. Reduction gear set
(15) and ca"l.r (8) us/n" feeler gage (F). Beerlnp 8. Output shaft II. Thrust bearing
tIfy which pair of t"ath on gur(f3) aligns wUh a should seat on shoulder of output shaft (16). Cor· 9. Needle roIJer bearings 12. Re\"erse gear
pair 01 teeth on flear ('4). rect clearance Is 0.012·0.032 Inch (0.3-0.8 mm). 10. Coupling 13. Bearing
122
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 253 Cont.
14 27
• ______ 14
26 28 y x
Fig. 326- Remove clrclfp (25) to withdraw coupl- Fig. 327- To remove planetary g•• , (27) from Fig. 328 - Planef.ry ge.rs .re correcUy Installed
InQ (15) 'rom carrier (14). carrl., (14A use specl.' pullet to withdraw,.· when "X· end "Y'" merks on gear ends alternete
t./ner (28), then ext,act planetary gear numbly and I.ce ewey from center 01 carrier (14).
(26) Irom carrier bot• .
needle roller bearing located on output washers and planetary gear retainer for
shaft retainer (5 - Fig. 324). Remove cracks, excessive wear or any other
screws secur ing output shaft retainer (5) damage. Inspect shift mechanism and
to rear support plate (4), then remove coupling for excessive wear or any other
retainer (5), shim(s) (1) needle roller damage. Renew all parts as needed.
bearing (2) and thrust bearing (6).
Remove cap screws retaining rear sup·
NOTE: Complete reduction gear set
port plate (4) to transmission housing. should be renewed If several Individual
Using suitable tools, pry support plate components must be serviced.
(4) rearward from transmission. Pto
countershaft (3) will be withdrawn with
support plate. Withdraw output shaft To reassemble, use Ford ITMIC-137A
and reduction gear set as an assembly, grease or a suitable equivalent to hold
then remove high range coupling. planetary gear rollers in position. Install
Lift reduction gear set (7 - Fig. 325) planetary gears with rollers into carrier
from output shaft (8). Withdraw two bores, alternating "X" marked gears
needle roller bearings (9) and thrust with "Y" marked gears. Install planetary
bearing (ll) from shaft. Slide coupling gear retainer (28- Fig. 327) to hold Fig. 329- View showing correct mounting posl·
(10) off shaft. Use a suitable bearing gears in position. Turn carrier assembly tlon 01 dl.1 Indlc.to r (D) lor checking end pl.y
between output slreft(S) end countersh.ft. ReIer
knife and puller assembly to withdraw over so assembly rests on planetary gear fo t .. t.
bearing (13) from front of output shaft. retainer. Rotate planetary gears so "X"
Remove snap ring, inner coupling, (Fig. 328) and "Y" marks face away from
reverse gear and thrust washers from center of carrier (14). Install intermedi-
output shaft. Remove circlip (25 - Fig. ate ring gear and coupling ring (15- NOTE: Be sure ring gear assembly can·
326) and withdraw coupling ring (15) Fig. 326) in carrier and secure with cir- talned within output shaft retainer cor-
from carrier (14). Use special planetary clip (25). Install thrust washer, reverse rectly engages planetary gears.
gear retainer puller (Churchill tool 954C gear, second thrust washer, inner coupl-
or Nuday tool 9527) and withdraw re- ing and snap ring on front of output
tainer (28-Fig. 327) from carrier (14). shaft. Slide selector coupling (10- Fig. Tighten cap screws securing output
Extract planetary gear assemblies with 325) on shaft with shift fork groove fac- shaft retainer to 32 ft.-lbs. (43 N· m) tor-
rollers (26) from carrier bores. ing reverse gear (12). Lubricate and in- que.
staU thrust bearing (11) and lwo needle A dial indicator mounted as shown in
roller bearings (9) on shaft. Position as- F ig. 329 is used to measure end play be-
NOTE: Use care not to allow rollers to
sembled output shaft vertically and in- tween output shaft and countershaft.
fall free from mounting lips.
stall carrier assembly on output shaft. Move output shaft forward and rear-
Install high range coupling on counter- ward while observing indicator needle
Lift intermediate ring gear from car· shaft. Install assembled carrier and out- movement. End play should be 0-0.004
rier. put shaft unit in transmission. Install inch (0-0.102 mm). If end play is incor-
Inspect all bearings for cracks, corro- reversenow/creep range rail and fork in rect, adjust shim(s) thickness located be-
sion, roughness, excessive wear or any transmission case as outlined in para- tween rear support plate and output
other damage. Inspect splines and gear graph 191. Install rear support plate shaft retainer until correct preload is at-
teeth for missing teeth, chips, cracks, with pto shaft and tighten retaining cap tained . Shims are available in thick-
excessive wear or any other damage. screws to 32 ft.-lbs. (43 Nom) torque. nesses of 0.004, 0.012, 0.019 and 0.027
Examine output shaft retainer and rear Lubricate and install thrust bearing and inch (0.1, 0.3, 0.5 and 0.7 mm). Complete
support plate for cracks, excessive wear needle roller bearing on output shaft. In- reassembly in reverse order of disas-
or any other damage. Inspect thrust stall shim(s) and output shaft retainer. sembly.
123
Paragraphs 254·256 FORD
124
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 257
rod. Remove brake lock rod and handle. horizontal exhaust, disconnect pipe from Load Monitor, be sure oil tube mates
Unbolt and remove step plates, or muffler_ On rowcrop models, adequately with front portion of the lubrication
operator's platform on rowcrop models. support tricycle front end to keep it tube. For transmission-to-center hous-
On models wi t h Select-O-Speed from tipping. On models with wide front ing bolt tightening torque, refer to Fig.
transmission disconnect traction coupl- axle, drive wood wedges between front 331. Refill center housing with proper
ing. axle and front support and place a jack lubricant as outlined in paragraph 286.
If tractor has been split between or work stand under rear end of
engine and transmission, proceed as transmission. Support rear axle with
follows: Attach a hoist to transmission, suitable moving hoist or floor jack, then DIFFERENTIAL AND
support rear axle center housing, then unbolt rear axle center housing from BEVEL GEARS
unbolt and remove transmission assem- transmission and move rear unit away.
bly. To reconnect transmission and rear 257. R&R DIFFERENTI AL AS-
If performing split on assembled tr ac- axle center housing, reverse dis- SEMBL Y _ To remove differential
tor, proceed as follows : On models with assembly procedure and on models with assembly, right axle and housing assem-
Fig. 333- Exploded ~/.w of typlca' fe8, n/e, lin.' drlva and dlffer.nfla' assemblies. Models with Select-O-Speed transmission use sliding coupling (62) on
transmission output shaH. Models wUh ' .speed transm issIon us. solid c oupling (60) ncept when equipped with load monitor. Modal 7000, 7600, 7610,
7700 and 7710 tractors use only one cap selaw (15) to ,.t,/n • • ,. shatto
I . Ax\(' shaft 12. Planet&!')' carrier 22. Spacer shim 35. Side gear 48. Snap n ng
2. Oil seal 13 S~ r shi ms 23. Bearing cup 36. DiIY. callE' hair. L.H. 49. Pilot bearing 61. Thrust block
3. Gasket 13A. SplU."er shims 24. Bearing cone 37. Beari ng t"OOe SO. Bevel pinion 62. Sliding cou pling
4. Bearing cone 14. Retai ner 25. Diff. case hal f, R.lI . 38. Benring cup 5 1. Bearing cone 63. Thrust block
5. Bearing cup 14A. Retainer 26. Self locknu t 39. Adapter 52. Hearing cup 64. Shaft & a.rm
6. Axle housing 15. Cap M'1"l' ....'S 27. Ring gear boll 40. Sprin~ 53. Bearing carrier 65. Sna.p ring
7. ~O~ ri ng 16. Retainer 28. Be"el ring gear 41. Coopting 5-1. Bearing cup 66. "()~ ring-
8. Beari ng CUI' 16A. Re tainer 29. Bushi ng 42. Wuner 55. Bearing cone 61. Bushi ng
9. Bearing cone 17. Planetary ring gear 30. Thrust wa... he r 43. Snap ring 56. Thrust washer 68. Disconnect lever
10. Re tainer (late) 18. P1anetalj' sun gear 31. Side gear 44. Thrust washers 57. Nut 69. Th rust washer
lOA. Retainer (early) 19. Brake outer howling 32. Thrusl washers (4) 45. P1anelal)' pi nions 58. Locking washer 10. Thrust washer
11 . Pinion Jha~ (lat<') 2{1. Brake lUIS)' . 33. Diff. pinions 46. Needle bearings 59. Nut 7 1. Clamp nul
J I A. Pinion shn.ftl:! Icarlv) 21. Brnkl' inner housing 34 . Spider 47. Spnccr washer 60. Cou pli ng 72. Cla.mp nut bolt
125
Paragraphs 258·260 FORD
moved from inner brake housing. punch. Assemble new ring gear and/or
Tighten brake housing retaining stud case with special bolts (27) and self-
nuts to a torque of 72-90 ft.· lbs. (98·122 locking nuts (26) that are available for
N ' m) and install gage frame and block service. Be sure ring gear is not cocked
e IT"""16 as shown in Fig. 332_ on diffe rential case and tighten nuts to a
~
:i I ¢
Measure resulting gap between gage torque of 40·45 ft.-Ibs. (54·61 N' m).
3
4
...lGk?'
U-21
_20
frame and gage block with feeler gage
NOTE: Bevel ring gear and bevel pinion
...
l\ ~'C--:IO
II _ ~
\~
98,
i-= 19
taking care to obtain accurate meaSure- are available as a matched set only. When
ment. For final assembly of axle hous-
Installing a new ring gear, refer to para·
ing, axle, final drive and brake assem- graph 260 and Instali matched bevel pin·
12~~~ • e __ 18
bly, select a shim of thickness nearest to Ion.
measured gap between gage frame and
13 --- 6- ' ~ ~:: block. E ight different shim t hicknesses Renew thrust washers (30 and 32) if
are available from 0.038·0.040 inch worn or scored and other parts if ex-
14~ ~15 (0.965-1.016 mm) to 0.080·0.082 inch cessively worn or damaged. Differential
(2.032.2.082 mm) in steps of 0_004 inch case bushings (29) may be renewed if
(0.102 mm). case halves are otherwise serviceable.
Fig. 334-Exploded view 01 dltfe,entla' lock Bushings are presized and should not re-
IInhge mounted In rear u/e cent.r housing.
Mod"s 5200, 7200, 6600C and 1600C use items 259. OVERHA U L DIFFERE N- quire reaming if carefully installed.
15 through 21. Pfld., components shown In Ins.t TIAL. Remove differential as outlined Reassemble differential by reversing
ar. used on some lat. model tractors. in paragraph 257. Remove snap ring the disassembly procedure and tighten
1. Foot pedaJ (5100 & 11. Snap ring
(43-Fig. 333), washer (4?' coupling cap screws retaining case to a torque of
7100) 12. Washer (41), coupling spring (40) a adapter 67-75 ft.·lbs. (91-102 N ' m) and secure
2. Pivot pin 13. Fork
3. Bushings 14. Pivot shaft (39). Place correlation marks on both with lock wire.
4. Pedal bracket 15. Ann (5200-7200) halves (25 and 36) of differential case so
5. Slteve 16. Colter pin
6. Pin 17. Clevis they can be reassembled in the same 260. BEVEL PINION. To remove
7. Oil seal sleeve 18. Jam nut relative position. Cut cap screw locking main drive bevel pinion, tractor must be
8. Oil seal 19. Operating rod
9. Spring 20. Bushing wire and remove cap screws evenly split as outlined in paragraph 254, 255
10. At tuator matt 21. Pedal while lifting up left half of differential or 256. Remove hydraulic lift cover as
case (36). outlined in paragraph 354, 355 or 356,
Remove thrust washer (30), left-hand differential as outlined in paragraph
bly must be removed. To remove and side gear (35), spider (34), pinion (33) 257, hydraulic pump as outlined in para-
reinstall axle assembly t refer to para- and washer (32) assembly, right· hand graph 379 or 381, and on models so
graph 262. side gear (31) and right thrust washer equipped, Load Monitor as outlined in
With axle assembly removed, remove (30). Check carrier bearings (24 and 37) paragraph 370.
differential assembly from rear axle and renew if worn or damaged. To Remove cap screws and lockwashers
center housing. Refer to paragraph 259 renew carrier bearing cups (23 and 38), retaining bevel pinion bearing carrier
for differential overhaul procedure. left·hand axle housing must be removed (53- Fig. 333) to rear axle center hous-
from center housing and axle assemblies ing, then remove carrier and pinion
258. DIFFERE NTIAL CARRI ER removed from both axle housings to pro- assembly by using jack screws.
BEARING ADJUSTMENT. Differen· vide clearance for removing cups. On models with no Load Monitor,
tial carrier bearing preload is non-ad- Differential right half (25) and bevel straighten tabs on lockwasher (58) and
justable, however bearing preload can ring gear (28) are riveted together dur- remove nuts (57), then press shaft (50)
be considered correct when differential ing factory assembly. If renewing either out of bearing (55) and retainer (53).
carrier bearing cup position in axle hous- case or ring gear separately, drill Remove bearing (51) from shaft_
ing is properly established by installa- through rivet heads with a '/2-inch (J 2_7
tio n of correct shim thickness behind mm) drill, then remove rivets with a
bearing cup in bore of inner brake hous-
ing. Left carrier bearing cup is retained
in a bore in rear axle center housing and
does not require shimming. Once proper
shim thickness is established for a par·
ticular assembly of axle housing, final
drive ring gear, brake outer housing and
brake inner housing, original shim
should be retained for reassembly_ How·
ever, if shim is lost or when renewing an
axle housing, final drive ring gear, brake
outer housing and/or brake inner hous-
ing, assembly must be gaged and proper
shim thickness installed in new assem-
bly. To gage axle housing, ring gear and
brake housing assembly for proper shim
thickness, proceed as follows:
Assemble axle housing, final drive Fig. 336 - Pressing rh,ee planera,y p inion
ring gear, brake outer housing and shafts, re ralner and bearing from early rype
brake inner housing without brake planetary carrier. A liar plate and rhree pins of
equal length are used ro press shalts and re·
assembly and final drive sun gear and Fig. 335- Removing brake assembly Irom axle rainer evenly. On late models, reler to Figs. 337
with carrier bearing cup and shim re- housing. IJnd 338.
126
SHOP MANUAL Paragrahs 261·263
On models with Load Monitor, loosen
clamp bolt (72), remove clamp nut (71),
then press shaft out of bearings and re-
tamer.
Bevel pinion is available only in a
matched set with bevel ring gear, and if
necessary to renew bevel pinion, refer to
paragraph 259 and install matched bevel
ring gear.
Renew bearings if rough or excessive-
ly worn a~d adjust bearing preload as
follows: Tighten nut (57 - Fig. 333) or
clamp nut (71), until pull required to
rotate pinion in bearings is 16·21 pounds
(7.26-9.52 kg) when checked with pull
scale and cord wrapped around pinion Fig. 338-Planet pinion shafts are retained by
shaft. Ole" ring as shown. Send ends of ring Into
depression In ca"/er llnse f) to sacure li ng.
On models with no Load Monitor , in-
stall new tab washer (58) and second nut
(57). Tighten nut and recheck bearing Remove cap screw (15-Fig. 333) re-
F/~. 337-Exploded t /ew 01 late type p/aneta"
preload. Readjust if necessary and when Unit. ReIer to Fig. 338 lor disassembly tech·
taining final drive planetary (12) to axle
adjustment is correct, bend tabs of nlques. shaft on Model 7000, 7600, 7610, 7700
washer against nuts. I . Bearing 5. Thrust ....-a,sher and 7710 or the three cap screws on all
2. Pinion Shaft 6. Planet pinion
On models with Load Monitor, tighten S. Planet carrier 7. Needle roller other models and remove retainer (14),
clamp bolt (72) when bearing preload ad- 4. Me" ring 8. Spacer washer spacer shim (13) and planetary assem-
Justment 15 correct. bly. Drive axle shaft seal (2) from outer
outlined in paragraph 254. On all other
~en reinstalling pinion, bearing and end of axle housing and lift housing from
models, remove rear fender. Disconnect
carner assembly, tighten retaining cap shaft.
hydraulic lift lower link and brake link- To remove bearing cone (9) and re-
screws to a torque of 80-100 ft.-Ibs.
age. Support tractor under center hous- tamer (10) from planetary carrier (12)
(109·136 N·m).
ing and attach hoist to rear wheel and and to dIsassemble early type planetary
axle unit .. Remove cap screws retaining
I 261. OVE RHAUL DIFFERENTIAL unit, refer to Fig. 336 and press out all
-
axle housmg to center housing, then re- three plnton shafts at one time which
LOCK. Differential lock clutch can be
move wheel and axle assembly from will also pr~ss retainer and bearing cone
removed from differential assembly
tractor. Lay wheel flat on floor with axle from ~rTler. Each planetary pinion
after removmg left axle and housing
housing up to provide solid base for (45-Fig. 333) is fitted with two rows of
assembly. Refer to differential overhaul
overhauling brakes, final drive and rear needle rollers (46) which are separated
as outlined in paragraph 259.
axle unit. When removing right axle by a washer (47). The bearings are ser-
. Refer to Fig. 334 for exploded view of
assembly, differential assembly should viced In a kit of 58 rollers. Renew
differential lock operating linkage.
also be removed from center housing to planetary pinions, bearing rollers,
Operatmg fork (13) and shaft (14) can be
prevent assembly from accidentally fall- thrust washers andior bearing cone (9)
remov~ from center housing after
Ing out and becoming damaged.
removmg )~ft axle and housing assem- as necessary. Carrier (12) is serviced on-
bly. Actuatmg shaft (10), spring (9) and .. ':Yh~n rein stalling, jJlace new sealing ly as a complete assembly including pin-
sleeve (5) can be removed after re-
o rmg on axle hOUSing. Tighten axle Ions and bearings. To reassemble, pro-
housing retaining cap screws to a torque ce.ed as follows: Coat bore of pinion gear
moving hydraulic lift cover and pedal (I)
of 110-135 ft.-Ibs. (150-184 N·m). WIth heavy grease, stick row of bearings
and bracket (4) assembly. With shaft and
sleeve removed, pry out old seal shield m one side of pinion, insert center thrust
263. OVE RHAUL F I NAL DRIVE washer (47) and stick second row of
(7) and oil seal (8). Install new seal with
AND R E AR AXLE ASSEMBLY. With bearing rollers in pinion. Place a thrust
lip inward, then install shield with
rear axle and housing assembly removed washer (44) on each side of pinion, place
scraper edge out. as outlined in paragraph 262, refer to pInIOn, bearIngs and thrust washers in
NOTE: Components which comprise exploded view in Fig. 333 and proceed carrier and insert pinion shaft (11) with
pedal assembly for Models 5200, 7200, as follows: flat on end towards center of carrier.
6600C and 7600C are shown In Items 15 Unbolt and remove ring gear thrust Press pinion shaft into carrier as shown
through 21 In Fig. 234. Some late model block (61) from right axle housing. Re- in Fig. 340. Repeat procedure for re-
tractors use pedal components shown In mov~ stud nuts retaining brake inner
maining two pinions to complete as·
Inset. Any service differences are ap- hOUSing (21) and remove inner housing sembly of carrier, then press retainer
parent. brake assembly (20) and brake oute; (10) and bearing cone (9) onto carrier
housing (19). Refer to Fig. 348 for ex- housing.
ploded view of brake assembly. Lift out In September 1969, a new type of
REAR AXLE AND FINAL DRIVE final drive sun gear (18 - Fig. 333) and planetary unit was introduced. Refer to
locking plate (16 or 16A). On Models Fig. 337. Planet pinion shafts (2) are a
262. R&R R EAR AXLE ASSEM- 7000, 7600, 7610, 7700 and 7710, it may
BL Y. First, drain differential center ~hp' fit m carrIer (3) and are retained by
~ necessary to turn axle housing to
housing and hydraulic system, then pro- C rmg (4) whIch rotates mto a slot in
ahgn planetary (Fig. 343) so lockplate carrier and shafts as shown in Fig. 338.
ceed as follows: Remove wheel weights
~n be removed.
if so equipped. On Models 6700 6710 To disassemble unit, straighten end of
7700. and 7710, refer to paragraph 255 NOTE: It may be necessary to apply "C" ring and rotate ring until shafts are
and hit cab or platform forward. Tilt cab heat to loosen lock plate except on 7000, free. Withdraw shaft and slide out pin-
forward on othe r models so equipped as 7600, 7610, 7700 and 7710 models. ion and bearing, being careful not to
127
Paragraph 263 Cont. FORD
lose any of the loose needle rollers (7- On all models, if necessary to renew seal. Coat shaft and lip of new seal with
Fig. 337). Assemble by reversing disas- final drive ring gear, position removal grease, then install new seal and gasket
sembly procedure. Bend ends of "C" ring tool (Nuday tool SW6-56) at outer side of over shaft. Inspect bearing cups (5 and
into depression in carrier as shown in in- gear as shown in Fig. 341, insert 8) in housing and renew if pitted, ex-
set, Fig. 338. Planet pinions and bear- suitable bar th rough outer end of axle cessively worn or damaged in any other
ings are interchangeable in old and new housing and press ring gear out of hous- way. Lubricate bearing cone (4) and
units. ing. To install new gear, attach removal press cone tightly against shoulder on
tool to gear and position gear and tool axle shaft. Lubricate bearing cups and
on retaining studs as shown in Fig. 342, lower axle housing over shaft, seal and
then press gear into housing. Remove bearing. Lubricate bear ing (9) and in-
RflA'N£-. tool and using a thin feeler gage, check stall planetary carrier assembly into ax-
I 8[ARI~G to be sure ring gear is fully seated le housing and over axle shaft.
against shoulder of housing. Axle shaft end playlbearing preload
~
SPAC(It
Using suitable bearing pullers, remove must be adjusted at this time; proceed as
bearing cone (4 - Fig. 333) from axle follows: Obtain thickest spacer shim (13)
shaft (I), then remove seal assembly (2) available and install this shim with re-
and gasket (3). Inspect sealing surface of tainer (14) on inner end of axle shaft. On
shaft and remove all dirt, rust, paint Models 7000,7600,7610,7700 and 7710,
~'H'U" W"'~UI.
and/or burrs which may damage new install axJe retaining cap screw and
PLAN£T G[Aft SHAn
-,"-. . . . GE"'''
- .------.'"0" flOLLUtS
e
I
128
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 264·265
inch (0.025 mm), so measure selected
shim to be sure it is of appropriate
thickness. Shims are available in II dif-
ferent thicknesses of 0.049-0.050 inch
(1.245-1.270 mm) to 0.089-0.090 inch
(2.260-2.286 mm) in steps of 0.004 inch
(0.102 mm).
On Models 7000, 7600, 7610, 7700 and
7710, install selected shim, retainer and
cap screw, tighten cap screw to a torque
of 300-350 fUbs. (408-476 N om) and in-
stall locking plate (IGA-Fig. 333). It
may be necessary to tighten or loosen
cap screw slightly in order to install
locking plate.
On other models, install selected shim, Fig. 345- To adjust brake IInka g8 on •• rly
Mod.1 5000. loosen lockn ut ml1d to connector
Fig. 344- View showing method of checking retainer and three cap screws and and turn connector to obtain II, to 'k/nc h (3.18·
ree, u l" shaft bearing adj ustment (e nd play) tighten cap screws to a torque of 95-120 6.35 mm) clearance between disc and sui as
with die/Indicator. Refer to tex t. ft.-Ibs. (129-163 N · m). Align a point of shown; then adjust pedal height as outlined In
cap screw hex head with a mark on re- texL
tainer (14-Fig. 333). This will allow
tighten to a torque of 300-350 ft.-Ibs. locking plate (16) to be installed between
(408-476 N · m). On other models, install cap screw heads.
and tighten the three axle retaining cap Be sure axle seal (2 - Fig. 333) is fully
serews to a torque of 95-120 ft.-Ibs. over end of axle housing, then stake rim
(129-163 N · m). Mount a dial indicator of seal down into groove around axle
with extended plunger against head of housing in at least four equally spaced
axle retaining cap screw as shown in points. Reinstall final drive sun gear,
Fig. 344 and zero indicator dial. Lift axle outer brake housing, brake assembly
housing upward and note dial indicator and inner brake housing. If renewing
reading. Remove cap screw(s), retainer differential carrier bearing cup (23) in
and spacer shim, measure spacer shim brake inner housing, be careful not to
thickness using a micrometer, then sub- lose or damage shim (22) located be-
tract dial indicator reading from tween bearing cup and brake housing. If
measured shim thickness. For proper shim is lost, or if brake inner housing, Fig. 346 - View of brake linkage used on lat.
axle bearing adjustment (axle end play brake outer housing, final drive ring mod./s except 6700, 6710, 7700 and 7710. Refer
of 0.001 inch [0.025 mmJ to bearing pre- gear andlor axle housing have been to tex' to adjus t p flda' height
load of 0.003 inch (0.076 mm), select a renewed, a new shim (22) should be
shim of thickness not more than 0.001 selected as outlined in paragraph 258.
inch (0.025 mm) larger or 0.003 inch Reinstall ring gear thrust block (61),
(0.076 mm) smaller than the figure re- where removed, and differential as- T
sulting from subtracting dial indicator sembly, if removed. Then, reinstall axle
reading from thick shim measured thick- and wheel assembly as outlined in para-
ness. Shim thickness may vary 0.001 graph 262.
l
BRAKES
ADJUSTMENT next to clevis and turn connector (early
models) or pull rod nut (late models) un-
All Models Except 6700·6710- til right pedal is 1';' to 1'1. inches
7700·7710 (37.8-44 .5 mm) below left pedal; then R
264. Refer to Fig. 345 or 346 and pro- tighten locknut. Disconnect return
ceed as follows: With right-hand pedal in spring on left brake pedal and push
the up (released) position, loosen locknut pedal downward to take up any slack in Fig. 34 7 - View of brake linkage used on Models
next to connector on early 5000 models, linkage. Loosen locknut next to clevis on 6700, 6710, 7700 and 7710. R.f.r to tut for a d-
Justm ent.
then turn connector until there is lis-inch left linkage and tUrn connector (early
(3.2 mm) clearance between connector models) or pull rod nut (late models) un-
disc and seal in rear axle housing. til left pedal is level with right pedal. Mod e ls 6700·6710·7700·7710
Tigthen locknut and repeat this pro- Check adjustment by engaging brake 265. To adjust brakes, depress pedal
cedure on left-hand brake linkage. Note pedal lock; lock should engage easily if and place a '/,-inch (3 mm) spacer be-
linkage difference for late 5000 and pedals are aligned. Tighten locknut and tween pedal shank and stop as shown in
other models, Fig. 346. reinstall both pedal return springs. Fig. 347. Loosen locknut (L) and rotate
Disconnect brake return spring on turnbuckle (T) to remove free play in
right brake pedal, allowing pedal to NOTE: On Rowcrop models make ad· linkage. Retighten locknut and adjust
drop, and push pedal down to take up justment at brake pu ll rods, not at t he ver- remaining brake pedal. Check operation
any slack in linkage. Loosen locknut ti ca l control rods (19 - Fig. 349). to be sure brakes are balanced.
129
Paragraph 266 FORD
R&R BRAKE DISCS AND
ACTUATING ASSEMBLY
All Models
266. Brakes are of multiple disc wet
type and are located in rear axle hous-
ings. To gain access to brakes, remove
rear axle housing as outlined in para-
graph 262.
NOTE: When right axle housing Is reo
moved, It Is suggested that differential
assembly be removed from rear axle
center housing to prevent assembly from
accidentally failing out.
Refer to Fig. 348, and proceed as
follows : Unbolt and remove inner disc
brake housing assembly from inner end
of axle housing. Remove brake control
rod connector (early) or fastener Oate)
and if damaged, remove brake rod seal.
To remove seal, place a sharp tool be-
Fig. 34'- Exploded view of brake assembly. Not. th.t pull rod assembly (Items 11 throuQh 18) used tween seal flange and housing and pry
on "actors prior to production date 6·68 dlll.rs from th.t used on I.t.r tractors (Items 19 through 24). seal out. Remove brake disc assemblies.
Lat. Mod./5ooo f,ecfors us. three brake dIscs (3) wher•• s Model 7000 fractors us. lour. Models 7600 intermediate discs, actuating disc
and 7700 changed from 4-d/sc to 3-d/sc bl ake in 1977 end aU current models use 3·dlsc brakes. assembly and outer brake housing.
1. Brake inner housing 19. Pull rod (late)
2. Torque pin 7. Return sprinif\l 13. Seal 20. Washer NOTE: Where differential carrier bear·
3. Brake dISCS 8. Brake outer housing 14. Connector 21. Fastener Ing cup Is Instailed In Inner brake housing,
4. Secondary discs 10. Actuating links 15. Locknuta 22. Locknut
S. Actuating disa 11. Pull rod (early) 17. C1evil 23. Clevis differential carrier bearing adjustment Is
6. Steel bells 12. CIe\;s 18. Clevia bolt 24. CIevbi nut made by adding or removing shims from
between bearing cup and brake housing.
Therefore, If either Inner or outer brake
housing are renewed, differential carrier
bearing adjustment may be affected.
Refer to paragraph 258.
The brake actuating assembly can be
disassembled if necessary as follows: Re-
move clevis pin to disconnect control rod
)p;
31 30 29 /
from actuating links. Remove the four
actuating disc return springs, separate
actuating discs and remove the six steel
balls. Inspect all parts and renew as
necessary. To reassemble, lay one disc
on bench with inner side up and lay the
/" six balls in ramped seats. Lay other disc
~iq) 27 / on top of balls so lugs for torque pin are
. ~
about one inch apart and install the fou r
return springs. If self-locking nuts have
.. 20
~~ ~ ~1
been removed from links, install new
~01110
nuts. Reconnect control rod to links.
~
NOTE: In early 1969, Model 5000 trac·
~~~Jc]()~J67
1977, Models 7600 and 7700 also changed
from a 4·dlsc to a 3-dlsc brake. In current
production, all models use a 3·dlsc
design. The brake differs In that ball
ramps of actuating discs (5) were reduced
from a 25-degree angle to 20·degree angl8,
Fig. 349-EJlplod.d .,/ew showing brake pedal arr.ngement for Model 5200, 7200, 6600C and 760DC permitting greater disc pressure with
tractofS. BllIIee pedals on "Alt PUlpose" model tlactofS ope/ate dlrectfy on bllllee cross shan (8). Note lighter pedal pressure. Longer links (10)
brake cross shaff (1) used on tractors prlol to producti on date 6-68.
are also used. New brake discs (3) have
1. Pedal shaIt (early) greater strength In spline area and should
2. Spacer 10. Thrust washer 18. Snap ring 25. Pedal
3. S<al 11. Seal assy. 19. Control rod 26. Interlock bar be used with new actuating discs.
4, Bushings 13. Woodruff key 20. Clevis 27. Washer
6. Wasner 14. Bushi~ 21. Bushi~ 28. Return I5top To reinstall brake components in axle
7, Nut 15. Actuatmg le\'er, L.H. 22. Pivot pm 29. Pawl bracket
housing, proceed as follows: Install
8. Pedal ahaf't (late) 16. Actuating lever, R.H. 23. Return spring 30. Pawl
9. Lock ring 17. Thrust washer 24. Peda) lhank 31. Pawl control rod outer brake housing on the eight studs in
130
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 267·269
and Load Monitor fork on models so
equipped. Be particularly careful when
Fig. 350 - Exploded rlew of inserting shaft through right seaL Com·
'r.nsm/ss/on h.ndtu'Ic • . plete reassembly of tractor by reversing
,~3~ 315
Sr.1ce sh.tt (27) Is .ng.ged disassembly procedure. Refill center
by • bev.1 gear spl/n.d to
i nl ?
~
28
8. Cover bQlt (4) equipped with a transmission hand
9. Cover
brake. Brake shaft (27 - Fig. 350) is
Q'>l ': 10. Stud
11. Gasket meshed with a bevel gear which is
20 . ~~ ~ ~ I 12.
13.
Jam nut (2)
Brake disc splined to forward end of bevel pinion
131
Paragraphs 271 -272 FORD
four cap screws which retain housing If renewal is required, install new seal
(28) and bearing retainer (23) to center with its lip toward shaft bearings. To
housing to completely remove unit. Han- disassemble actuating unit, remove
dle shim pack (24) with care. It is used to return springs (16) and separate ac-
set brake shaft backlash. If brake shaft tuator plates (15) to determine condition
(27) or its bearings (21 and 26) are of ball ramps and four steel balls (19).
renewed, backlash between brake shaft Note that actuator, parts 15 through 19,
pinion and its drive gear will require ad- is serviced as an assembly. In
justment. Use this procedure: reassembly, nuts (12) must be staked to
Check for required shim thickness by bolts (17).
measuring with a feeler gage between To disassemble bearings from brake
bolt flange of retainer (23) and center shaft, clamp flange of bearing retainer
housing surface, using no shims, with in a padded jaw vise and flatten tabs of
assembled brake shaft and retainer set washer (31) so bearing locknuts (30 and
in mesh with its drive gear on differen- 32) can be removed, then bump shaft
tial pinion shaft. Thickness of shim pack (27) from bore of retainer (23). Press out
Fig. 352 - Technique for ch.cklng bralre sh.ft (24) should be greater by 0.009 inch bearing cups (22 and 25) from retainer
be.rlng preload by us. of. spring scale. Ref. , to (0.0228 mm) than this measured gap. and pull bearing cones (21 and 26) from
text. Make up needed shim pack from shims brake shaft if renewal is necessary.
which are available in thicknesses of Reverse this order to reassemble. When
0.005 inch (0.127 mm) and 0.020 inch new bearing cups and cones are in place,
(0.508 mm). tighten inner locknut (32) on brake shaft
pin (7 - Fig. 350) and slide complete ac- Reinstall brake assembly by reversing until rolling torque, measured by spring
tuator assembly out of housing when removal procedure and adjust lever scale from a cord wrapped around
control rod (6) is lifted from housing. In- operation as in paragraph 266. splined portion of brake shaft as shown
ner brake disc (20) can now be slipped in Fig. 352 registers a steady 20·26
from brake shaft (27) for inspection. If 270. OVERHAUL. Remove brake pounds (9.07·11.79 kg). Install tab
only brake discs (13 and 20) require re- assembly as covered in preceding para- washer (31- Fig. 350) and outer locknut
newal, further disassembly is not graph. When housing (28) is separated (30) and recheck bearing preload. When
needed. However, if brake shaft (27) or from bearing retainer (23), be sure to correct, lock tab washer against flats of
its bearings require attention, remove check condition of brake shaft seal (29). both inner and outer nuts.
POWER TAKE·OFF
OPERATING PRINCIPLES brake arm, control valve directs hydrau- D. Pressure control valve stuck open.
271. All models use an independent lic pressure to brake piston which com- E. Pressure control valve spring
type power take·off with a hydraulically presses return spring and releases brake broken.
operated multiple disc clutch that can be arm. F. Cast iron sealing rings on clutch
engaged or disengaged at any time trac- Brake piston on late models (Fig. 354 housing broken.
tor engine is running. Pto input shaft is or Fig. 355), is engaged by control valve G. Clutch piston sealing rings leak·
driven by a spli ned coupling attached to directing hyd raulic pressure to brake ing.
engine flywheel and passes through the piston which slides to compress return H. Brake piston sealing rings leak·
hollow transmission upper shaft to drive spring. Brake piston rod end is fo rced ing (early models).
the pto clutch hub. Clutch output (pto against brake arm which tightens band I. Brake piston return spring weak
rear) shaft drives reduction gears which around clutch housing to prevent rota- or broken (late models).
transfer power to output shaft at 540 tion of clutch housing. To release brake PTO CLUTCH WILL NOT DISEN·
rpm on single·speed models and 540 or band, control valve blocks oil pressure GAGE. Trouble could be caused by:
1000 rpm on two·speed models. passage to brake piston and allows oil in A. Control valve stuck.
On all models, the pto clutch is en- piston circuit to bleed off into sump. B. Control valve return spring
gaged by the control valve directing Return spring then forces brake piston broken.
hydraulic pressure to the clutch piston rod end away from brake arm to release C. Clutch piston return spring
which gradually applies pressure to the tension on brake band. broken.
clutch discs through the feathering spr- D. Control to valve linkage discon-
ing. To release the pto clutch, the con- TROUBLESHOOTING nected or broken.
trol valve blocks the oil pressure passage CLUTCH DISENGAGES, BUT PTO
to the clutch piston and allows oil in the 272. OPERATING CHE CKS. When STILL TURNS. Trouble could be caus-
piston circuit to bleed off into the sump. troubleshooting problems are encount- ed by:
The return spring then forces the clutch ered with the independent pto, refer to A. Cold oil.
piston to release pressure against the the following: B. Brake piston stuck.
clutch discs. PTO CLUTCH DOES NOT ENGAGE C. Clutch piston return spring weak
Brake piston on early models (Fig. OR WILL NOT FULLY ENGAGE or broken.
353), is engaged by spring pressure forc- (SLIPS). Trouble could be caused by: D. Worn brake pad or brake band
ing brake piston against brake arm A. Low rear axle oil level. lining.
which contacts clutch housing causing B. Failure of hydraulic pump. E. Clutch plates distorted or seized.
housing to stop turning. To release C. Failure of connecting pipe. F. Brake band out of adjustment.
132
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 273·277
G. Broken brake band adjustment
screw.
H. Brake piston return spring weak
or broken (early models).
I. Brake piston sealing rings leak-
ing Oate models).
<--- ->
kPa) hydraulic gage at plug opening in
hydraulic pump as shown in Fig. 356. 21 17 " A"
t,t-~ ~
Start engine and operate at low idle 2322
\_, 3~
~(\
speed, then engage and disengage pto 3 32 18
clutch several times, noting pressure
gage reading when clutch is engaged. 15
The gage reading should be constant
~, \
. . - ;- 3~ 33 .
and not less than 140 psi (966 kPa) nor
more than 155 psi (1069.5 kPa). A high
or fluctuating gage reading would in· 17 29 28 24 25 6 0
dicate a sticking pressure control valve
\~(i(;(t 3\~"42'-..jJ
l~
(24 - Fig. 353 or 27 - Fig. 354). A low 39
fII: /I a
I
pressure reading would indicate a worn 27 :; --41
{{[ :~>
pump. leak in hydraulic circuit, low oil
f i9
~
level or a sticking pressure control I (l 0
valve.
3'5 31 VIEW " A" \\\
40 46 45 44 43
Models 5610·6610·6710·
7610·7710 Fig. 353-Exploded view of fI.rly type pto clutch, control valve and br. ke assemblies. Refer to FIg.
359 for exploded view of reduction ge.rs .nd output shaft.
274. PR E SSURE REG UL ATING I. Clutch housing 13. Drive hub 24. Pressure regulating 34. Nylon tube
VAL VE . Operate tractor until rear axle 3. Clutch piston 14. Thrust washer vah'e 35. Brake lever
4. ·O~ ring 15. Brake IlUpPOrt 25. Control valve 37. Pin
and hydraulic oil is at normal operating 5. ~O~ ring 16. Sealing nngs 26. Valve retum spring 38. Controlahaft
temperature, then stop engine and con- 6. Piston retum spring 17. Brake & control valve 27. Snap ring 39. ~O" rinf
7A. Feathering spnn~ housing 28. Pre;asure regulating 40. Contro lever
nect a suitable gage (1- Fig. 357) with 7. External spline p ate!! 18. Brake piston sprmg 41. Control ann
8. Internal spline plates 19. "O~ring 29. Snar, ring 42. Pin
adapter tube (4) to outlet/test port (2) on 9. P~plate 20. "O~ ring SO. Soc et head acrew! 43. Detenl
hydraulic pump (3).
~""
10. Snap ring 21. 31. Locating bolt 44. ~ring
II . Retainer 22. Mho, 32. "O~ ring 45. ~ ri
Start engine and place pto control 12. Snap ring 23. Snap ri~ 33. Conneetor 46. eon:11ever stop
lever in disengaged position. Set engine
speed to 850 rpm and observe pressure
gage reading. Move pto control lever to Aiter making necessary adjustments valve shimming increased or decreased
engaged position and observe reading. or repairs, recheck pressure readings, as required.
Pressure readings should be 160·180 psi then remove pressure gage and adapter After making necessary adjustments,
(1104·1242 kPa). If pressure gage read- tubes. recheck pressure reading, then remove
ing is below minimum with lever in dis- pressure gage assembly.
engaged position, control valve assem- 275. COOLER/LUBRICATION CIR·
bly must be removed and pressure regu- CUlT RELIEF VALVE . Disconnect
lating valve shimming increased or dam- banjo bolt (1- Fig. 358) from cooler OVERHAUL
aged brake piston seal renewed. tube.
I f pressure gage reading is norma1 276. R&R AND OVERHAUL PTO
NOTE: Be sure plastic transfer tube reo
with lever in disengaged position but P UMP. The pto hydraulic pump is an in·
mains correctly positioned In control
fall s below minimum in engaged posi- tegral part of the hydraulic lift pump
valve housing.
tion, clutch assembly must be removed assembly; refer to paragraph 379 or 381
and clutch piston and sealing rings be· Install gage (2), adapter (3) and hose in HYDRAULIC SYSTEM section for
tween clutch housing and support in- (4) to outlet port using banjo bolt (1). pump service information.
spected for excessive wear or any other With hydraulic fluid at normal operating
damage. temperature and engine set at 1250 277. R&R PTO RE AR (C LUTCH
If pressure gage readings are high rpm, note pressure gage reading. Cor- OUTPUT) SHAFT. To remove power
with lever in both positions, clutch and rect pressure reading is 45·65 psi (310.5· take·off rear (clutch output) shaft (63-
control valve assembly must be removed 448.5 kPa). If reading obtained is above Fig. 359), first remove hydraulic lift top
and inspected for restricted oil passages or below recommended range, control link rocker. Then, unbolt bearing reo
or a sticking pressure regulating valve. valve assembly must be removed and tainer (59) from rear face of rear axle
133
Paragraph 277 Cont. FORD
I. Clutch hub 30. ·0· ring
2:. Thrusl w-ashe ... JL Spring
3. Spring relainer 32. Gultil'
4. SprIng M'81 33. Retalnl'r
5. PI'essur~ plate 34. Brake lever
retainer 35. AdJu!>lmem clev!!.
6. PI'c,>">ur!! plat e 36. Locknut (10-32)
7. Clutch ,,18[1' (int.) (4) 37 Adju')l ing screw
8. Clutch pialI' «('lfl.) (4) (J1J.32)
9. f'ealherlllM spring 38. Clevl5 r,in
10. Piston 51}rlng 39, Brakc c\cr pin
11.lnner-O-ring 40, Control \"ah~ support
12. Drive dutch piston 41 . Shaft bu.shlng
13. Outer seal 42. Shaft
14 . Clutch hO\lSln~ 43. Orl\c gear
Upper shaft bearing
:~:~~~~I{
44
45. Ga!>ket
\ 7 Band-to·arm pin 46. Bearing retainer
18. Adjuster anchor 47, Shaft nut (718 20)
19. Pressure tube <IS. Washer
20. Detent ball & spring 49. Orl~'('n gear
21. Clutch arm 50, Bcarlng r up
22. Seal 51, Bearing ("one
23. Pto lever 52. Output !>hafl
24. Locator pin. seal & 53. Bearing mne
nu' 511 Bearing ('UP
25. V81\'1' retainer 55. Scal
26. Cumru! valve 56. Shim!>
27. Regulath\8 vahe (2) 57. Bearing retainer
28. Control vah'e houslnM 5S. Cap
29. Brake piston
I
Fig. 356- View showing pressure g.ge con·
nected to hydrauliC pump for checlrlng pto
system relief pressure on Models 5000. 5600,
Fig. 354 - Explodfil 'flew of pro clutch, control "./". and bra'" wUh shaHs end rfl1ucrton g.ars wh ich
became avallabl. for Mod.'s 5000 end 7000 In June, 1973. Same desIgn Is used on ,.t.model trae·
tors. Mode's 5610. 6610, 8710. 7610 and 7710 use tt.,..lnf.rne' and utarna' clutch p/.tas (7 and 8) and
6600, 6700, 7000, 7600 and 7700.
use control "III". ,ssembly In Fig. 355. Redut;tion g.. 's for two-speed (540 and 1000 rpm) r.,-
sian .,. shown In Fig. 360
134
- - - - -- - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r
Install bearing retainer without shims
(49) and tighten retaining cap screws
finger tight. Rotate shaft to be sure
bearings are seated, retighten cap
screws finger tight and measure gap be-
64 tween bearing retainer and rear axle
center housing with a feeler gage as
shown in Fig. 362. Remove bearing reo
tainer and reinstall with shim thickness
6 -S PUN E .0 . SHAFT
5-40 R .P . M .
135
Paragraphs 279 282 0
FORD
of 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) more than of thrust washer (17) located between draulic lift cover assembly as outlined in
measured gap and tighten retaining cap gear (16) and front bearing (18). paragraph 354 or 355.
screws to a torque of 40-50 ft.-Ibs. (54-68 Renew all damaged or excessively
N om). worn parts, paying special attention to 281. R& R P TO CLUTCH AN D
Same general procedures apply for re- thrust washers (17) and bearings (13 and VALVE ASSE MBLY -LATER (After
moval and reinstallation of output shaft 18). To remove bearing (13) from shaft May, 1973) MODELS. As with earlier
(52-Fig. 354) of newer design 540 rpm sleeve (14) remove bearing retainer (12). models, first step in access to pto clutch
pto used in later 5000 and 7000 models Front bearing (18) is sealed on its for- is removal of hydraulic lift cover. See
(after June, 1973) and in later model ward side. If seal is broken l renew bear· paragraph 355 or 356.
tractors. Note that these steps do not ing. To reset bearing (18) in its bore, use NOTE: Tractors equipped with Load
apply for models equipped with two- a driver sleeve of 1'/. inch (47.6 mm) out- Monitor must be split between transmls·
speed pto. For these, refer to paragraph side diameter. When fitting a new shaft sian and rear axle center housing for
279. seal (19) into retainer (21), set with seal removal of pta clutch .
lip inward and press into retainer using
279. R&R TWO-SPEE D PTO OUT- a 3'/.-inch (95.25 mm) OD driver. Remove pta rear (clutch output) shaft
PUT SHAFT AND GEARS. If tractor Reinstall parts in reverse of removal as outlined in paragraph 277, then
is equipped with a sump cover directly order. Torque upper shaft cover (8) cap follow these steps: Disconnect hydraulic
beneath pto driven gears (15 and 16- screws to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. (54-68 N· m) and pressure tube (19-Fig. 354) from con-
Fig. 360), remove sump cover and drain bearing retainer (21) cap screws to 60-70 trol valve housing (28). Remove outer
oil from pto compartment of center ft.-Ibs. (82-95 N· m). When reinstalling locknuts, seals and pins (24). Two of
housing. If tractor is not equipped with a sump cover, use a new gasket and tor· each are used to locate and align valve
sump cover, drain lubricant from center que retaining cap screws evenly to 20-26 housing (28). Remove clutch valve and
housing. Remove rear clutch output ft.-Ibs. (27-35 N· m). brake assembly (parts 3 to 18) as a unit
shaft (1) as covered in paragraph 277. If only pto compartment was drained, which will include support (40) and all
Remove cap (22 - Fig. 360), then release refill capacity is one U.S. gallon (3.8 parts of control valve housing (28) after
snap ring (10) and pull output shaft (9) liters). separation of clutch arm (21) from con-
from splines of driven gear (15 or 16). trol valve plunger (26). Clutch hub (1)
280. R&R PTO CLUTCH AN D
When drained, remove eight cap screws
VALVE ASSEMBLY- EARLY MOD- and thrust washer (2) can now be re-
from bottom cover of pto sump to ELS. To remove pto clutch and valve moved from transmission pto (clutch in-
remove cover, then unbolt and remove
assembly, first remove hydraulic lift put) shaft. If tractor is Load Monitor
bearing retainer (21) with gasket (20) equipped, removal of parts will be for-
cover as outlined in paragraph 354 or
and output shaft seal (19). ward through transmission opening of
Support driven gears (15 and 16) and 355 and pto rear (clutch output) shaft as
in paragraph 277, then proceed as center housing rather than from top.
pull rear bearing (13) with shaft sleeve follows: Order for removal will be apparent.
(14) from bearing bore of center hous- Reconnect and reinstall in reverse of
ing, then remove gears through sump NOTE: If tractor Is equipped with Load removal order, taking special care to in-
opening. Note that gears pilot on one Monitor draft sensing system (Including stall thrust washer (2) into clutch
another and that three thrust washers Models 5000 and 7000), pta clutch and assembly (14) so its prongs are engaged
(17) are used. One is inserted between valve assemblies cannot be removed in housing hub. Use heavy grease to hold
gear (16) and front bearing (18), another unless tractor Is split between transmis- thrust washer in place during installa-
between gears (15 and 16) and one be- sion and rear axle center housing. See tion. When clutch housing (14) is fully
tween hub of gear (15) and shaft sleeve paragraph 256. forward against clutch hub (I), reinstall
(14). Disconnect hydraulic pressure line locator pins (24) with new seals. When
NOTE: On Models 5610, 6610, 6710, 7610
from clutch valve housing and remove rear shaft (42) is reinstalled and in align-
and 7710, a thrust needle bearing between
locating bolt (31- Fig. 353) from outer ment, tighten locator pins (24) and lock-
two steel thrust washers Is used In place
left side of rear axle center housing. The nuts to 30-35 ft.-Ibs . (41-48 N ' m) torque.
pto clutch and valve assembly can then Adjustment procedure for brake band
be removed from clutch hub and center (16) is outlined in paragraph 283 or 284.
housing. With clutch assembly removed, Reinstall hydraulic lift cover as in
clutch hub can now be removed from paragraph 355 or 356 and rejoin tractor
transmission pto (clutch input) shaft. if split was made per paragraph 254, 255
To reinstall assemblYI place pto clutch or 256. See paragraph 177 01' 186 for
hub on splines of transmission shaft and lubricant fluid capacities.
stick thrust washer (14) onto clutch
housing (1) hub with heavy grease so the 282. OVERHAUL CLUTCH AND
three prongs on washer enter holes in VALVE ASSEMBLY - EARLY MOD-
housing hub. Place clutch and valve ELS. With pto clutch and valve asembly
assembly in center housing and install removed as outlined in paragraph 280,
on input shaft and clutch hub. Turn proceed as follows :
assembly from side to side to align Unbolt valve housing (17 - Fig. 353)
splines in clutch discs with splines on from valve support (15) and remove sup-
clutch drive hub. When clutch housing is port from clutch housing. Place valve
fully forward, reinstall locating bolt housing in a press and compress brake
\ through outer left side of rear axle piston spring by pushing washer (22) in-
,",u "Pl 1
,.. T center housing and into valve housing, ward and remove retaining snap ring
using a new seal ring (32) on locating (23). Release spring and remove spring
Fig. 362-Ch.elclng for shim pack thickness to
be Inst.tted between b".r/ng r.t. /n", and reaf
bolt. Reconnect hydraulic pressure line and brake piston (18), then remove "0"
u/" cent.r housing. Ref.r to text. Procedure to clutch valve housing. Reinstall pto rings (19 and 20) from piston. Remove
does not apply to two·spe"d pto. rear shaft as in paragraph 277 and hy- snap ring (27- View "A') and withdraw
136
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 283·284
spring (26) and control valve (25), then and install retai ning snap ring (12). Re- 363 and use tool N-775 as illustrated to
t
remove snap ring (29) and remove move assembly from press and place relieve pressure so spring retainer (3)
pressure control valve (24) and spring feathering spring on piston. Alternately can be removed, followed by spring seat
(28) from valve spool. Remove pin (37) if install external and internal splined (4) and spring (10). Use compressed air
necessary to renew brake arm (35). clutch discs. Install external splined disc to remove piston (12), then remove inner
Remove snap ring (10) from clutch against piston, then install clutch pres- "0" ring (11) and outer seal (13) from
housing (1), then remove pressure plate sure plate and retaining snap ring. In- piston.
(9), clutch discs (7 and 8) and feathering stall new cast iron sealing rings (16) on Carefully clean and inspect all parts
spring (7 A) from housing. Remove cast rear hub of housing, lubricate sealing and renew those which are not service-
iron sealing rings (16) from rear hub of rings and install valve support over hub able, then reassemble housing parts in
housing. Place housing in a puller as and rings . reverse of removal order. Use tool
shown in Fig. 363 and with Select-O- Install pressure control valve and N-775 to reset spring retainer (3) in hub
Speed transmission clutch spring com· spring and retaining snap ring on con- of housing (14).
pressor (Nuday tool N-775), compress trol valve spool, then insert valve Set brake band around clutch housing
spring (6-Fig. 353) far enough to assembly in housing, install return when clutch overhaul is complete, with
remove snap ring (12). Gradually release spr ing and retain with snap ring. Install control valve support (40) collar fitted
spring pressure, then remove retainer new "0" rings on brake piston (18), over rear hub of clutch housing (14).
(11) and spring. Use air pressure lubricate 1'0 rings and insert piston in
11
Seals (15), especially if renewed, should
through clutch piston port in rear hub of valve housing. Install brake spring and be coated with hydraulic fluid. Adjust
housing to remove piston (3) from hous- washer, compress spring and install re- pto brake band as follows:
ing, then remove sealing rings (4 and 5) taining snap ring. Be sure mating sur- With locknut (36) loose, use a torque
from piston. faces of valve housing and valve support wrench of proper range to tighten ad-
Check valve, brake piston and clutch are clean, then bolt valve housing to sup- justing screw (37) to 9-11 inch-pounds
piston springs against the following por t. Reinstall clutch and valve (1.017-1.243 N ' m), then back off by one
values: assembly as outlined in paragraph 280. and one-half turns on Models 5000 and
7000 and two turns on all other models
NOTE: At production date 4·68, pres-
283. OVERHAUL PTO CLUTCH, and tighten locknut (36). Note that ad-
sure control valve was changed.
VALVE AND BRAKE ASSEMBLIE S justing screw is 10-gage, 32 thread. Ad-
Clutch piston return spring: -MODELS 5000 AND 7000 (After just with care.
Free length ........... .. 2.29 inches May, 1973) AND MODELS 5600-6600- Reinstall pto clutch brake and valve
(58.16 mm) 6700-7600-7700. When pto clutch valve assembly in center housing as covered in
Lbs. at 1.378 inches ......... 305-335 and brake are removed as an assembly, paragraph 281.
Kg at 35.0 mm ... . ...... 138.3-151.9 as covered in paragraph 281, proceed in
Brake piston spring: this order: 284. OVERHAUL PTO CLUTCH,
Free length. . . . . .. . .... 1.58 inches Place unit on bench and slide valve VALVE AND BRAKE ASSEMBLIES
(40.1 mm) housing (28- Fig. 304), support (40) and - MODELS 5610-6610-7610- 77 10.
Lbs. at 0.78 inches ............ 76-84 brake (16) from clutch housing (14). Re- When pto clutch assembly, brake and
Kg at 19.8 mm ............ 34.5-38.1 move pins (17 and 18) and separate control valve are removed as a unit, as
brake band (16). Back out four 5/16-18 covered in paragraph 281, proceed as
Pressure control valve spring socket head screws to remove valve follows :
(prior 4-68): housing (28) from support (40). Remove Place unit on a clean work bench and
Free length ............. 1.62 inches retainer (25) and pull out control valve separate control valve and brake band
(41.44 mm) (26), watching for spring and ball detent from clutch assembly. Remove clevis pin
Lbs. at 1.10 inches ........ . ... 13-14 (20). Pull out cotter pins and remove (20- Fig. 355) and remove brake band
Kg at 27.9 mm ............ 5.89-6.35 both regulating valves (27) taking care and brake lever (18) from control valve
Pressure control valve spring not to drop parts. Remove retainer (33),
(after 3-68): guide (32), spring (31) and brake piston
Free length ............. 1.48 inches (29). Remove "0" ring (30) from piston.
(37.6 mm) Note that it may be necessary to use
Lbs. at 1.10 inches ......... 21.5-23.5 compressed air if piston is tight in valve
Kgat27.9 mm ........... 9.75-10.66 body bore.
Carefully clean and inspect all parts
Control valve return spring: making necessary renewals. All parts
Free length. . ..... 2.04 inches are serviced. Parts, especially seals and
(51.8 mm) "0" rings, should be coated with hydrau-
Lbs. at 1. 56 inches. . . . . ... 2.8-3.2 lic oil and assembled in reverse of disas-
Kg at 39.6 mm ............ 1.27-1.45 sembly order. Brake band (16) should be
refitted to housing (28) and housing
Carefully clean and inspect all other should be bolted to support (40). Tighten
parts and renew any that are excessively four socket head screws evenly to 10-14
worn or otherwise damaged. Reassem- ft.-Ibs. (14-19 N om) torque. Set assembly
ble using all new seals and "0" rings as aside.
follows: Proceed with over haul of pto clutch
Install new sealing rings on outer and assembly as follows:
inner perimeters of clutch piston (3), Remove retaining ring (5), pressure
lubricate sealing rings and install piston plate (6) and all clutch plates (7 and 8) P T .O CLUTCH HOUSING
in housing (1). Position piston return with feathering (wave) spring (9) from Fig. 363- View 01 typical tool set up lor remO'l81
spring (6) and retainer (11) over piston, clutch housing (14). Set housing up in a 0' spring ret.lner 'rom pto clutch housing. Re'er
compress spring as during disassembly shop press or in a puller as shown in Fig. tot .. t.
137
1
Paragraph 285 FORD
housing. Back out four 5116-18 socket sembly. Coat IjO" rings with hydraulic and renew those which are excessively
head screws to remove valve housing fluid . Attach support to valve housing worn or damaged in any other way. ~
from support. Remove cotter pin and and secure with four socket head Reassemble housing parts in reverse
withdraw spring and detent ball (4). screws. Tighten screws to 15 ft.-Ibs. (20 order of removal. Coat "0" ring, seal and
Remove pin (3) and pull out control valve N -m) torque. Refit brake lever and clutch discs with hydraulic oil during re-
(2). Remove circlip (16), retainer (14) and brake band to housing and secure with assembly. Use tool N-775 to reset spring
spring (13). Pull out cotter pins (7) and clevis pin. Set assembly aside. retainer (3) in hub of housing (14).
remove pressure regulating valve (5) Praceed with overhaul of pto clutch Lubricate seals (15) with hydraulic
and coolernubrication circuit relief valve assembly as follows: fluid and slip brake band around clutch
(6). Remove retaining ring (5 - Fig. 354), housing, then slide rear hub of clutch
NOTE: Lay pa rts out In order keeping
pressure plate (6) and all clutch plates (7 housing into support (40). Adjust pto
components of each valve assembly to-
and 8) with feathering (wave) spring (9) brake band as follows:
from clutch housing (14). Set housing up With locknut (21-Fig. 355) loose, use
gether. Exercise care when handling
valves.
in a shop press or in a puller as shown in a torque wrench of proper range to
Fig. 363 and use tool N-775 as illus- tighten adjusting screw (22) to 9-11 inch-
Remove circlip (12), guide (11), spring trated to relieve pressure so spring re- pounds (1.017-1.243 N -m), then back off
(10) and brake piston (8). Remove "0" tainer (3) can be removed, followed by by two and one-half turns and tighten
ring (9) from piston. Note that it may be spring seat (4) and spring (10). Use com- locknut (21).
necessary to use compressed air if piston pressed air to remove piston (12), then Reinstall pto clutch brake and valve
is tight in valve body bore. remove inner "on ring (11) and outer assembly in center housing as covered in
Carefully clean and inspect all parts. seal (13) from piston. paragraph 281.
Reassembly is reverse order of disas- Carefully clean and inspect all parts
BELT PULLEY
OVERHAUL BELT PULLEY lash between pulley shaft pInIon and and 0.020 inch (0.127, 0.254 and 0.508
ASSEMBLY drive gear. Shim gaskets (11 and 21) are mm). Refill housing to oil level plug with
available in thicknesses of 0.005, 0.010 SAE 80 EP gear lubricant.
All Models
285. Refer to exploded view of unit in
Fig. 364 and proceed as follows: Drain
lubricant and unbolt pulley from hub (3).
Unbolt pulley shaft bearing retainer (8)
from housing (12) and remove assembly.
Unscrew nut (1) from pulley shaft and Fig. 364-E.ploded r/e", of
typlcel belt pulley 88sembly
remove hub from shaft and bearing (10) erelleb/e lor ell trectors.
from retainer. Remove seals (4 and 5)
and bearing (6) from outer end of re- 1. Hex nut
2. Washer
tainer. Remove bearing cups (7 and 9) if 3. Pulley hub
worn or scored. 4. Oil seal
5. Seal ring
Remove cover (14) and drive gear (17) 6. Bearing cone & roller
and bearing assembly. Remove bearing 7. Bearing cup
8. Bearing retainer
cup (19) and oil seal (20) from housing. 9. Bearing cup
Remove bearing cup (15) from cover if 10. Bearing cone &: roller
11 . Casket shim
cup is worn or scored.. 12. Housing
Reassemble by reversing disassembly 13. Drive gear
14. Cover
procedure. Install new seals (4 and 20) 15. Bearing cup
16. Bearing cone & roller
with lip to inside. Select a gasket shim 17. Drive gear
(21) that will give 0.002 inch (0.05 mm) 18. Bearing cone &: roller
19. BearinK cup
end play of drive gear (17). Tighten self- 20. Oil sear
lacking nut (1) to provide 0.002 inch 21. Gasket ahim
22. Plug
(0.05 mm) end play of pulley shaft in
bearings, then install bearing retainer
(8) to housing with proper thickness of
shim gasket (11) so there is some back-
138
r
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 286
Newer Ford specification numbers for
hydraulic fluid are M2C134-A, M2C86-A
or Ford 134 which correspond to a gen-
eral specification of SAE 80 EP and
SAE 20W/30. System capacity is 33
quarts (31.2 liters) for Model 5000, or 55
quarts (52.0 liters) for Model 7000.
Model 5600 without Dual Power calls for
43 quarts (40.7 liters). Model 5600 with
Fig. 365 - View of Mode'
5000 t,actor without load
Dual Power requires 56 quarts (53 liters)
Monitor showing hydraulic which is the same for all other models. If
controls, lIuxl/l.ry ",,,,ice tractor is equipped with two-speed (540
plug, 11ft cylinder pressure and 1000 rpm) pto, capacity is increased
port .nd fmer plug. Bre.ther
Is Incorpo,.ted Into filler
by 3.8 U.S. quarts (3.6 liters). On Models
plug. 5600, 6600, 6700, 7600 and 7700 equip-
ped with front-wheel drive, install an ado.
ditional 6.4 U.S. pints. On Models 5610,
6610, 6710, 7610 and 7710 equipped
with front-wheel drive, install an addi-
tional 3.8 U.S. pints. Hydraulic fluid
should be drained and new fluid installed
after each 1200 hours of service, or year-
ly, whichever occurs first. Remove
transmission drain plug and rear axle
center housing drain plug when draining
to the early 5000 model tractors except equipped with Dual Power option) hy- Model 7000. Be sure the 3-point hitch lift
that a Load Monitor unit has been added draulic system is common with differ- arms are in lowered position and any
along with internal linkage to ac- ential and final drive but is separated remote cylinders are retracted before
comodate operation of Load Monitor. As from transmission by oil seals. Fluid for draining. See Fig. 209 for drain plug
with Model 7000, Load Monitor is stan- hydraulic system of all other models is locations.
dard on Models 7600, 7610, 7700 and common with differential, final drive On Model 5000, maintain fluid level at
7710 along with dual-sensing upper link, and transmission. Oil passes from trans- check opening in right side of rear axle
but is optional on Models 5600, 5610, mission housing to rear center housing center housing at rear side of hydraulic
6600,6610, 6700 and 6710. through oil transfer holes located in pump. Model 5600 has a combination
The Load Monitor is a torque sensing t ransmission rear bearing support plate. filler plug and dipstick in left rear corner
device interposed in tractor drive line Hydraulic power is supplied by a gear of transmission cover and a dipstick in
ami connects transmission output shaft type pump mounted in right side of rear rear axle center housing. On Model 7000
and bevel pinion shaft. The Load axle center housing. Pump is driven by a and on Model 5600 with Dual Power and
Monitor senses (reacts to) the torque in shaft splined into a hub attached to on all other models maintain fluid level
tractor drive line and thus furnishes engine flywheel. Shaft passes through to mark on dipstick which is located on
draft control based on draft imposed by the hollow transmission shafts to gears left side of rear axle center housing.
implement as well as resistance of trac- at rear end of transmission.
tor movement. This operation provides a See Fig. 367 for a schematic view of
NOTE: Although transmiss ion and rear
total load control. Load Monitor hydraulic lift system. axle center housing ot these models func·
Fluid for Model 5000 and 5600 (unless tion as a common reservoir, fluid level In
HYDRAULIC FLUID
transm ission housing Is higher than In
All Models rear axle center housing. Therefore, it Is
286. Recommended hydraulic fluid is Important that tractor be level when
Ford part No. M2C53-B, or M2C53-A. checking fluid le.el.
::.[.
Fig. 367-$chemetlc .,/ew
.".ng..
~
showing the bulc S1 . V1
....
ment of components which
comprise the Loed Monitor
hyd,eulic system. ,
L- ~
Fig. 366 - View of Model 7000 tractor with Load
Mon itor showing hydraulic c ontrols. Filler plug
'S
located In tran smission top co~e'.
UAN SMISSIO N
S. Adjustable stoll OU TP UT SH A ft fORK
23. Selector vah'c 31. F'Iow control ' I NION SH A ft
26. Selector lever 34 . Lift oontrol le\"er
139
1
Paragraphs 287-288 FORD
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FILTERS
Models 5000-5600·6600-6700-
7000-7600·7700
287. Models without Load Monitor
have a mesh strainer on hydraulic pump
intake tube and a paper filter element on
sump return tube. Screen should be
cleaned and filter element renewed each
2400 hours of service, or every two
years, to coincide with hydraulic system
drain and remI.
Models with Load Monitor have a
mesh strainer on hydraulic pump intake
tube and a disposable filter element
located on right side of rear center
frame (Fig. 366). Filter element should
be renewed every 300 hours and new Fig. 371- View of all cooler by·pass valve and
fIlter should be hand tightened only. Do hydraulic 011 fllrer Installed on Models 5600.
6600 and 7600. Also see Fig. 370 and 'efer to
not use filter removal tool to tighten t..... t.
filter. The mesh strainer on hydraulic
pump intake tube should be cleaned J. Oil eooIer reed pipe
2. Valve cover plate
every 1200 hours to coincide with 3. Dump pipe
hydraulic drain and refill.
The hydraulic pump intake tube and
mesh strainer can be removed from hydraulic oil cooler was installed for-
pump after pump is removed as outlined Fig. 369- E.plod.d ~/.w of hydrIJulic fluid return ward of tractor radiator core. Cooler is
in paragraph 379. See Fig. 438 for a line, flit., and beck pressur..... ,.... used on early standard on 6600, 6700, 7600 and 7700
mods/s without loed Monitor.
view of intake tubes and strainers. models but is installed only on those
1. Snap ring 8. Gasket 5600 models which have Dual Power.
t
Models 5610·6610·6710· 2. · PIat.e
3. Spring
9.
10.
Washer
Spring
Return oil is directed to the two-stage
7610·7710 4. Back pressure valve 11. Hollow bolt cooler valve which replaces oil fIlte r
5. Valve seat 12. "0" ring
288. Hydraulic pump intake tube 6. Gasket 13. Rerum tube manifold assembly (Model 7000) shown
passes oil across a removable plastic 1. t~iltcr element 14. ·0" ring in Fig. 410, and is routed by this spring-
strainer (1- Fig. 368) to feed low pres- loaded valve to flow forward to cooler
sure side of pump and through a dispos- newed every 300 hours. Coat new filter assembly. Oil returning from cooler is
able fil ter element (2) located on face of seal with oil and hand tighten only. Do channeled to Dual Power housing on
pump housing to feed high pressure side not use filter removal tool to tighten tractors so equipped, or if without Dual
of pump. Tractors equipped with op- fIlter. Hydraulic fluid should be changed Power, directly to main countershaft
tional engine-mounted gear pump have every 1200 hours or once every year. bearing in transmission. On Model 5600
an additional disposable filter element without Dual Power, oil flows directly
located on pump. Plastic strainer (1) OIL COOLER BY·PASS VALVE from cooler valve to sump in rear axle
should be cleaned periodically and dis- center housing.
posable filter elements should be re- Models 5600·6600-6700·7600· Basic function of this cooler by-pass
7700 valve is protection of oil cooler assembly
With development of Dual Power and lines from excess pressure build-up.
transmission option fo r these tractors, a When system back pressure exceeds
140
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 289-290
spring (I), spool (2) and valve sleeve (3) necessary. Clean around gasket joint of
for undue wear, burrs or other damage. lift cover and remove fifteen cover bolts.
Make necessary renewals. Use of lifting bracket tool SW2 will help
in removal of lift cover. If tractor is NOT
NOTE: For test purpose, to determine It
equipped with Load Monitor, lift cover
valve Is functioning, when plug (14) Is
can now be removed from center hous·
removed from valve body (15) a pressure
ing. If tractor does have a Load Monitor
gage can be Installed for a check reading.
system, raise lift cover about 31h inches
If by·pass valve does not open at 35-45 psi
(89 mm) and reach through to detach
(241.5·310.5 kPa), remove and renew valve
strut from selector linkage, then com-
spring (I), and If found defective, spool (2)
plete removal of lift cover. Remove hy-
and sleeve (3).
draulic pump as outlined in paragraph
Fig. 372-0n tractors with hydraulic s ys tem for Reassemble by-pass valve parts when 379. If tractor is equipped with Load
remote controls only (without 3·polnt hlrch) plate clean and with all passages clear, using Monitor, it will also be necessary to par-
(3)'s mounted on lilt COr-lIf f ins'fI"d 01 lilt c ylinder
lind return fllt.r (1) Is aHached to pl.te. all new gaskets and "0' rings. Tighten tially withdraw brake pedal cross shaft
transfer tube cap nut (26) to 20-25 as covered in paragraph 267 so Load
1. Filter ft.-Ibs. (27-34 N· m) torque, and dump Monitor unit can be shifted for work
2. Adal?ter S. SeoJ
S. Manifold plate 6. Return tube pipe (21) nut to 40-50 ft.-Ibs. (54-68 space.
4. Sea.! rings 7. Nut
N·m). Cap screws for cover plate (23) To remove oil filter support (10-
should be tightened to 7-11 ft.-Ibs. Fig. 370), unscrew and remove filter (6),
(9.5-15 N -m). then back out set screw (7). Remove
35-45 psi (241.5-310.5 kPa), second spacer (8) and discard "0' ring (9). Now,
stage of by-pass valve will open to 290. OIL FILTER, SUPPORT AND carefully tap support (10) with its tubes
return surplus oil directly to center ADAPTE R. Should it become necessary from side wall of housing and remove.
housing sump. to service oil filter mount and spacer (10) Thoroughly clean assembly and inspect
due to oil leak or accidental damage, for damage or possible hydraulic oil
289. R&R AND OVERHAUL COOL- proceed as follows: leaks. Be sure to discard "0' ring (18) at
ER BY-PASS VALVE. Carefully clean Drain rear axle center housing. Re- pump end of adapter. Reverse removal
external area around filter and by-pass move lift cover assembly by first discon- order to install removed and renewed
valve shown in Fig. 371. Disconnect and necting draft control yoke plunger from parts and assemblies.
remove feed pipe (1) which connects to rocker and swing rocker away from NOTE: If support (10) and tubes are re·
cooler, then back off cap nut (26-Fig. yoke. Remove tractor seat assembly.
newed, use of proprietary Ford sealing
370). Pull outward on valve body (15) Clean area of cooler by-pass valve and compound EST·M4G148·A Is requ ired for
and when assembly is clear remove I remove cap nut (26), then fit a hex sealing tubes to support.
dump pipe (21) and discard "0" ring (20). (Allen) wrench and back out sleeve (12).
Unbolt and remove cover plate (23) and Also see Fig. 371. Further removal of Install new "0' ring (9) and tighten
discard gasket (22). Carefully check parts from cooler by-pass valve is un- filter (6) in place against spacer (8) by
PUMP PRESSU",RE,-~~~
'1.,;..........,-- PISTON
RELIEF VALVE-
FILTER
CONTROL VA LVE
CONTROL VAL VE
HYDRAULIC PUMP SUCTION FIL" · ' - , r RETU RN SPRING BACK PRESSURE VAIL V '~'~
141
1
Paragraphs 291-293 FORD
4. Internal leakage due to damaged "0"
ring, faulty lift piston seals, cracked
or porous lift cylinder casting or
damaged hydraul ic pressure lines.
C. EXCESSIVE CORRECTIONS
(BOBBING OR "HICCUPS'1 IN RAIS-
ED OR TRANSPORT POSITION.
Could be caused by:
1. Worn or damaged check valve ball or
seal.
2. Selector valve worn or damaged.
3. Unload valve plug worn.
4. Lift cylinder safety valve damaged.
13 5. Faulty lift piston seals.
6. Control vaJve and/or bushing worn.
7. Internal linkage due to damaged "0"
rings, etc.
8. Cracked or porous lift cylinder or lift
Fig. 3T.-Schematlc diagram 01 •• rly hydreutlc sy.tem equlpIHd with Load Monitor. cover castings.
1. Hydraulic pump D. OCCASIONALLY FAILS TO
2. Selector valve 6. Flow conlrOl valve 11. Position oontrollink 16. Relief valve (safety)
3. Check valve 7. Lift lever 12. Draft control spring 17. FilU!r LIFT NOT DUE TO LOAD. Could be
4. Load Monitor 8. Actuating lever 13. Selector linkage 18. Control valve caused by:
~mote cylinder 9. Lift arm 14. Selector rod & roUer 19. Unload valve
5. Override vah'e 10. Cam 15. Lift piston 20. System relief valve 1. Worn or loose selector valve.
2. Unload valve sticking.
hand to ensure that spacer is in full seal- 6. Pump assembly faulty. 3. Faulty back pressure valve.
ing contact with side wall of center hous- 7. Pump drive shaft or gears broken. 4. Control valve incorrectly adjusted.
ing, then tighten retaining set screw (7) 8. Pump intake filter screen clogged.
to 4.6 ft.-Ibs. (6.25 N ·m). When removed HYDRAULIC PRESSURE CHECK
assemblies are reinstalled, refill rear ax- B. FAILURE TO LIFT UNDER
le reservoir with hydraulic oil and check LOAD. Could be caused by: All Models
for external leaks in area of filter and 1. Hydraulic pump worn. 293. On models manufactured before
cooler by-pass valve. 2. Pressure relief vaJve setting low or April, 1968, cracking pressure for hy-
faulty valve. draulic system relief valve should be
3. Cylinder safety valve faulty. 2100 psi (14.49 MPa) and operating
Models 5610-6610-6710-7610-
7710
291. A coolerllubrication circuit relief
valve is located. in independent power
take-off valve housing. Basic function of
relief valve is to protect oil cooler
assembly and lines from excess pressure
build-up. When system back pressure
exceeds 45-65 psi (310.5-448.5 kPa),
relief valve will open allowing surplus oil
to return directly to center housing
sump. Refer to paragraph 275 for
testing relief valve pressure.
TROUBLESHOOTING
292. When troubleshooting problems
are encountered with the hydraulic lift
system, refer to the following malfunc-
tions and possible causes:
142
r SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 293 Cont.
NOTE: Relief valve on late model trac·
tors is non·adjustable, complete valve
assembly must be renewed for servicing.
143
,
Paragraphs 294·295 FORD
NOTE: On models with non· adjustable 1650 rpm. Push selector valve knob fully tion. Disconnect top link rocker from
pressure relief valve, complete valve
assembly must be renewed If pressure
gage reading is not to recommended
in and place lift control lever in full down
position. Gradually close shu t-off valve
wh ile observing gage pressure. Hydrau-
yoke and pivot rocker back out of way.
Loosen set screw in retainer nut and
turn nut in until tension of main draft
t
specification. lic pressure should be 2550-2650 psi control spring is felt. Turn yoke onto
NOTE: On Models 5600, 6600, 6700, 7600
(17.59-18.28 MPa). draft control plunger until all free play
and 7700 there is a pressure test port In
Open shut-off valve, stop engine and of yoke and plunger is eliminated , then
same horizontal passage as pressure
disconnect pressure testing equipment. turn yoke to nearest horizontal rocker
relief valve.
If pressure reading is below specified pin attaching hole position and recon-
level, repair or renew faulty components nect rocker arm. Tighten set screw in re-
Relief valve can be removed without and recheck pump pressure. tainer nut.
removing hydraulic pump. If renewing To test auxiliary engine-mounted gear
pressure relief valve or relief valve type pump used on Models 5610, 6610, 295. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL
spring, or adding shims does not in- 6710, 7610 and 7710, connect pressure LINKAGE . With lift cover and cylinder
crease system pressure, overhaul pump testing equipment as shown in Fig. 379. assembly removed from tractor as out-
assembly as outlined in paragraph 380. A 0-4000 psi (0-27.6 MPa) hydraulic lined in paragraph 354, proceed as
To test Models 5610, 6610, 6710, 7610 pressure gage must be used. After follows:
and 7710 with a single pump or main testing equipment is connected, fully Adjust draft control main spring as
pump pressure on models with dual open shut-off valve (11). Start engine outlined in paragraph 294. Position
pumps, connect pressure testing equip- and set engine speed at 1650 rpm. Grad- selector lever in draft control and move
ment as shown in Fig. 378. A 0-4000 psi ually close shut-off valve while observ- lift arms to fully raised position. Move
(0-27.6 MPa) hydraulic pressure gage ing gage pressure. Hydraulic pressure lift control lever to a position 3'/. inches
must be used. After testing equipment is should be 2550-2650 psi (17.59-18.28 (82.55 mm) from top stop on control
connected, fully open shut-off valve (10). MPa). lever quadrant. Remove control valve
Start engine and set engine speed at plate (32 - Fig. 418) and spacer (33),
NOTE: Do not close shut·off valve
loosen jam nut and turn turnbuckle
beyond 2650 psi (18.26 MPa) reading . If
(Fig. 381) so front end of control valve
pressure reading is allowed to go above
spool is exactly 0.200 inch (5.08 mm)
2650 psi (16.26 MPa), pump damage could
)fIAIf "IIROt. PI " R below flush with front end of control
occur.
valve bushing. A special adjustment
Open shut-off valve, stop engine and gage (Nuday tool SW 508) is available
disconnect pressure testing equipment. which measures 0.200 inch (5.08 mm)
If pressure reading is below specified when plunger of gage is flush with step
level. repair or renew faulty components cut in end of gage body.
and recheck pump pressure.
NOTE: On Models 5600 and 6600 only,
adjust turnbuckle to provide 0.030 Inch
ADJUSTMENTS (0.76 mm) from end of control valve to
Models 5000-5600-6600-7000- front face of control valve bushing. Use
tool SW28 (or 6210) to check adjustment.
7600 Without Load Monitor
Recheck adjustment after tightening
294. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL jam nut. With draft control linkage
MAIN SPRING. Refer to Fig. 380 and properly adjusted, adjust position con-
proceed as follows: trol linkage as outlined in paragraph
Fig. 3BO - Exploded view 01 hydraulic system Lower lift arms to fully lowered posi- 296.
dr.ft control main sprin g Inst.lI"rlon.
- TURNBUCKU
LIFT ARMS IN
HIGHEST POSITION
144
r SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 296-299
lO AD MO NIT OI Sn TlN G
place selector lever in position control tighten nut. Install Adjustment Fixture
setting. Place lift control lever at bottom SW25 (Fig. 385) on lift cover as shown,
of quadrant and fully lower lift arms. clamp tool in position so it will stay fixed
FIQ. 383- View of 11ft cont,oll. ~., and " 'ector Disconnect top link rocker from yoke for all remaining adjustments. Install
I• .,er placements 'Of setting .d/ustments of and pivot rocker back out of the way. strut on tool.
drart. and position control on Modals 5600 and Loosen set screw in retainer nut and
5600 without Load Monitor. Not. me.surements. NOTE: Adjustment Fi xture SW862·A
turn nut in until tension of main draft
R.'er to text. can be used in same manner and all ad·
control spring is felt. Turn yoke onto
justments must be made In the following
l. Draft control setting draft control plunger until all free play
2. Position control !letting sequence.
3. Selector lever in draft 4. Selector lever in posi. of yoke and plunger is eliminated, then
control tion control turn yoke to the nearest horizontal
rocker pin attaching hole position. Re- 299. SELECTOR LEVER INDEX
connect rocker arm and tighten set ADJUSTMENT. On models with Ford
296. AD J UST POSITION CON- screw in retainer nut. cab, set selector lever in draft control
TROL LINKAGE. Refer to paragraph position and adjust length of attached
295 and adjust draft control linkage, 298. LIFT COVER LINKAGE. Prior rod so center·to-cent.er distance is
then proceed as follows: to making any lift cover adjustments, 6.68-6.72 in. (169.7-170.7 mm). On all
Place selector lever in position control lift cover must be removed as outlined in models, manually place lift arms in fully
and move lift arms to fully lowered posi- paragraph 355 and the following prepar- raised position and set system selector
tion so cylinder arm is resting against atory adjustments made. lever for position control. Position lift
stop in lift cover. Move lift control lever Adjust strut (15 - Fig. 385), if neces· control lever so upper edge Oower edge
and adjustable stop so stop is against sary, until the distance between center- on Rowcrop tractors) is aligned with
lower end of slot in control lever quad- lines of attaching holes is 14.18·14.42 position control adjustment notch on
rant and lever is against stop as shown inches (36.02·36.63 cm). Loosen nut on quadrant. See Fig. 384. Remove cotter
in inset in Fig. 382. With control valve draft cont r o l adjustment scr ew pin and washer from strut attaching pin
plate (32-Fig. 418) and spacer (33) re- (12 - Fig. 436) and position offset in its and install tool SW862·B (Fig. 386), or
moved from front end of lift cylinder highest position in respect to normal tool SW26 (Fig. 387) between control
casting, loosen locknut and turn position operating position of lift cover, then rod roller and strut attaching pin as
adjusting screw (64 - Fig. 381) so front shown. Adjust selector lever clevis until
end of control valve is exactly 0.200 inch foot of tool is in contact with control rod
(5.08 mm) below flush with front end of roller, then tighten clevis locknut.
control valve bushing. Procedure varies NOTE: On Rowcrop tractors, loosen
slightly for Models 5600 and 6600. Refer
quadrant attach ing bolts and realign
to Fig. 383 and position lower edge of
lift control lever exactly 0.88 inch (22.4
mm) from bottom edge of quadrant as
shown. Now, turn position control ad-
justing screw to provide 0.030 inch (0.76
mm) from end of control valve to front
face of control valve bushing by use of
setting gage SW28 (or 6210). Recheck
adjustment after tightening locknut to
15-20 ft.-Ibs. (20-27 N ' m). When adjust-
ment is correct, reinstall control valve
baffle and plate assembly on front end of
lift cylinder casting. then carefully
reinstall lift cover and cylinder assembly
as outlined in paragraph 354 to avoid
any damage to control linkage.
Models 5000·5600·6600·7000·
7600 With Load MonItor
297. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL
FlU. 385- View show/nu tool SW·25 m Instelled
end st,ut (15) etteched. Item (C) I. c/emp. Tool .t./I.d' .n.••trut ,(15) etteched. Item (') Is
MAIN SP RING. Refer to Fig. 384 and SW.62·A I. simile'. rod end ,aile' 81s8mbly. Also see FlU. 3.7.
145
Paragraphs 300·305 FORD
1
quadrant until foot Is In contact with con· control lever so upper edge of lever SPECIAL NOTE: Whan this afte,-
trol rod roller and tighten quadrant at· aligns with draft control adjustment adjustment chock Is being made, It Is 1m·
tachlng bolts. notch in quadrant. See Fig. 384. Adjust portant to manually push system selector
If tool SW862-B was used to make in- position of draft control adj ustment lever downward to firmly engage position
dex adjustment, remove tool. If tool screw (12-Fig. 436) so front end of control. This action Is not required In nor.
SW26 was used, leave tool in position valve spool is 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) from mal operation 8S system selector levsr
while making following position control end of control valve to front face of con- will lock In position control In the first cy-
adjustment. trol valve bushing. Use control valve set- cia of the hydraulic system. Be sure lever
ting gage SW28 (or 6210) to check this Is fully engaged In position control so In-
300 . POSITION CONTROL AD· setting. Tighten adjustment screw re- Itial response of hydraulic system for
JUSTMENT. With selector lever in taining nut to 24-31 ft.-Ibs. (33-42 N·m) POST-ADJUSTMENT CHECK will be ac-
position control and lift lever aligned when adjustment is complete. curate.
with position control notch in quadrant, Install plate and spacer on lift cylinder 305. Put system selector lever in top
manually reposition Hft arms in fully and control valve assembly, then remove link draft control position, then slowly
lowered position. Remove plate (32- Adjustment Fixture SW862-A or SW25 raise lift control lever until the first raise
Fig. 418) and spacer (33) from front face from lift cover.
signal is sensed. At this point, upper
of lift cylinder and control valve assem- edge of lift control lever should be within
bly. Adjust control valve spool turn- 303. LOAD MONITOR FORK AD· lh-inch (12.7 mm) of draft control notch
buckle (24 - Fig. 436) so front end of con- JUSTMENT. Install Adjustment Fix- in quadrant.
trol valve spool is 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) ture SW862-A or SW25 on rear axle
306. Move lift control lever back to
from end of control valve to front face of center housing as shown in Fig. 388 or bottom of quadrant and place system
control valve bushing. Control valve set- 389. Place Load Monitor fork and lever
ting tool SW28 (or 6210) can be used to assembly firmly in contact with Load
check this setting. Tighten turnbuckle Monitor, then pull firmly rearward on
locknut when adjustment is completed. fork to remove any slack in components,
Remove tool SW26, if previously in- including Load Monitor. The strut at-
stalled. tachi ng pin of fork lever should locate
freely in notch of tool. If strut pin does
301. LOAD MONITOR ADJUST· not locate in notch of tool, turn fork ad-
MENT. With lift arms in fully lowered justing screw (Fig. 390) as required.
position, set system selector lever in full NOTE: Fig. 390 shows to,k adjusting
Load Monitor position. Set lift control screw viewed with dipstick pllte removed
lever so upper edge of lever aligns with from center housing. Plate need not be
Load Monitor notch in quadrant. Adjust removed if lift cover Is off.
length of strut so front end of valve
spool is 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) from end of Remove adjustment tool and install
control valve to front face of control lift cover as outlined in paragraph 355.
valve bushing. Use control valve setting 304. POST ADJUSTMENT CHECK
gage SW28 (or 6210) to check this set- (MODELS WITHOUT CAB). Mter
ting. Tighten locknut on strut when ad- tractor has been reassembled, the ad-
justment is complete. justments in paragraphs 299 through Fig. 389- Tool SW25 (T) Is used In sam. manner
303 can be verified as follows: as tool SWB62·A shown In Fill. 388. Not. pin of
302. TOP LINK DRAFT CONTROL fork I.~., (15) Is loc.t.d In notch of tool wh.n
Block tractor wheels, place transmis- properly .dJust.d.
ADJUSTMENT. With lift arms in fully sion in neutral and start engine, then
lowered position, set system selector place lift control lever at bottom of
lever in draft control position. Set lift quadrant.
Fig. 387- View showing tool SW26 m Ins,.lIed Fig. 388- With forlc properly .djusted, pin on
Fill. 380- Lo.d Monitor fork .dJustm.nt screw
(A) Is .cc.sslbl• • fter ~mo~/nll dipstick pl.t•.
and strut (15) attached. Item (S) Is control rod and fork le'l8' (' 5) will be located In notch of tool
roller ."embly. Also s •• Fig. 388. AdJusrment screw Is .1so .cc.sslble wh'n
SW'62·A (1). Also ne FIQ. 389.
hydr.ullc 11ft co~a, Is "mo~ad.
146
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 307·317
147
Paragraphs 318·324 FORD
1
setting. Tighten turnbuckle locknut
when adjustment is completed.
Remove tool SW26, if previously in·
stalled.
damage due to actuator return spring
pressure.
Rotate actuator assembly (A) so posi·
t
tion control notch (PN) on body (B) is
aligned with notch on support (S) or new
318. ADJ UST LOAD MONI TOR alignment marks noted in paragraph
LINKAGE . With lift arms in fully low· 320 are aligned. Set selector lever in
ered position, align Load Monitor notch position control notch of console and ad·
(MN - F ig. 392) on body (B) with notch just control rod clevis so rod can be reat·
on support (S). Rotate actuator tached to actuator arm.
assembly (A) so roller (R-Fig. 393) is
1.44 inch (36.6 mm) from link hole 322. LOAD MONITOR FORK AD·
(distance D). Remove plate (32-Fig. JUSTMENT. Refer to paragraph 303
418) and spacer (33) from front face of for Load Monitor fork adjustment pro·
lift cylinder and control valve assembly. cedure.
Adjust length of Load Monitor strut
(T - Fig. 393) so front end of control Models 5610·6610·7610 Without
valve spool is 0.030 in (0.76 mm) from Fig. 395 - View showi ng 11ft corllend selection load Monitor And Cab
end of control valve to front face of con· of contlolle'lers on Mode'. 5610, 6610 and 7610
trol valve bushing. Control valve setting without load Monitor .nd c.b.
323. ADJ UST DRAFT CONTROL
tool SW28 (or 6210) can be used to check 1. Bolts & nuts 6. Lift control lever MAIN SPRING. Locate selector lever
setting. Tighten strut locknut. 2.
3.
Eccentric shaft
Quadrant
(Dnft",,,,,,,,
setting) in position control. Position lift control
4. Selector lever 7. Notch lever at bottom of quadrant. Ensure lift
319. DRAFT CONTROL ADJUST· (Position control 8. Lift control lever
setting) (Position control arms are fully down, then turn yoke (2 -
MENT. With lift arms in fully lowered 5. Selector lever (Draft &ettmg) Fig. 394) out to remove preload tension
position, align draft control notch (DN - control setting) 9. Notch
on main spring. Loosen set screw (1) and
Fig. 392) on body (B) with notch on sup· turn retainer nut (3) in until draft con·
port (S). Rotate actuator assembly (A) so trol main spring pressure is felt. Rotate
roller (R-Fig. 393) is 4.05 inch (102.9 raised position. Rotate actuator yoke (2) on plunger (6) until all free play
mm) from link hole (distance D). Remove assembly (A-Fig. 392) so roller (R-
Fig. 393) is 2.52 inch (64 mm) from link is eliminated, then continue to turn yoke
plate (32-Fig. 283) and spacer (33) from (2) until hole in yoke is horizontally posi·
front face of lift cylinder and control hole (distance D). Tighten actuator
tioned. Tighten set screw (1).
valve assembly. Adjust position of draft locknut to 11·15 ft.·lbs . (15·20 N·m).
control adjustment screw (12 - Fig. 436) Position control notch (PN - Fig. 392) on
body (B) should be aligned with notch on 324. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL
so front end of valve spool is 0.030 in. LINKAGE . With lift cover and cylinder
(0.76 mm) from end of control valve to support (S), if not, stamp new marks for
future reference. assembly removed. from tractor as out·
front face of control valve bushing. Use lined in paragraph 356, proceed as
control valve setting gage SW28 (or follows :
6210) to check setting. Tighten adjust· 321. ADJUST SELECTOR LEVE R.
Lower lift arms to full down position.
ment screw retaining nut to 24·31 To adjust selector lever, detach selector
lever control rod from actuator arm (R - Align upper edge of lift control lever
ft.·lbs. (33·43 N' m) when adjustment is (6 - Fig. 395) with draft control setting
complete. Fig. 392).
notch (7) on quadrant. Position selector
NOTE: If actuator has not been ad· lever in draft (seventh) control setting
320. VERIFY POSITIO N CON· justed prior to Installation of 11ft cover, (5) in selector quadrant. Loosen selector
TROL MARKS. Place lift arms in fully hold actuator arm (R) to prevent Internal quadrant retaining nuts (I), then move
3 4 5 2 3 4
8 7
Fig. 394- View showing dr.n control m.ln FIg. 397 - View . howIng procedure tor checking
spring component. us.d on . 11 "'0· •• ,/es trae· Fig. 396- View s howing control rod roller set· dl.tance control valve pin e"tends beyond con·
tors. tlng for draft c ontrol adjUstment on Moda's trol ".' ..e bushing on ell "'0" .erles trectors.
5610, 6610, 6710, 7610 and 7710 without Load Refer to te.t.
1. Set screw 5. Lift cover Monitor. Refer to text.
2. Yoke 6. Plunger 1. Control valve pin 4. Actuating lever
3. Retainer nut 1. Fronllpring seat 1. Gage tool 3. Selector link 2. c".. tool 5. Turnbuckle
4. Rear spring St;!4l 8. Main spring 2. Control rod 4. Control rod roller 3. Control valve bushing 6. Locknut
148
r Paragraphs 325·329
SHOP MANUAL
quadrant until bottom of control rod
roller (4 - Fig. 396) is 1.95 inch (49.5
mm) above lift cover surface. Check by
using Churchill gage tool FT.8527 or
Nuday tool 4654 (I). Tighten selector
quadrant retaining nuts to 18 ft.-lbs. (24
N'm) torque. Remove control valve
fror,t plate (30 - Fig. 426).
NOTE: 00 not allow drop poppet valve
(26) and spring (27) to fall free from 11ft
cylinder housing.
Loosen locknut (6-Fig. 397) and ad-
just turnbuckle (5) until control valve pin
(I) extends 0. 19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond
control valve bushing (3). Use Churchill
gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654 Fig. 399- View showing IItt co~.r and selection Fig. .00- View of 11ft cover and hydraulic
(2) to check dimension, then tighten of control '.~.I'S on Models 5610, 6610 and 7610 IInhge on Mode'. 6710 and 7710 with and
without l oad Monitor and with cab. without load Monitor.
locknut (6) to 10 ft.-lbs. (14 N· m) torque.
Unless position control linkage is to be 6. Selector lever 1. Eccentric shaft
l. Selector lever rod (pOliition control 2. Lift arm
adjusted, reassemble components. 2. &:centric shaft setting) 3. Body 7. Draft control notch
Tighten cap screws retaining control 3. Selector lever 7. Notch 4. Lift. CO\'er
""PI""
(o..Jt oontrol 8. Lift control. lever 5. Actuator 8. PositlOll control notch
valve front plate to 34 ft.-lbs. (46 N ' m) setting) (position control 6. Position control .. oupport
torque. 4. Notch setting) identification mark 9. Capacrew
5. Lift eontrollever 9. Quadrant.
(o..Jt oontrol 10. Lift control lever
325. ADJUST POSITION CON- setting) rod
TROL LINKAGE.
NOTE: Be sure draft control linkage Is
Loosen locknut (5) and rotate eccentric N ' m) torque. Remove control valve
adjusted prior to adjustment of position shaft (6) until control valve pin (1- Fig. front plate (30 - Fig. 426).
control linkage.
397) extends 0.19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond NOTE: Do not allow drop poppet valve
control valve bushing (3). Use Churchill (26) and spring (27) to fall fra. from 11ft
With lift cover and cylinder assembly gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654 cylinder housing.
removed from tractor as outlined in (2) to check dimension, then tighten
149
Paragraphs 330-335 FORD
plate and tighten retaining cap screws to
34 ft.-lbs. (46 N · m) torque.
Models 6710-7710
Without Load Monitor 2
330. ADJ UST DRAFT CONTROL
MAIN SP RING. Refer to paragraph
323 and adjust draft control main s~ __'g
as outlined.
150
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 336-339
Rotate fork adjusting screw (S - Fig.
408) until pin (P - Fig. 407) of lever (L)
slides smoothly in slot of tool (T).
Remove tool (T) and install hydraulic
lift cover as outlined in paragraph 356.
339. POST ADJUSTMENT CHECK.
After tractor has been reassembled, the
adjustments in paragraphs 335 through
338 can be verified as follows:
Block tractor wheels, place transmis·
sian in neutral and start engine, set
engine speed at 1000 rpm. Place lift con-
trol lever at bottom of quadrant. Put
system selector lever in top link draft
control position, then slowly raise lift
405 - Vie w showing roUe, set- Fig. VI.w showing control rod roll., s.r· control lever until first raise signal is
ting for draN control adjustment on Mod.ls tlng for Load Monitor adjustment on Models sensed. At this point, upper edge of lift
5610, 6610, 6710. 7610 and 7710 with Load 5610, 6610, 6710, 7610 and 7710. control lever should be within Ih·inch
Monitor. (12.7 mm) of draft control notch in
1. Centro! rod 3. Selector linka!le assy.
L Control rod S. Selector linkage assy. 2. Gage tool 4. Control rod rOlle r quadrant.
2. Gage tool 4. Control rod roller Move lift control lever back to bottom
of quadrant and place system selector
lever in position control. Slowly raise lift
roller (4-Fig. 404) is 0.72 inch (18.3 Use Churchill gage tool FT.8527 or Nu- control lever until first raise signal is
mm) above lift cover surface. Use day tool 4654 (2) to check dimension, sensed. At this point, upper edge (lower
Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or Nuday then tighten locknut to 28 ft. -lbs. (38 edge on Rowcrop tractors) of lift con-
tool 4655 (2) to check setting. Tighten om) torque. trol lever should be within lit-inch (12.7
selector quadrant retaining nuts to 18 mm) of position control notch in quad-
ft.-lbs. (24 N 'm) torque. Lower lift arms 337. ADJUST LOAD MONITOR rant.
to full down position. Remove cap LINKAGE. After performing steps out- Move lift control lever back to bottom
screws securing control valve front lined in paragraphs 334, 335 and 336, of quadrant and place system selector
plate (30- Fig. 426). proceed as foll ows: lever in full Load Monitor position.
Lower lift arms to full down position. Slowly raise lift control lever until the
Align upper edge of lift control lever first raise signal is sensed . At this point,
NOTE: Do not allow drop poppet valve
(5-Fig. 403) with Load Monitor setting upper edge of lift control lever should be
(26) and spring (27) to lall Iree lrom lilt within 'I,-inch (19.0 mm) of Load
cylinder housing.
notch (6) on quadrant. Position selector
lever in Load Monitor (first) control set- Monitor notch in quadrant.
Loosen locknut (6-Fig. 397) and ad- ting (3) in selector quadrant. Top of con- II draft control and position control
just turnbuckle (5) until control valve trol rod roller (4-Fig. 406) should be checks are not as outlined, it will be
pin (I) extends 0.19 inch (4.83 mm) 0.11 inch (2.79 mm) above lift cover sur- necessary to remove hydraulic lift cover
beyond control valve bushing (3). Use face. Use Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or and recheck adjustments andlor linkage.
Churchill gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday Nuday tool 4655 (2) to check setting. If Load Monitor check is not as outlined,
tool 4654 (2) to check dimension, then Loosen locknut (6-Fig. 397) and ad- proceed to LOAD MONITOR FIELD
tighten locknut(6) to 10 ft.-lbs. (I4 N · m) just turnbuckle (5) until control valve pin ADJUSTMENT.
torque. Unless draft control linkage is to (I) extends 0.19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond
be adjusted, reassemble components. control valve bushing (3). Use Churchill
Tighten cap screws retaining control gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654
valve front plate to 34 ft.-lbs. (46 N -m) (2) to check dimension, then tighten
torque. locknut (6) to 10 ftAbs. (I4 N 'm) torque.
Reinstall control valve front plate and
tighten retaining cap screws to 34
336. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL ft.-lbs. (46 N · m) torque. Remove clamp
LINKAGE. After performing steps out- and withdraw Churchill tool FT.8529 or
lined in paragraphs 334 and 335, pro- Nuday tool 4656 (3- Fig. 402) from lift
ceed as follows: cover.
Lower lift arms to full down position.
Align upper edge of lift control lever 338. ADJUST LOAD MONITOR
(5 - Fig. 403) with draft control setting FORK. After performing steps outlined
notch (6) on quadrant. Position selector in paragraphs 334, 335, 336 and 337,
lever in draft (seventh) control setting proceed as follows:
(2) in selector quadrant. Bottom of con- Install Churchill tool FT.8529 or Nu-
trol rod roller (4-Fig. 405) should be day tool 4656 (T - Fig. 407) on center
2.10 inch (53.3 mm) above lift cover sur- housing surface as shown in Fig. 407.
face. Use Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or Position Load Monitor fork and lever Fig. 407 - View showing proc.dur. lor ch.cklng
Nuday tool 4655 (2) to check setting. assembly in contact with Load Monitor. Lo.d Monitor lork .dJustm.nt on Mod.,s 5610.
Loosen locknut (2-Fig. 401) and rotate 6610, 6710, 7610 .nd 7710. R.f., to t.xl
eccentric shaft (3) until control valve pin NOTE: Thrust blocks must be flat
L. Fork lever
(I-Fig. 397) extends 0.19 inch (4.83 against flange of load Monitor which P. Pin
mm) beyond control valve bushing (3). must be pushed to the rear. T. Tool
151
Paragraphs 340·345 FORD
340. LOAD MONITOR FIELD AD· NOTE: Strut must not move trom posl·
JUSTMENT. Drain enough f1wd from tion while the tollowlng adjustments are
center housing so oil will not run out being performed. Adjustments must be
when dipstick plate is removed, then pertormed in sequence outlined as
remove left step plate and dipstick plate. tollows:
Block tractor wheels, place transmission 343 . A DJ UST POSITION CON·
in neutral, start engine and set engine TROL LINKAGE. After performing
speed at 1000 rpm. Place system selec- steps outlined in paragraph 342, proceed
tor lever in full Load Monitor position, as follows:
then align upper edge of lift control Place lift arms in fully raised position.
lever with Load Monitor notch in quad· Align upper edge of lift control lever
rant. If lift arms have not raised, turn (8 - Fig. 409) with position control set-
Load Monitor fork adjusting screw r,:N - ting notch (7) on quadrant. Locate selec-
Fig. 408A) to move fork lever forward tor lever in position (middle) control set-
until first raise signal is sensed. If lift ting (4) in selector quadrant.
arms have raised, lower lift control Loosen locknut (11), ensure control
lever, then turn fork adjusting screw so rod roller is in contact with selector link-
fork lever moves slightly rearward. age assembly, then adjust length of Fig. 409- VI.w showing 11ft COr'. r and control
I.r"rs on Mod./s 5610, 6610 and 7610 with Load
Repeat this operation until upper edge selector lever rod assembly (1) until bot- Monitor and cab.
of lift control lever will align with Load tom of control rod roller (4 - Fig. 404) is
Monitor notch in quadrant when first 0.72 inch (18.3 mm) above lift cover sur- 1. Selector lever
rod assy.
raise signal is sensed. face. Use Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or 2. Selector lever 6. Selector lever (Load
Stop engine, reinstall dipstick plate Nuday tool 4655 (2) to check setting. (Draft control Monitor setting)
7. Notch
setting)
and left step plate and refill hydraulic Tighten locknut (11) to 9 ft.-Ibs. (12 3. Notch 8. Lift control lever
system. N · m) torque. Lower lift arms to full 4. Selector lever (Poaition control
(position control setting)
down position. Remove cap screws setting) 9. QuadllUlt
Models 5610·6610·7610 With securing control valve front plate 5. Lift control lever 10. ConLrollever
Load Monitor And With Cab control &
(Draft rod usy.
(30 - Fig. 426). Load Monitol' setting) II. Locknut
341. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL NOTE: Do not allow drop poppet valve
MAIN SPRING. Refer to paragraph (26) and spring (27) to fall free from 11ft
outlined in paragraph 342 and 343, pro-
323 and adjust draft control main spring ceed as follows:
cylinder housing.
as outlined. Lower lift arms to full down position.
Loosen locknut (6-Fig. 397) and ad- Align upper edge of lift control lever
342. LIFT COVER LINKAGE. With just turnbuckle (5) until control valve pin (5 - Fig. 409) with draft control setting
lift cover and cylinder assembly re- (1) extends 0. 19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond notch (3) on quadrant. Position selector
moved from tractor as outlined in para- control valve bushing (3). Use Churchill lever in draft (first) control setting (2) in
graph 356, proceed as follows: gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654 selector quadrant. Bottom of control rod
Lift control lever rod (10- Fig. 409) (2) to check dimension, then tighten roller (4 - Fig. 405) should be 2.10 inch
should be adjusted to a length of 7.10- locknut (6) to 10 ft.-lbs. (14 N' m) torque. (53.3 mm) above lift cover surface. Use
7.14 inch (180.4-181.3 mm). Measure Unless draft control linkage is to be ad· Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or Nuday
length of strut (4 - Fig. 401) between justed, reassemble components. Tighten tool 4655 (2) to check setting. Loosen
center of mounting holes, recommended cap screws retaining control valve front locknut (2 - Fig. 401) and rotate eccen·
length is 8.92 inch (227 mm). Adjust plate to 34 ft.-lbs. (46 N 'm) torque. tric shaft (3) until control valve pin
length as needed. Loosen locknut (2) and (I-Fig. 397) extends 0.19 inch (4.83
rotate eccentric shaft (3) upward until 344. ADJ UST DRAFT CONTROL mm) beyond control valve bushing (3).
shaft is closest to roof of lift cover, then LINKAGE. After performing steps Use Chruchill gage tool FT.8527 or Nu-
tighten nut. Position and clamp Churchill day tool 4654 (2) to check dimension,
tool FT.8529 or Nuday tool 4656 (3- then tighten locknut to 28 ft.-Ibs. (38
Fig. 402) on lift cover and place strut (1)
on tool.
w N ' m) torque.
152
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 346·355
(2) to check dimension, then tighten locknut (6) to 10 ft.-Ibs. (14 N -m) torque. LIFT COVER AND CYLINDER
locknut (6) to 10 ft.-Ibs. (14 N' m) torque. Scribe an identification mark on ac-
tuator (5 - Fig. 400) and support assem- Models 5000-5600-6600-6700-
~ Reinstall control valve front plate and
, tighten retaining cap screws to 34 bly to identify setting. 7000·7600-7700 Without Load
ft.-Ibs. (46 N ' m) torque. Remove clamp Monitor
and Churchill tool FT.8529 or Nuday 350. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL 354. R&R LIFT COVE R AND CYL-
tool 4656 (3-Fig. 402) from lift cover. INTERNAL LINKAGE . After per- INDER. To remove lift cover and cylin-
forming steps outlined in paragraph 348 der assembly, first be sure all oil is ex-
346. AD JUST LOAD MON ITOR and 349, proceed as follows: hausted from lift cylinder by placing
FORK. Refer to paragraph 338 and ad- Lower lift arms to full down position. selector lever in draft control position,
just Load Monitor fork as outlined. Align notch on body (3-Fig. 400) with pushing selector valve inward, moving
draft control notch on supp'ort assembly lift control lever to bottom of quadrant
Models 6710-7710 (7). Loosen securing cap scr ew (9) and and allowing lift arms to move to lowest
With Load Monitor rotate actuator (5) until draft control position.
347. ADJUST DRAFT CONTROL mark is aligned with scribe mark on sup- On all 6700 and 7700 models and all
MAIN SPRING_ Refer to paragraph port assembly and bottom of control rod other models equipped with a Ford cab,
323 and adjust draft control main spring roller (4- Fig. 405) is 2.10 inch (53.3 refer to paragraphs 254 and 255 to tilt
as outlined. mm) above lift cover surface. Use cab or platform forward for access to lift
Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or Nuday cover.
348. LIFT COVE R LINKAGE. With tool 4655 (2) to check setting. Tighten Thoroughly clean lift cover assembly.
lift cover and cylinder assembly re- actuator securing cap screw to 13 ft.-Ibs . Remove top link and clevis pin securing
moved from tractor as outlined in para- (18 N -m) torque. Loosen locknut (2- draft control main spring yoke to rocker
graph 356, proceed as follows: Fig. 401) and rotate eccentric shaft (3) and swing rocker away from yoke. Re-
Measure length of strut (4-Fig. 401) until control valve pin (I-Fig. 397) ex- move clevis pins from lift arms to dis-
between center of mounting holes, rec- tends 0. 19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond con- connect lift linkage. On Models 6700 and
ommended length is 8.92 inch (227 mm). trol valve bushing (3). Use Churchill 7700, detach cross-shaped coupler on
Adjust length as needed. Loosen locknut gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654 right side of lift cover and withdraw lift
(2) and rotate eccentric shaft (3) upward (2) to check dimension, then tighten lever shaft. Remove seat assembly on
until shaft is closest to roof of lift cover, locknut to 28 ft.-Ibs. (38 N · m) torque. models so equipped.
then tighten nut. Position and clamp NOTE: Idontlfy bolts by position os dlf·
Churchill tool FT.8529 or Nuday tool 351. ADJUST LOAD MONITOR
ferent lengths are used.
4656 (3 - Fig. 402) on lift cover and place LINKAGE. After performing steps out-
strut (1) on tool. lined in paragraph 348, 349 and 350, Attach a hoist to lift cover and raise
proceed as follows: lift cover assembly straight up until
NOTE: Strut must not move from posl· Lower lift arms to full down position. return oil tube and filter is clear of rear
tlon while the following adjustments are Align notch on body (3 - Fig. 400) with axle housing, then remove tube and
being performed. Adjustments must be Load Monitor notch on support assem- filter assembly from lift cylinder. Move
performed In sequence outlined as bly (7). Loosen securing cap screw (9) cover away from trctor and place it on
follows: and rotate actuator (5) until Load Moni- supports with lower side (cylinder and
349. A DJ UST PO SITIO N CON- tor mark is aligned with scribe mark on linkage) up.
TROL INTE RNAL LINKAGE. After support assembly and top of control rod To reinstall lift cover assembly, pro-
performing steps outlined in paragraph roller (4 - Fig. 406) should be 0.11 inch ceed as follows: Position new lift cover
348, proceed as follows: (2.79 mm) above lift cover surface. Use gasket on rear axle center housing. At-
Place lift arms in fully raised position. Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or Nuday tach hoist to lift cover and suspend
Align notch on body (3 - Fig. 400) with tool 4655 (2) to check setting. assembly over rear axle center housing.
position control notch on support Loosen locknut (6 - Fig. 397) and ad- Install return oil tube and filter
assembly (8). Loosen securing cap screw just turnbuckle (5) until control valve pin assembly, tightening retaining bolt
(9). Ensure control rod roller is in con- (1) extends 0.19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond finger tight. Lower assembly to about
tact with selector linkage assembly, then control valve bushing (3). Use Churchill five inches (127 mm) from center hous-
rotate actuator (5) until bottom of con- gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654 ing and position return oil tube and filte r
t rol rod roller (4-Fig. 404) is 0.72 inch (2) to check dimension, then tighten for maximum clearance. Raise lift cover
(18.3 mm) above lift cover surface. Use locknut (6) to 10 ft.-Ibs. (14 N ' m) torque. far enough to tighten tube retaining cap
Churchill gage tool FT.8528 or Nuday Reinstall control valve front plate and screw to a torque of 14-17 ftAbs. (19-23
tool 4655 (2) to check setting. Tighten tighten retaining cap screws to 34 N -m). Take care not to move tube from
actuator securing cap screw to 13 ft.-Ibs. ft.-lbs. (46 N -m) torque. Remove clamp position while tightening bolt. Lower
(18 N . m) torque. and withdraw Churchill tool FT.8529 or assembly to rear axle housing, install re-
Lower lift arms to full down position. Nuday tool 4656 (3 - Fig. 402) from lift taining cap screws and tighten to a tor-
Remove cap screws securing control cover. que of 55-75 ft.-Ibs. (75-102 N-m). Ad-
valve front plate (30- Fig. 426). just main draft control spring as outlin-
352. ADJUST SELECTOR LEVER. ed in paragraph 294 and reconnect
NOTE: Do not allow drop poppet valve Adjust selector control rod length to linkage. Reinstall seat assembly or
(26) and spring (27) to lalt Ir•• Irom Itlt where selector lever engages position reposition cab or platform.
cylinder housing. control setting in quadrant when ac-
Loosen locknut (6-Fig. 397) and ad- tuator arm on lift cover is placed in posi- Models 5000-5600-6600-6700-
just turnbuckle (5) until control valve pin tion control setting. 7000-7600·7700 With Load
(1) extends 0.19 inch (4.83 mm) beyond Monitor
control valve bushing (3). Use Churchill 353. ADJUST LOAD MONITOR
gage tool FT.8527 or Nuday tool 4654 FORK. Refer to paragraph 338 and ad- 355. R&R LIFT COVER AND CYL-
(2) to check dimension, then tighten just Load Monitor fork as outlined. INDER_ To remove lift cover and cyl-
153
Paragraphs 356·357 FORD
inder assembly, first be sure all oil is ex- right front corner of lift cover mounting transmission dipstick support bracket to
hausted from lift cylinder by placing surface. Position lift cover over rear ax- lift cover.
selector lever in draft control position, le center housing, lower cover until it is NOTE: On modals equipped with tr.nar ~
pushing selector valve inward, moving approximately 3'12 inches (89 mm) above brake. disconnect feed tube at trailer ,
lift control lever to bottom of quadrant axle housing, then connect Load brake valve. Remove cap scraw securing
and allowing lift arms to move to lowest Monitor strut to selector linkage trailer brake reservoir support bracket to
position. assembly. Carefully lower cover on rear 11ft cover, then place reservoir clear of 11ft
On all 6700 and 7700 models and all axle housing, install COVPr retaining cap cover. Remove cap screws retaining
other models equipped with a Ford cab, screws but delay tightening until sleeve trailer brake valve to support bracket. Lift
refer to paragraphs 254 and 255 to tilt is installed in oil filter manifold. Install support bracket clear of cover.
cab or platform forward for access to lift sleeve in oil filter manifold, then install
cover. cap nut on sleeve. Now tighten cover re- Remove any other hoses from lift
Thoroughly clean lift cover assembly. taining cap screws to 95-115 ft.-lbs. cover that will prevent its removal. On
Remove top link and clevis pin securing (129-156 N·m). Models 5610, 6610 and 7610 without a
draft control mainspring yoke to rocker Adjust main draft control spring as cab, remove cap screws securing seat
and swing rocker away from lift yoke. outlined in paragraph 297, if necessary, and withdraw seat. Tilt cab or platform
Remove clevis pins from lift arms to then reconnect linkage and reinstall seat forward for access to lift cover as out-
disconnect lift linkage. On Models 6700 assembly or reposition cab or platform. lined in paragraph 254 or 255. On
and 7700, detach cross-shaped coupler All Models 5610·6610·6710· Models 6710 and 7710, detach cross-
on right side of lift cover and withdraw shaped coupler on right side of lift cover
lift lever shaft. Remove seat assembly
7610·7710 and withdraw lift lever shaft. Thor-
on models so equipped. Clean area 356. R& R LIFT COVER AND CYL- oughly clean lift cover assembly.
around oil filter manifold, refer to Fig. INDER. Lower lift arms to complete Remove fIfteen cap screws securing lift
410 and to Fig. 371 (Models 5600, 6600, down position. Remove top link and cover to center housing. Attach a hoist
6700, 7600 and 7700), and remove cap detach lift linkage from lift arms by re- to lift cover and raise lift cover assembly
nut which is located in front of oil filter. moving cotter pin and clevis pin from straight up.
Then, use a hex wrench to remove each arm. Withdraw spring clips, then NOTE: On models equipped with load
sleeve (S) from manifold. remove clevis pin securing draft control Monitor, raise Iltt cover approximately 3 Yt
NOTE: Failure to remove sleeve will
main spring yoke to rocker and rotate Inches (89 mm) above rear axle center
result In damage to sl.eve and/or port of
rocker away from yoke. Disconnect and housing and disconnect load Monitor
11ft cylinder. remove remote control valves, support strut from selector linkage assembly.
brackets and lines.
Remove cap screws retaining lift Complete removal of cover from trac-
cover to rear axle center housing. NOTE: On models equipped with traner tor. ~
brake, remove two cap screws retaining
NOTE: Identify bolts 88 to position as brake coupling support bracket and pipe. NOTE: Use care not to damage 11ft pres- ~
different lengths are used. sure tube.
Remove two cap screws retaining oil
Attach a suitable hoist, raise lift cover cooler line to front of lift cover, then Place lift cover on supports with lower
approximately 3'12 inches (89 mm) above remove remaining cap screw retaining side (cylinder and linkage) upwards. Be
rear axle center housing and disconnect auxiliary services selector valve ac- sure assembly is not resting on any con-
Load Monitor strut from selector tuating lever and withdraw lever assem- trols.
linkage assembly. Complete removal of bly. To reinstall lift cover assembly, pro-
cover from tractor and place it on sup- ceed in reverse order of removal. Install
ports with lower side (cylinder and link- NOTE: On models equipped with an new "0" rings and gasket, position lift
age) upwards. Be sure assembly is not auxiliary pump. disconnect lines from pressure tube in top face of center
resting on any controls. prlorfty valve pack. Use care when remote housing. Tighten lift cover retaining cap
To reinstall lift cover assembly, pro- valve feed line Is disconnected as check screws to 112 ft.-lbs. (152 N ' m).
ceed as follows: Position new lift cover valve spring and stop may be discharged.
gasket on rear axle center housing and Cover exposed line openings and Models 5000·5600·6600·6700·
install a new "0" ring in the bore near ports. Remove cap screw retaining rear 7000·7600·7700
357. R&R LIFT CYLIN DER. With
the lift cover removed as outlined in
paragraph 354 or 355, proceed as
follows:
Remove piston connecting rod as
shown in Fig. 411 and control valve
turnbuckle assembly as shown in Fig.
412. Move selector lever to gain ade-
quate clearance to unscrew override
plunger as shown in Fig. 413, then dis-
connect position control link and remove
override plunger and flow control over-
ride spool as shown in Fig. 414.
NOTE: The spring located In bore be.
hind override spool should also be reo
FIQ. 411- On mod.,s without Load Monitor moved at this time.
Fig. 410- Sl•• ~. (S) loc.f.d under c.p nut must r.mo". 11ft eyllnd.r eonn.etlng rod as shown.
b. removed prior to r.movlng 11ft cor.r assem. On mod.ls wlrh Load MonItor the eonn.etlng Pull selector valve to "out" position.
b'y. Ref.r to t... t. rod Is r.t.lnttd by two r.ta/n/ng pins. Remove screw from knob (23 - Fig. 415).
154
, --
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 358·359
Pull knob from valve stem (21), then When reinstalling lift cylinder, place Fig. 418) is threaded into lift cylinder.
remove stem from valve spool and bore new sealing "0" rings in upper face as Safety valve will open when pressure
.. in lift cover. Remove flow control valve shown in Fig. 417, then install cylinder within cylinder reaches 2750 to 2850 psi
, knob (31), stem (28) and retainer (30) by to lift cover tightening retaining cap (18.97-19.66 MPa). Models 5600, 6600,
unscrewing retainer from lift cover. Re- screws to a torque of 110-130 ft.-lbs. 6700, 7600 and 7700 have a safety valve
move cap screws retaining accessory (150-177 N' m). Models 5600, 6600, opening pressure of 2850-2950 psi
cover (16) and remove cover. Remove 6700, 7600 and 7700 require 165-200 (19.66-20.35 MPa).
the four additional cap screws retaining ft.-lbs. (224-272 N-m). Install accessory As opening pressure of safety valve is
cylinder to lift cover and remove cylin- cover with new "0" rings and tighten re- above hydraulic system relief pressure,
der assembly as shown in Fig. 416. taining cap screws to a torque of 25-30 valve can be bench tested only by suit-
Refer to paragraph 358 for cylinder ft.-Ibs. (34-41 N-m). Models 5600,6600, able connectors to a hand pump and a
overhaul. 6700, 7600 and 7700 call for 42-56 high pressure hydraulic gage. If test
ft . -Ibs. (57-76 N · m)." Complete equipment is not available and condition
reinstallation procedure by reversing of safety valve is questionable, renew
removal procedure and reinstall lift valve.
cover assembly as outlined in paragraph
354 or 355.
1 .... "
A5 • ..,. 1
NOTE: If Installing new override valve,
be sure to Install valve having correct co l·
or code; refer t o paragraph 365.
Fig. 415 - E.ploded view of Model 5000 hydl.u"c liN covel a. .embly without Loed Monlto/. Pin (41)
(models without Load Monitor) p/events dIe It contlol plungel (8) flam tumlng with yoke (1) and can
be drIven Irom 11ft cover casting after removing fIller plug (10).
1. Yoke 12. Lift cover 23. Selector valve knob
2. Seal ring 13. "0" rings 24. Sleeve 33. Quadrant
3. Set scre ..... 14. PI... 25. "O~ ring 34. Lift control lever
4. Retainer nut 15. Seal ring 26. Selector lever as. s,wort
5. Rear spring seat 16. Accessory cover 27. Pin 36. Gasket
6. Main spring 17. "0" rings 28. Flow control valve 37. Woodruff key
7. Front spring seat
8. Plunger
18. PI...
19. Seal ring 29.
".m
Seal rings
38.
40.
Control lever shaft
Snap ring
Fig. 414 - Flow control Ife/re o"fI,rld. plunge, 9. Breather 20. Plug 80. Valve Item retainer 41. Pin
assembly end override control spool removed 10. Filler pump 21. Selector valve rod 31. Valve knob 42. Gasket
from 11ft cylinder. II . Gasket 22. Seal rimt 32. F'rietion disc 43. "'O~ ring
155
Paragraphs 360·361 FORD
NOTE: DO NOT attempt to disassemble and push piston from rear end of new cylinder if bore is excessively
or adjust the safety va lve assembly. cylinder. scored, worn or is otherwise damaged to
Inspect piston (26-Fig. 418) and cyl- extent that leakage would occur be- ~
Install safety valve using a new seal inder bore for scoring or excessive wear tween valve bore and lands on valve ~
(28) and tighten valve assembly to a tor- and inspect cylinder casting for cracks. spool. Renew valve spool if spool lands
que of 75-90 ft.-lbs. (102-122 N·m). Ex- If cylinder bore is excessively scored, are scored or excessively worn, or if
cessive tightening torque may distort cylinder assembly must be renewed. valve fits loosely in bore.
valve body resulting in faulty valve Renew piston if scored. The selector valve spool can be re-
operation. To install piston seals, soak leather newed by selective fit only. To check fit
back-up ring in water for about two of new valve, lubricate valve and insert
360. PISTON AND SEALS. To re- minutes, then install back-up ring in in normal position in valve bore. A slight
move piston, first remove cylinder safe- groove on piston with rough side of drag should be felt when valve is moved
ty valve as in paragraph 359, then insert leather toward front (closed) end of pis- in its normal range of travel. If valve
a small rod through safety valve opening ton. Lubricate "0" ring in hydraulic fluid sticks or binds, select a smaller diameter
and install it in groove at front side of valve; if valve fits loosely, select a larger
back·up ring. After allowing back-up valve. The selector valve is available in
ring to shrink to original size, lubricate
piston and cylinder and install piston in
cylinder bore.
NOTE: A nylon back·up ring may ba
used. II so, dip It In hydraulic 011 prior to In·
stallation.
1.
2.
Flow control valve
"O~
3. Retainer
4. "0" ring
ring
5. Valve seat
6. Va/Ye spring
7. ~O~ ring
*' _'_J
8. Check valve retainer
9 . Valve spring
L
10. Check valve ball
11 . V&lve leat
12. MOO' ring
13. Retaining ring
14. By·p8l>S valve A
15. Valve spring
16. Hollow dm>.~11 (2)
17. Valve seal
18. Unloading val ve
~~
19. Rear bushing 27
20. Retainer plate
21. Control valve spring
21A. Control valve l leeve
.......
J 32 39 29
i8
22. Control valve
23. Valve bushing 38
24. Back+up ring
25. "0" ring
26. Lift piston
27. lift cylinder
45 ~
45 43 44 B
28. Valve seal
29. Safety valve
30. Front bushing A ~i)f
B
31. Unloading valve plug
32. Retainer plate •• ;; Fig. 420 - Comparison r/ews of pre."ous unload·
33. Plug Ing .,a/.,e and r"ar bushing (A) "nd CUff"nt (8)
34. Detent ball 40. Ball (2)" 46. "0" ring (I ) type used In 11ft cyllndefl of Models 5600. 6600,
35. Sp:ring 4\. Block plug" 47. "0" ring (2) 6700. 7600 and 7700. Hew"r styl" unloading
36. Lift selector valve 42. ~o· ring ( W 48. "0. ring (I)
37. Pipe plug (1J. ·in.) 43. -0"' ring (I) 49. "0" ring (3)" .,./r. and rear bushing may be fitted to prior
38. Pipe plug ('It IIOCket) 44. '"0" ring (2) mod,,'s but DO NOT Interchange new unloading
39. Pipe plug (lI l&in.) 45. "0" ring (7) "Models wfo h)'d.raulkl .,a/r" plug (31- Fig. 418) In old"r mod,,'s.
156
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 362·365
five different size ranges and each size fit of new valve, place spring in bore, Flow control valve seat can be re-
range is color coded as follows: lubricate valve and insert in bore on top newed by selective fit only. To check fit
of spring. The valve should fit snugly, of new valve seat, place spring in bore,
• Size Range Color Code but when valve is depressed and re- lubricate seat and insert in bore on top
0.6232-0.6235 in ........... BluelWhite leased, spring should quickly return of spring. Seat should fit snugly in bore,
(15.829-15.837 mm) valve. If valve sticks or binds, select a but when seat is depressed against
0.6235-0.6238 in . . ............. White smaller valve; if valve fits loosely, select spring pressure and released, spring
(15.837-15.845 mm) a larger diameter valve. The flow con- should quickly return seat. If seat sticks
0.6238-0.6241 in ................ Blue trol by-pass valve is available in five dif- or binds, select a seat of smaller
(15.845-15.852 mm) ferent size ranges and each size range is diameter; if seat fits loosely, select a
0.6241-0.6244 in . . ..... .... ... Yellow color coded as follows: larger diameter seat. Flow control valve
(15.852- 15.860 mm) seat is available in five different size
0.6244-0.6247 ................. Green Size Range Color Code ranges and each size range is color
(15.860- 15.867 mm) 0.6670-0.6672 in ........... BluelWhite coded as follows:
NOTE: As color code Indicates a size (16.942-16.947 mm)
range only. 8 valve spool of one color code 0.6672-0.6674 in ............... White Size Range Color Code
may tit correctly while other valves of (16.947-16.952 mm) 0.7482-0.7485 in . .......... BluelWhite
same color code may fit too tight or too 0.6674-0.6676 in .. . .. . .......... Blue (19.004-19.012 mm)
loose. (16.952-16.957 mm) 0.7485-0.7488 in ............... White
0.6676-0.6678 in. . ..... . .... . . Yellow (19.012-19.019 mm)
To install selector valve spool, first in·
(16.957-16.962 mm) 0.7488-0.7491 in .... . .... . .. . ... Blue
sert detent spring and detent ball in (19.019-19.027 mm)
0.6678-0.6680 in .... . .. . . . .. . .. Green
their bore and depress detent ball with 0.7491-0.7494 in ... . . .. . ... .. . Yellow
(16.962-16.967 mm)
small diameter rod as shown in Fig. 422;
(19.027-19.035 mm)
then install valve spool in bore to one of NOTE: As the color code Indicates a
0.7494-0.7497 in ....... . .. . .. .. Green
the detent positions. size range only, a valve spool of one color
(19.035-19.042 mm)
362. CHECK VALVE AND SEAT. code may fit correctly while other valves
With lift cylinder removed as outlined in of sama color code may fit too tight or too NOTE: As the color code Indicates a
paragraph 357, check valve retainer (8- loose. size range only, a seat of one color code
Fig. 418) can be removed by hooking a To install flow control by-pass valve,
may fit correctly while other seats of
piece of wire around groove in outer end same color code may fit too tight or too
insert spring and spool in bore with
of retainer and pulling retainer from small diameter tip of valve out, then
10058.
bore. Remove spring (9) and check valve hold valve depressed in bore while in- To install flow control valve, install
ball (10), then remove check valve seat stalling retaining clip. new "0" rings on valve and seat, lubri-
(11 ) and "0" ring (12) with wire hook. cate "0" rings and thread valve into re-
Carefully inspect spring, check valve 364. FLOW CONTROL VALVE. tainer. Place spring in bore, lubricate
ball and seat for wear, cracks, distortion With lift cylinder remove as outlined in seat and insert seat in bore with end
or other damage and renew if any defect paragraph 357, remove flow control having land flush with seat end out.
is noted. Install check valve with new valve (1- Fig. 418) by unscrewing valve Thread retainer and valve assembly into
110" ring as follows: from retainer (3) and then remove ·0" cylinder and tighten retainer snugly.
Install new ·0" ring (12) on check ring (2) from valve stem. Unscrew re-
valve seat, lubricate "0" ring and push tainer from cylinder casting and remove 365. FLOW CONTROL OVERRIDE
seat into bore with chamfered inside · 0 " ring (4) from retainer. Remove flow VALVE. Flow control override valve is
diameter out. Insert check ball and control valve seat (5) and flow control removed during lift cylinder removal
spring in bore and in stall new 110" ring spring (6) with a wire hook. from cover as outlined in paragraph 357.
(7) on retainer. Lubricate ·0" ring and Carefully inspect valve seat and valve Refer to exploded view of hydraulic lift
push retainer into bore over check valve seat bore for scoring or excessive wear. shaft and linkage in Fig. 435 or 436.
spring. Cylinder must be renewed if bore is ex-
363. FLOW CONTROL BY-PASS cessively scored or otherwise damaged.
VALVE. With lift cylinder assembly re- Renew spring if cracked, distorted or if
moved as outlined in paragraph 357, free length is less than that of a new
remove flow control by-pass valve re- spring.
taining ring (13- Fig. 418); spring (15)
should then push valve from bore. If
valve is stuck in bore, it can usually be
removed by pushing valve down agai nst
spring pressure, then quickly releasing
it so it will pop out of bore.
Inspect valve spring for distortion, r- Sfl£CIOR
VALVE SPOOl
157
Paragraph 366 FORD
CONTROL VAlVf BUSHING Size Range Color Code
Remoyer and Replacer N 508· A 1.0000-1.0002 in . .......... BluelWhite
(25.400-25.405 mm) ~
j~
1.0002-1.0004 in ............... White ~
Fig. 423- Views showing
us. of .,./.,. bushing (25.405-25.410 mm)
remore' end Inst.".tlon tool 1.0004-1.0006 in ........ . ....... Blue
(Nudey tool N·50B· A I. (25.410-25.415 mm)
shown; roo/2191 Is simile,).
Earlie, mod.1 control rei". 1.0006-1.000S in. _............ Yellow
bushing'S shown. (25.415-25.420 mm)
1.0008-1.0010 in ........•.... . . Green
(25.420·25.425 mm)
1.0010-1.0012 in .............. Orange
(25.425·25.430 mm)
1.0012-1.0014 in . ....... . GreenlWhite
Carefully inspect override valve (66 ing bushing out towards front (closed) (25.432-25.435 mm)
and 36) and valve bore in lift cylinder for end of lift cylinder. 1.0014-1.0016 in ....... . ... RedlWhite
scoring or excessive wear . Lift cylinder
NOTE: Special care should be used In
(25.435-25.440 mm)
must be renewed if bore is excessively
selecting a sleeve to push bushing from
scored or otherwise damaged which When installing new bushing, be sure
11ft cylinder casting to be sure that the
would result in improper valve opera- that bore in lift cylinder and bushing are
bore In 11ft cylinder Is not damaged In any
tion. Renew spring (65 or 37) if cracked clean and free of nicks or burrs. Lubri-
way; If bore Is scored during bushing
or distorted, or if free length is less than cate both bushing and bushing bore and
removal, cylinder must be renewed. When
that of a new spring. Override valve can insert end of bushing having oil passage
available, use of special bushing removal
be renewed by selective fit only. To hole nearest to end in the rear (open) end
and Installation tool (Nuday tool N·508·A)
check fit of new valve, place spring in of cylinder. Press bushing forward until
Is recommended. Reter to Fig. 423.
bore, lubricate valve and insert in bore front face of bushing is flush with front
on top of spring. Valve should fit snugly Inspect lands on control valve spool machined face of lift cylinder casting.
in bore, but without sticking or binding. for erosion or scoring and renew valve Control valve spools are available in
When valve is depressed against spring spool and bushing if either are damaged five different size ranges. The correct
and released, spring should quickly re- in any way, or if troubleshooting checks size valve can be determined by selective
turn valve. If valve sticks or binds, select indicated leakage at control valve. fit only after bushing has been pressed
a smaller diameter valve; if valve fits Neither valve nor bushing should be re- into cylinder casting. To check valve
loosely, select a larger valve. Override newed without renewing mating part. spool fit, lubr icate valve spool and
valve is available in five different size Control valve bushing is available in bushing and insert spool in bushing from ..
ranges and each size range is color eight different outside diameter size open (rear) end of cylinder. A drag ~
coded as folIows: ranges; bushing is color coded to in- should be felt on valve when moving it in
dicate size range and lift cylinder casting bushing through normal range of travel.
Size Range Color Code is also color coded near bushing bore. If valve moves freely through bushing,
0.4995-0.4998 in . .......... BluelWhite Always renew bushing with one of the select a larger diameter valve spool; if
(12.687-12.695 mm) same size range. Bushing outside valve sticks or binds, select a smaller
0.4998·0.5001 in ...... . ........ White diameter size ranges and color codes are diameter valve spool. Valve spool finally
(12.695-12.702 mm) as follows: selected should be the largest diameter
0.5001-0.5004 in .... . ........... Blue that wiJI allow valve to slide through
(12.702-12.710 mm)
0.5004-0.5007 in .. . ........... Yellow
(12.710-12.717 mm)
0.5007-0.5010 in .... . .......... Green UNLOAD VALVE _ _ _ _- . . _ UNLOAD VA LVE
(12.717-12.725 mm) FRONT BUSHING \ PLUG
"~: ~
plunger during cylinder installation pro- Fig . 424 - Exploded .,/ew of
cedure, refer to paragraph 357. unloading valve and
bushings and control valve
366 . CONTROL VALVE AND .nd bushing showing
re/.tlve valve and bushing
BUSHING. To service control valve, locarion when Installed In
first remove lift cylinder as outlined in 11ft cylinder. REAR BUSHING 4
paragraph 357 and proceed as folIows:
Unbolt and remove retainer plate
(20-Fig. 41S) and remove valve (22) and L -
CONTROL VALVE
BUSH ING
spring (21) from plate, then slide spring
from valve. On late models remove
sleeve from valve. Then, remove baffle
plate (32) from front end of cylinder and
remove bushing (23) by carefully press· CONTROL VALVE SPRIN G -:" - CONTROl VALVE
158
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 367
Fig. 426-Exploded view 0'
11ft c, lInder assembl, used
on Models 5610, 6610, 6710,
7610 and 7710.
1. Housing
2. Rear cover plate
3. Pin
4. Control vaNe
5. S .
•.7. C',",,"w
sl::!
8. Serector valve
9. Ring dowel
10. "O~ ring
11. "0" ring
12. "(J" ring
13. Buahing
Fig. 424A - VIew showing location 01 selector 14. Bushing
15. Spring
~Blv. knob (K) and priorit y va/ve (P). 16. Ball
17. Spring
18. V ring
19. Set screw
20. Ring
21. ~ restrictor valve
22. Spnng
23. Spacer
24 . Retainer ~
25. Diffuser \Y' 35
26. !?r'OJI poppet valve
27. Sp"",
28. ring
~O"
29. Plug
30. Front plate
31. ~O" ring 29
32. Safety valve 30
33. Piston
34. "0" ring 32
35. Back-up ring
is adjusted as outlined in paragraphs 295 and plug outside diameter size ranges
and 296; 300 through 302; 311 and 312; and color codes for the different size
or 317 through 319. ranges are the same as listed for cont rol
valve bushing in paragraph 366.
Fig. 425 - Remove clevis p in (3) to separ.t. con- 367. UNLOADING VALVE, BUSH- When installing new bushings, be sure
tra/ vein turnbuckle assembly (2) from ac tuatIng INGS AND PLUG. To remove unload- that bore in lift cylinder is clean and free
~ 'elfer (4). Control .,alv8 IIsnmbly (1). ing valve, first remove control valve as of nicks or burrs. Lubricate bushings
outlined in paragraph 366; it is not and bushing bore. The front (large ID)
, bushing from its own weight. The dif- necessary to remove control valve bush- bushing has one notch in one end and
fere nt valve size ranges are color coded ing if renewal is not indicated. Then, two notches in the other end; insert this
as follows: proceed as follows: bushing in rear (open) end of cylinder
Thread a slide hammer adapter into casting with end having single notch for-
Size Range Color Code unloading valve plug (31- Fig. 41S) and ward. Place rear bushing against rear
0.5917-0.5919 in ............... White pull plug from valve bore with slide ham- (double notch) end of front bushing with
(15.02S-15.034 mm) mer. Unloading valve (IS) can then be long nose to rear. Refer to Fig. 424 for
0.5919-0.59:21 in ....... . ........ Blue removed by pushing valve forward with relative bushing position if necessary.
(15.034-J5.039 mm) a small screwdriver inserted through Press both bushings forward into bore
0.5921-0.5923 in . . ............ Yellow rear bushing (19). Remove "0" ring (17). until rear side of land on rear bushing is
(15.039-15.044 mm) Remove unloading valve bushings if flush with machined surface at rear side
0.5925-0.5926 in . . ............. Green renewal is indicated by pressing them of lift cylinder.
(15.049-15.050 mm) out towards front (closed) end of cyl- Renew unloading valve (IS-Fig. 41S)
0.5927-0.592S in ........... . . . Orange if scored, excessively worn or otherwise
(15.055-15.057 mm) inder with a suitable sleeve.
damaged. Valve is available in one size
NOTE: As the color code Indicates a NOTE: Special care should be taken In only. Lubricate valve and insert it in
size range only, a valve of one color code selecting sleeve used to press bushings bushings without "0 " ring (17). Valve
may fi t correctly while other valves of from cylinder casting to be sure not to should be a free sliding fit. Be sure that
same color code may fit too tight or too damage bore. When available, use of front and rear bushing bores are concen-
loose. As the color code on bushing In- special bushing removal and Installation tric by checking clearance between un-
dicates outside dlamater only. do not at· tool (Nuday tool N·S08·A) Is recom· loading valve and inside diameter of
tempt to select a control valve spool by mended. front bushing at several different points.
matching spool color code to bushing col· Remove valve and install flO" ring,
or code; however, lt may happen that valve
Unloading valve bushings (19 and 30) lubricate valve and "0" ring and reinstall
spool selected and bush ing will be of the
are available in eight different outside in bushings. The "0" ring should impart
same color code.
diameter size ranges and should be re- a slight drag when moving valve back
newed using parts of t he same size and forth in bushings. If valve sticks or
To install control valve, slide spring range. It is usually not necessary to re- binds, or moves freely as without "0"
over valve and fit valve into notch in re- new unloading valve plug (31) unless ring being installed, install a different
tainer plate. Lubricate valve and spool damaged during removal procedure. "0" ring as there may be slight differ-
and insert valve. Tighten retainer plate Plug is also available in eight different ences in "0" ring sizes.
cap screws to a torque of 25-30 ft.-Ibs. size ranges and if plug, or a new plug of
(34-41 . m). Do not reinstall front (baf- the same size range fits loosely in bore, a CAUTION: Do not Install an " 0 " ring of
fle) plate until lift cylinder has been plug of the next larger size range should unknown quality or compoSition at this
reinstalled in cover and control linkage be installed. Unloading valve bushing location. Some "0 " ring materials may
159
Paragraphs 368·370 FORD
shrink or swell when subjected to hydrau· vent, then dry using a clean lint free Complete reassembly in reverse order
lic fluid and heat and therefore cause mal· cloth or blow dry using clean com· of disassembly. Lubricate all com·
function of unloading va lve. pressed air. Inspect all valves, bushings ponents during reassembly. Install new
With unloading valve and "0" ring in· and housing bores for burrs, scoring, ex· ·0" rings and seals. If selector valve is to
stalled in bushings, install plug with cessive wear or any other damage. In- be renewed, valve is available in five dif·
threaded hole out and outer face of plug spect for cracked, distorted or ex· fe rent size ranges and each size range is
flush with machined front surface of lift cessively worn springs. Ensure spring color·coded as follows:
cylinder. loaded pin (3 - Fig. 426) located in con·
trol valve (4) moves freely and pin head Size Range Color Code
Models 5610·6610·6710· is not excessively worn or damaged in 0.6244·0.6247 in . ... .. .. .. ... .. Green
7610·7710 any way. Check to be sure all valves (15.8598·15.8674 mm)
slide freely in their related bushings. En· 0.6241 ·0.6244 in ......... . .... Yellow
368. R&R LIFT CYLINDER . With sure all oil passages and bushing ports (15.8521·15.8598 mm)
hydraulic lift cover removed as outlined flow freely and are clear of obstructions. 0.6238·0.6241 in ...... . ......... Blue
in paragraph 356, proceed as follows: Renew components as needed. Renew (15.8445·15.8521 mm)
Locate selector lever in position con· all "0" rings and seals. 0.6235·0.6238 in . ... .. ... ... . .. White
trol setting. On models so equipped, reo (15.8369·15.8445 mm)
NOTE: If cylinder housing bush ing 0.6232·0.6235 in ........... Blue/White
move priority valve assembly (P - Fig.
bores are heavily scored, a new 11ft cyl- (15.8293·15.8369 mm)
424A). Remove cotter pin securing
Inder assembly must be Installed.
clevis pin (3- Fig. 425), then extract
clevis pin and separate control valve If control valve bushing is to be reo Select valve that will give an optimum
turnbuckle assembly (2) from actuating newed, observe color marking located fit without binding throughout entire
lever (4). Pull selector valve spool out near control valve bushing bore. Control valve bore.
and unscrew valve knob (K - Fig. 424A) valve bushings are available in the Tighten front plate or rear cover plate
retaining screw. Remove knob from lift following sizes: retaining cap screws to 34 ft.·lbs. (46
cover. then extract selector valve stem Size Range Color Code N·m) torque.
through bore. Remove four cap screws 1.0010·1.0012 in . . . ........... Orange
securing lift cylinder to lift cover. Move (25.425·25.431 mm) All Models
lift arms to raised position, then 1.0008·1.0010 in .... .. ... .. .... Green
separate lift cylinder from lift cover. (25.420·25.425 mm) 370. R&R LOAD MONITOR. To reo
To reinstall lift cylinder assembly, pro· 1.0006·1.0008 in ....... . ...... Yellow move Load Monitor unit, split tractor
ceed in reverse order of removal. Install (25.415·25.420 mm) between transmission and rear axle
new flO" rings and ensure two alignment 1.0004·1.0006 in. . .. . .. . ....... . Blue center housing as outlined in paragraphs
ring dowels are correctly installed. (25.410·25.415 mm) 254, 255 or 256, then remove hydraulic
Tighten lift cylinder securing cap screws 1.0002·1.0004 in ............... White lift cover as outlined in paragraph 355 or
to 182 ft. ·lbs. (248 N· m) torque. Refer to (25.405·25.410 mm) 356. See Fig. 429. Remove pto clutch
appropriate paragraph for draft and and control valve assembly as outlined in
position control linkage adjustment. Use Churchill tools-guide and stop paragraph 281. Remove hydraulic pump
adapter tool T.8510·1C, extension tool and screen (if so equipped). See Fig. 430.
369. OVERHAUL LIFT CYLIN· T.8510·1C, bushing remover and reo Remove brake pedals from brake cross
DE R . Remove safety valve (32 - Fig. placer tool T.8510 and locator tool shaft (C) and pull brake eros,> shaft from
426) and discard "0 " ring (31). FT.8510·3-or Nuday bushing remover center housing and Load Monitor fork
NOTE: If safety .al.a (32) require. ser·
and replacer tool 2191 (Fig. 423) and
vlclng. complete valve must be renewed.
locator tool 4661 to install control valve
bushing (13 - Fig . 426).
Remove and note correct location of Select largest control valve spool that,
"0" rings (10, 11 and 12), then discard when lightly lubricated and inserted into
"0" rings. Remove cap screw (7) secur- either end of bushing and rotated a com·
ing rear cover plate (2), then withdraw plete revolution, will move freely with-
control valve assembly (4), spring (5) and out binding through entire length of
cover plate (2). Separate control valve bushing.
assembly from plate. Remove retainer NOTE: Cont rol valve Is color-coded only
(24), then withdraw components (20
for reference, obtain the best fit without
through 23) and (25). Remove cap
binding regardless of color marking.
screws securing front plate (30). Note
piston and size of ·0" ring (28), then dis· Control valve is available in five differ·
card. Extract spring (27) and drop pop. ent size ranges and each size range is
pet valve (26). color·coded as follows:
Using Churchill tools - extension tool Size Range Color Code
T.8510·1C, bushing remover and in· 0.5927·0.5928 in ... .. . . ....... Orange
staller tool T.8510 and special nut tool (15.055·15.057 mm)
T.8510·1C-or Nuday tool 2191 (Fig. 0.5925·0.5926 in .... .. ..... .. .. Green
423), remove control valve bushing (13- (15.050·15.052 mm) Fig. 429 - Typlca' view showing location 0' Load
Fig. 426). Remove set screw (19), spring 0.5921·0.5923 in . .. . ......... . Yellow Monitor unit and the components wh ich must be
(17) and ball (16), then withdraw selector (15.039-15.044 mm) ramo ved, or disconnected prior to removal.
valve (8). Push piston (33) from housing 0.5919·0.5921 in ........ . .. . ... . Blue 8 . Retaining bolt 3. Linkage adjustment
using a suitable rod inserted through (15.034·15.039 mm) C. Brake CI"OII5 shaft fNk
L. Load Monitor unit 10. Load Monitor fork
safety valve bore. 0.5917·0.5919 in .... . .. . . . . .... White P. Plo clutch 11 . Ilydraulic pump
Clean all components in a suitable sol· (15.029-15.034 mm) ]. Fork lever 22. Screen
160
, SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 371·373
(10). See Fig. 431 for an exploded view and steel balls. Also, be careful not to tain this positioning of coupling and out-
of Load Monitor fork components. lose drive pins and stop pins which will put hub until retaining ring is installed
Remove retaining bolt (B) and pull be free when plate clears coupling. so balls will not be displaced. Turn
) Load Monitor unit (L - Fig. 430) from Reinstall unit in press with output hub assembly so output hub is upward, then
bevel pinion shaft. On tractors with upward, then using a suitable sleeve, install the nine springs (Belleville
Select-O·Speed transmission, save any compress unit until retaining ring can be washers) alternately as shown in Fig.
shims which may have been installed be- removed.. With retaining ring removed, 432.
tween Load Monitor unit and pinion remove unit from press and remove
NOTE: First and las' spring will hav.
shaft clamp nut. spring retainer . Place unit on a flat,
cup 'aclng up.
cloth covered surface and slowly lift up·
371. LOAD MONITOR DISASSEM- ward on output hub. As bottom of hub Place spring retainer over springs.
BLY. Use Figs. 432 and 433 as a guide clears inside retaining ring, small steel Place unit in a press, then using a suit-
and proceed as follows: Place Load balls will fall inside coupling onto cloth. able sleeve, compress unit only enough
Monitor unit in a press with input hub Springs (Belleville washers) can now be to install retaining ring.
upward, then using a step plate, com- removed from output hub. Remove unit from press, position it
press unit until retaining ring can be re- 372. To reassemble Load Monitor as- with input hub end upward and install
moved. With retaining ring removed, re- sembly, proceed as follows: Stand out· thrust bearing on output hub. Put re-
move unit from press, then carefully lift put hub on its pinion shaft end. Place a taining washer in place, position input
out input hub which will remove plate wood block on each side of output hub, hub on output hub and be sure retaining
then place coupling cover output hub so washer fits into recess in input hub.
inside retaining ring clears upper sur- Align stop pin grooves in input hub with
face of output hub enough to allow in- stop pin grooves in coupling so remain-
stallation of small steel balls in their ing grooves are also aligned and install
grooves. Vary height of blocks as re- the three stop pins. Place the ten steel
quired. Align ball grooves of coupling balls in their sockets (ramps), place plate
with ball grooves of output hub, then in- over balls and install the twelve drive
stall five steel balls in each of the twelve pins. Place unit in a press, use step plate
grooves (total 60). Be sure none of the and compress unit only enough to install
steel balls are installed in stop pin retaining ring.
grooves. Remove wood blocks and allow 373. To install Load Monitor on trac·
coupling to move down which will retain tors with manual transmission, place
steel balls in position. Be sure to main- unit on bevel pinion shaft, install retain-
Fig. 430 - With pto clutch assembly and hydrau· Fig. 432 - Cros s·sectlonal
lic pump f.mo'l.d, Load Monitor unit can now be r/ew of the Load Monitor
remo'led. unit showing the relation·
ship of component parts.
8 . Retai ning bol t
/
C. Brake UOSI shaft
l. Fork leve r
Y~t~-14
16
13 12 r 10 I
,~ i
[Tc:r\lJll j
7
3
5
'
6
FIg. 433-E.ploded dew of
Load Monitor .. sembly to
show parts order and ar·
rangement. Refer to te".
l. ~ . " 6
mm}lO
5. Inplt hub
1. Lever 6. SWp.[>in(l!) 9
9. Shaft seat
~- 3
2. Linkage end 7. Coupling
3. Adjustment fork 10. Fork 8. BaD retainer ring
9. Pinion bolt (¥J- IS)
\)
4. Inner cam spring 11. Adjustment shaft
5. Spring seat 12. Thrust blocks 10. Lockwaaher
6. Spring retainer 13. Thrust block pin II . Retainer waaher 14. BaIfs. !H-in. (6.35 16. Spring
7. Outer cam sp ring 14. Roll pin 12. Thrust bearing ~}W 17. Spring seat
8. Adjuslfllen t cam 15. Linkage strut 13. Output hub 15. BaD retainer ring 18. Retaining ring
161
Paragraphs 374·375 FORD
.000-.003 NCM
vary shims on pinion shaft as required. (38). Drive roll pin (27) from selector
Shims are available in thicknesses of lever (26) and remove lever.
0.003, 0.004, 0.012, 0.032, 0.052 and Refer to Fig. 435 and proceed as fol- j
0.089 inch (0.08, 0.10, 0.30, 0.81, 1.32 lows: Remove clevis pin retaining draft ,
and 2.26 mm). control plunger rod (51) to main draft
Complete reassembly by reversing control spring plunger, remove snap
disassembly procedure. ring retaining connector (53) to ac-
tuating lever (56) and lift assembly from
cover. Remove snap ring from inner end
OVERHAUL LIFT CONTROL of control lever shaft (38) and remove
LINKAGE, LIFT SHAFT AND control valve actuating lever (56).
• J I •
COVER Remove clevis pin from position control
Fig. 434 - When In.t.lllng Load Monitor unit on link (60) and selector lever shaft (63),
I,.ctor with S.I.ct·a·Sp..d '"n.m/ss/on, meln· 374. LIFT CONTROL LINKAGE. then remove control lever shaft and
t"n c/•• r.nc. as .hown betw••n output hub (n) With lift cylinder assembly removed position control assembly. Drive roll pin
.nd pinIon sh.ft cl.mp nut (12).
from lift cover as outlined in paragraph from override valve actuator arm (69)
1. Ttansmiaaion output 357 or 368, refer to Fig. 435 and para- and control lever shaft, then remove ac-
2.
5.
""'"
Di9c:onnect
Input hub
coupling
8. Retaining washer
9. Pinion shaft
10. Goupil""
graph 375 for information on models
without Load Monitor except "10" series
tuator arm and position control
assembly from shaft. Remove selector
6. Retaining bolt 11 . Output hub
7. Lod<waohe>- 12. Clamp nut models. Refer to Fig. 436 and paragraph lever shaft (63) and remove "0" ring
376 for information on all models with (25 - Fig. 415) from groove in shaft.
Load Monitor (including "10" series) and Compress position control spring
"10" series models without Load (59-Fig. 435), remove snap ring from
ing bolt and tighten bolt to a torque of Monitor. front end of position control rod (58),
55-75 ft.-Ibs. (75-102 N·m). To install then remove rod and spring. Remove
Load Monitor on tractors with Select-O- 375. MODELS WITHOUT LOAD position control adjusting screw (64).
Speed transmission, place unit on bevel MONITOR EXCEPT "10" SERIES. To Compress draft control override spring
pinion shaft so output hub protrudes overhaul lift control linkage, lift shaft (52) and remove snap ring from front
slightly beyond end of bevel pinion shaft, and cover, proceed as follows: end of draft control plunger rod (51),
then install retaining bolt and tighten to Unbolt and remove control lever quad- then remove rod and spring from con-
a torque of 55-75 ft.-Ibs. (75-102 N·m). rant (33-Fig. 415) from support (35), nector (53).
Now, refer to Fig. 434 and check dis- then remove control lever retaining nut, Carefully inspect all parts and renew
tance between Load Monitor output hub double-coil spring washer, flat washer, any that are bent or excessively worn.
and pinion shaft clamp nut. This dis- control lever (34), Woodruff key (37) and Renew pins in position control arm and ~
tance should be 0.000-0.003 inch (0.00- friction disc (32). Then, unbolt and actuating arm if pins are bent or worn •
0.08 mm). If clearance is not as stated, remove support and control lever shaft and arms are otherwise serviceable. Re-
70
~
lff?~
57
69 ~ 38
68 ~ ,?'-~ , I
67 / _~_/~58 ~56 '. .~
F-59 . 55 ~~~
,fWP~
/Ji.(~60 1' ~ 54 ~,
66 ,,- ' .<' '
c::. \ '
./ 61..)P'> 4(/
65
6(~· '-----..
_/'-.~-/
~-/'- .______
I
~
~ . 52
50
162
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 376·379
opposite side of cover from which
', ~ JJ~
7 i
arm until centered. Place one of the
2 8 10 11 bushings on end of shaft and bump it in-
3l3t~-'\ ~--.//
32 A
r.:'262~~' ~. .
.- ' 21
hole in shaft, then install retainer and
cap screw. Tighten cap screws evenly at
each end of shaft so lift arms will just
~~23 22
29 19 4 fall of their own weight, then bend lock-
y \' 33 " 31 30 3 16 18 ing tabs of retainers against cap screw
35 34 d - \
~ 24 17 heads.
378 . MAIN DRAFT CONTROL
FIg. 436 - Exploded view of liN shaH and hydraulic contro/llnkage assemblies used on •• rly models PLUNGER. Following procedure is
with Load Monitor and a" "'1 0" series tractors. Also r.'.r to Fig. 429. typical of all models. With lift shaft and
I. Lift ann, L.H. ram arm removed as outlined in para-
2. Lift ann, R.H. 82. Override valve graph 377, proceed as follows:
3. Dust seal
4. Bushings
13. Nut
14. Spring retainer 23. Clevis
,.,."".,
33. Plunger Unscrew yoke (I-Fig. 415) from
5. Lift shaft 15. Tension spring 24 . Turnbuckle 34. Plu~r guide outer end of plunger. Loosen set screw
6. Pivot shaft 16. Lift arm, L.A. 25. Spa.cer 85. Retaming ring
7. Seal 17. Locks 26. Snap ring 36. Override valve spool (3) and unscrew control spring retainer
8. Selector linkage assy. 18. Retainer .....ashers 27. Control \ever shaft 37. Spring nut (4). Remove flat washer (5) and main
9. Roller 19. Retaining pins 28. Selector control rod 38. Selector ann
10. Link 20. Ram arm &; roller 39. ~ bracket control spring (6). On tractors without
11. Retaining rillfl: 21. Connecting rod 29. Spring 40. Lift ann return
22. Control vah'e SO. Connector Load Monitor, remove filler plug (10)
12. Draft control aIljUlt-
ment screw actuating lever 31. Snap ring 41. Cspring from top of cover and drive the roll pin
(41) from lower side of cover, then push
main draft control plunger (8) inward
new springs if cracked or distorted or if nally) pivot shaft (6), then disengage link and remove it from lift cover.
free length is less than that of new (10) and lift out selector linkage Install a new seal (2) on yoke, lubricate
springs. assembly (8). Draft control adjustment all parts with grease and reassemble by
Reassemble and reinstall control screw (12) can now be removed by reversing disassembly procedure. Ad-
linkage by reversing disassembly and re- sliding it out of draft control plunger. just yoke and spring retainer as outlined
moval procedures. Adjust linkage as Carefully inspect all parts and renew in appropriate paragraph.
outlined in paragraphs 294, 295 and 296 any that are bent or excessively worn.
or paragraphs 310 through 314 . Renew any springs that show signs of MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
376. ALL MODELS WITH LOAD fracture or distortion and do not have a On all models, the main hydraulic
MONITOR AND "10" SERIES WITH- free length equal to that of new springs. pump is mounted on the lower, right
OUT LOAD MONITOR. To overhaul lift Reassemble and reinstall control link- side of the rear axle center housing. An
control linkage, lift shaft and cover, pro- age by reversing disassembly and idler gear is used to transmit power
ceed as follows: removal procedure. Adjust linkage as from the drive gear located on the in-
Remove control lever retaining nut, outlined in appropriate paragraphs. dependent pto drive clutch hub to the
then remove spring washer, flat washer, 377. LIFT SHAFT. With control hydraulic pump drive gear. Some "10"
friction disc and control lever from con- linkage removed as outlined in para- series tractors may be equipped with an
trol lever shaft (27 - Fig. 436). Discon- graph 375 or 376, use Figs. 435 and 436 optional auxiliary pump as noted in
nect system selector lever clevis (exter- as a reference and remove lift shaft and following section. Refer to paragraph
na1) from selector actuator arm, remove ram arm as follows: 293 for main pump pressure testing pro-
selector actuator arm anchor nut and Adequately support lift cover. cedures.
remove actuator arm. Unbolt quadrant Straighten locking tabs on retainers (50
and slide quadrant from control lever or 17) and remove cap screws, retainers Models 5000·5600·6600·6700·
shaft. Remove tension spring (15), then and flat washers (49 or 18), then remove 7000·7600·7700
disconnect contr ol rod and roller lift arms from lift shaft (47 or 5). Bump
assembly (28) from selector arm (38). lift shaft either way out of cover and 379. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
Disconnect control valve clevis (23) from ram arm (48 or 20). Bushings (46 or 4) To remove hydraulic pump assembly,
control valve actuating lever (22) and will be driven from side of cover that lift first drain rear axle center housing. On
pull turnbuckle (24) from control valve. shaft is removed from . Remove ram 6700 and 7700 models and models
Remove snap ring from pin of control arm. Use a suitable driver or lift shaft to equipped with a Ford cab, disconnect
lever shaft (27) and remove control valve remove the two bushings remaining in brake control rods. On all other models,
actuating lever (22). Disconnect control cover. remove step plate (foot rest) from right
rod and roller assembly from control Renew parts as necessary and reas- side of tractor. Remove cap screws and
valve actuating lever by compressing semble as follows: Install two shaft lockwashers that retain pump, lift pump
spring (29) and removing retaining ring bushings in one side of cover so outer slightly away from rear axle center
(31). Remove nut (13) from draft control bushing is flush with cover. Hold ram housing and disconnect flexible
adjustment screw (12), remove (exter- arm in position and insert shaft through hydraulic pressure hose from pump.
163
Paragraph 380 FORD
Carefully clean and inspect all parts.
Renew pump body if scored or if gear
track is worn more than 0.0025 inch •
(0.064 mm) deep in inlet side of body. ,
The maximum ronout across gear face
Fig. 437 - View 01 gear type to tooth edge (measured at 90 degrees to
hydraulic pump typ ical 01
that used In Mod.' 5000 and
gear center line) should not exceed 0.001
7000 tractors. Pump Is inch (0.254 mm) and bearing journal
driven f,om pro cl utch hub diameter on either side of each gear
thloug" an Idl e r gear should be within 0.001 inch (0.0254 mm)
mounted on transmission
ou t p u t sha lt b.,,/n g
of the other sid~. If necessary to renew a
,. t. /ner. pump gear, mating gear must also be re·
newed if face width of new"gear is more
than 0.002 inch (0.0508 mm) wider than
mating gear. Light score marks on gear
HYDRAULIC ~~r~);..._ _ _....J bearing faces can be removed with "0"
DRIVEN L---PlIMP INLET grade emery paper on a flat (lapping)
plate. Remove light score marks on gear
The pump, intake tube and strainer can journals with "0' grade emery paper.
then be withdrawn from rear axle center
housing. Unbolt and remove intake pipe
4\:~~~~1~52
from pump assembly. Refer to para·
graph 380 for pump overhaul.
To reinstall pump, fIrst install suction 41
tube with new "0' ring between tube 39 40 : \4\3\
t~~~--I
flange and pump body. Install a new "0'
ring in pressure port recess in rear axle
center housing and place new mounting
gasket on pump. Insert suction tube and
screen through opening in rear axle
center housing and reconnect indepen·
dent pto pressure hose. Move pump into
mounting position, install retaining cap
t---
~,rln~
. ,\\ 9 10 \ ~@ 11
I
J'
screws and lockwashers and tighten cap
screws to a torque of 35-47 ft.-Ibs. (48-64 ~/ { 4 5 ~O;;,.- ' ~ 12 13
N·m). Reinstall right step plate or con·
nect brake control rods and refIll axle ~((\~~"f'\16 37 3t8"J,
\'@ . J:~ . 14
center housing with proper fluid; refer ' " l'" 33 34 35 ~~ () /""
to paragraph 286. 30 31 32 or-- 1"
380. OVE RHAUL P UMP. With hy- ~Q~~ ~ 29 16 15
draulic pump removed as outlined in
paragraph 379, proceed as follows: Re- Il2P2~ 27 28 18 ~ ,1"
move relief valve by unscrewing valve
body (2 or 30 - Fig. 438). Disassemble 23
24
20 1QO\.iU _------.
1)~ ~
valve by unscrewing valve seat (9 or 37)
and removing valve parts. Be careful not
to lose any shims (4, 7 or 32).
Straighten locking tab on washer (24),
then remove nut (23), washer, driving .~
~
gear (25) and Woodruff key (41) from
pump drive gear (42). Remove pump
through·bolts and note location of the
two bolts which act as dowel bolts and
have t he letter un" stamped on head.
Separate rear (small) pump body (52)
from rear cover plate (46) and remove Fig. 438-Exploded ~/ew of hydraulic pump assembly. Pumps produced prior to 4-68 used a relle'
gear bearing (49), pump drive gear (50) valve comprised of Items (2 through 10). Pumps produc ed 4-68 and later used a relief ~a' ~e comprised
and driven gear (51). Remove rear pump of Items (30 through 38). Both relief ~al ~es can be disa ssembled by unscrewing ~alve seat (9 or 37).
drive gear connector (43) and seal ring(s)
2. Valve body
(47 or 48) from rear cover and separate 3. Seal ring 16. Retaining ring 27. Seal 40. Driven gear
rear cover and front cover (29) from 4. Shims 17. Retaining ring 28. Seal washer 41. Woodruff key
5. Spring 18. Thrust washer 29. Front cover 42. Drive gear
pump body (11). Carefully remove drive 6. Spring seat 19. Idler gear 30. Valve body 43. Pta pump coupling
gear (42), driven gear (40) and bearings 7. Shims 20. Retaining ring 31. Seal ring 44. Bearing assy.
8. Relief valve 21. Screen & pipe 32. Shims 45. Seal ring
(39 and 44) from pump body as an 9. Valve seat (5000) 33. Sp.m, 46. Rear cover
assembly as shown in Fig. 444. Remove 10. "0" ring 22. Screen & pipe 34. Relief valve 47. Seal rings Oate)
11. Pump body (7000) 35. Seal 48. Seal ring (early)
seal rings (45-Fig. 438) from pump 12. Seal 23. Nut 36. Relief valve 49. Bearing
13. "0" ring 24. Tab washer 37. Valve seat SO. Drive gear
covers. Separate gear bearings and 14. Gasket 25. Drive ~ear 38. "O~ ring 51. Driven gear
pump gears. 15. "0" ring 26. Snap nng 39. Bearing assy. 52. Rear pump body
164
SHOP MANUAL Paragraph 381
Fig. 439-Explod.d
hydrlu"c pump usMl on
",'.w of
165
Paragraphs 382·383 FORD
Fig. 447-E.p1oded r1ew of
'"n,m/as/on mounted hy·
draullc pump used on
Mod.'. 5610. 6810, 6710,
7610 end 1710.
1. Cap ecrew
2. Loekwasher
3. Rear cover plate
4. Outer sealing ring
5. Pressure kJeding ring
6. Bearing &Ny.
.
..
, v
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Rear pump driven gear
Rear pump drive gear
Rear pump body
Fitting
Tube
12. Washer
18, Seal
14. Outer sealing ring
15. Preuure loading ring
1G. Be&ring auy.
17. Seal
18. Washer
19. Ring
20. Housing
2 1. Seal
22. Inlet tube
23. s..J
24. Rear pres:IW"e wbe
25. Seal
FIg. 445 -Asaembflng pump g •• ,. end b •• rlngs. 26. Preuure tube washer
27. Front pressure tube
28. Seal
29. Strainer
30. Adapter
31. Filter
32. Relief valve
33. "0. ring
340. "()" ring
35. "0. ring
... s..J
' 7. Plug
88. Clip
39. Connector Bhatt
40. Front pump driven gear
41. Front pump drive gear
42. Woodruff key
43. "O~ ring 48. Pressure loading ring
EARLY LATE « . Fitting 49. Outer sealing ring
53. Through-boll
54. s..J
45. Elbow (without fwd)
FIg. 448-E8"1 production pump re., eo~.r
(,"-FIg. 438) hIlS" s/ng/. seeling ring groove.
46. Fitting (with fwd)
47. Bearing aMy.
60.
6 1.
52.
Ring dowel
Front end plate
Lockwasher
55. Driven gear
56. Tab washer
57. Nut
Lat. production co ..., has groo.,•• for two s8,,1·
Ing rings for Improrttd ••• lIng to t •• r pump
body. -D- Indicate. dowel bolt location.
NOTE: Obsorvo positioning of bearing procedure. Install bearings (6, 16 and
....mbly (6,16 and 47). If bearing ass.m- 47) so notches in bearing face are
biles Ire to be reused, they must be In- towards gears and relieved area on out-
Models 5610, 6610 and 7610 with cab stilled In their orlglnl' positions. side of bearing is toward outlet side of
and Models 6710 and 7710, disconnect Remove through-bolts (53), then com- body. Pack high temperature grease be-
brake control rods. Detach brake levers plete disassembly of components with tween lips of shaft seal (54). Tighten
from pull rods. Disconnect all fluid feed reference to Fig. 447. Remove strainer through-bolts (53) and cap screws (I) to
lines from hydraulic pump and position (29) and relief valve (32). 35-40 ft.-lbs. (48-54 Nom).
lines clear of pump. Remove cap screws Carefully clean and inspect all parts. Install new washer (56) and bend tang
securing hydraulic pump to center hous- Renew pump body (9) and/or housing of washer against gear retaining nut (57)
ing, then withdraw pump. (20) if scored or if gear track is worn after tightening nut.
Reverse removal procedure to install more than 0.004-inch (0.102 mm) deep NOTE: Prior to InstaUatlon, primo pump
pump. New sealing rings should be in- on inlet side of body. Maximum runout through suction port and rotate gears by
stalled on hydraulic lines. Tighten bolts across gear face to tooth edge (meas- hand.
retaining pump to 54 ft.-Ibs. (73 N -m) ured at 90 degrees to gear centerline)
torque. Restore hydraulic fluid to should not exceed 0.001 inch (0.0254 AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC PUMP
specified level. mm) and bearing journal on either side
of each gear should be within 0.0005 Models So Equipped
382. OVERHA UL PUMP _ With inch (0.0127 mm) of the other side. Some "10" series tractors may be
hydraulic pump removed as outlined in There must be no more than 0.0002 inch equipped with an optional gear-type
paragraph 381, proceed as follows with (0.005 mm) difference in widths of drive auxiliary pump mounted at rear, left
reference to Fig. 447. gear and driven gear. Light score marks side of engine. Drive is taken from a
Remove fIlter (31). Straighten locking on gear bearing faces can be removed gear mounted on rear of engine cam-
tab on washer (56), then remove nut with "0" grade emery paper on a flat shaft. The auxiliary pump is used to sup-
(57), washer (56), driven gear (55) and Oapping} plate. Remove light score plement the main pump in supplying
Woodruff key (42) from pump drive gear marks on gear journals with "0" grade pressurized hydraulic oil to operate the
(41). Remove cap screws (1) securing emery paper. remote valve circuit simultaneously with
rear cover plate (3). Separate rear cover Thoroughly clean parts and allow to the power lift circuit. Refer to para-
plate (3) from rear pump body (9) and air dry. Renew all seals and "0" rings for graph 293 for auxiliary pump pressure
remove bearing assembly (6), rear pump reassembly. Lubricate all components testing procedures.
driven gear (7), rear pump'drive gear (8) with hydraulic fluid prior to assembly. 383. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
and connector shaft (39). Reassemble by reversing disassembly Gear pump is mounted on rear, left side
166
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 384·387
I. Clip
2. Plug
3. "0. ring
4. Nut
pump.
387. OVERHAUL VALVE. Note and
remove "0" rings located in bottom-side
counterbores. Remove check valve stop
(3 - Fig. 449) and withdraw spring (4)
and check ball (5). Unscrew hex head reo
tainer located at front end of flow con·
6. Tab washer
6. c.v trol valve (2), then withdraw spring (1).
7. SW
8. Housing
Unscrew plug located at rear of flow
9. Seal ring control valve bore. Using care, push
10. Seal ring flow control valve out front of bore. Un·
11. Bearings
12. Stutfer strip screw plug located at front end of unload
13. Driven gear valve (11), then withdraw spring (14).
14. Drive gear
15. Bearings Stand valve assembly on end to allow
16. Body
17. Dowels unload valve (11) to slide from bore or as
18. Cover needed, use a pair of needle nose pliers
19. Filter
20. Adapter to withdraw valve. Unscrew hex head
21. Bushing retainer located at front end of combin·
22. Washer
23. Idler shaft ing (sequencing) valve (12), then with-
24.
25.
Idler gear
Washer
draw spring (13) and valve (12). As
26. Bushing equipped, unscrew plug located at front
27. "O~ ring end of auxiliary pump circuit check valve
28. Plug
29. Snap ring bore, then remove plug located at rear
30. Pressure tube of bore. Extract stop (7), spring (8) and
31. Inlet tube
check ball (9).
of engine and is driven by a gear at· marks on gear bearing faces can be Clean all parts in a suitable cleaning
tached to rear end of engine camshaft. removed with "0" grade emery paper solvent and blow dry with clean com·
To remove pump, thoroughly clean on a flat (lapping) plate. Remove light pressed air. Place components on a
area around pump and hydraulic lines. score marks on gear journals with "0" clean, lint-free cloth. Inspect valves fo r
Disconnect pump outlet tube, unbolt and grade emery paper. scoring, burrs, freedom of movement in
lift off pump and pull pump inlet tube Thoroughly clean parts and allow to bore, excessive wear or any other
from pump. Plug hydraulic line open- air dry. Lubricate components with damage. Inspect check balls for corro-
ings. hydraulic fluid prior to assembly. Reas- sion t excessive wear or any other
Reverse removal procedure to install semble by reversing disassembly pro- damage. Inspect springs for cracks,
~ pump. New "0" rings should be installed cedure. Install bearings (11 and 15) so weakness distortions or any other
t
, on hydraulic lines. Tighten pump retain- notches in bearing face are towards damage. Examine valve housing for
ing bolts to 30 fUbs . (41 N' m) torque_ gears and relieved area on outside of cracks or restricted passages and bores
bearing is toward outlet side of body. for scoring or excessive wear. Renew
384. OVERHAUL PUMP. Prior to Pack high temperature grease between parts as needed.
pump disassembly, mark drive housing lips of shaft seal (7). Tighten through· Reassemble in reverse order of disas·
(8-Fig. 448), body (16) and cover (18) so bolts to 37 ft.·lbs. (50 N ' m). sembly. Renew all "0" rings. Lubricate
they may be reassembled in original valve components with hydraulic oil
positions. Unscrew filter then remove PRIORITY VALVE prior to reassembly. Securely tighten
wire retainer (1) and plug (2). Unscrew
gear nut (4) and remove tab washer (5). Models WIth Auxiliary
Remove four through-bolts and using a Hydraulic Pump 6
soft mallet separate housing, body and 3 4 5
cover . Tap on end of drive gear (14) to
release taper from gear (6). Note posi·
tions of bearings and gears before re-
moving from body. Remove snap ring
385. OPERATING PRINCIPLES.
Priority valve (P - Fig. 424A) is
mounted on top of the hydraulic lift
cover. The priority valve regulates oil
2 "'J/ •
(29), plug (28) and "0" ring (27). If plug flow in the remote control valve cir cuit
will not dislodge easily, compressed air and combines auxiliary pump oil flow
may be directed behind plug through with main pump oil flow to maintain a 8
bleed hole in pump mounting surface. constant pressure in the main hydraulic
Remove idler gear shaft (23), idler gear system. A pressure relief valve incor-
~
(24) and washers. porated in the combining valve opens at 9
Carefully clean and inspect all parts. 2700-2750 psi (18.63-18.97 MPa) to pro-
Renew pump body if scored or if gear tect auxiliary pump and remote valve
track is worn more than 0.004-inch circuit.
(0.102 mm) deep on inlet side of body. 14 13 12 11 10
Maximum runout across gear face to 386. R&R PRIORITY VALVE. Dis-
Fig. 449- VI.w showing priority ...., ..... sumbly
tooth edge (measured at 90 degrees to connect oil lines from connections on us.d on Mod./s 5610, 6610, 6710, 7610 .nd 7710.
gear centerline) should not exceed 0.001 valve and plug or cap openings to pre-
inch (0.0254 mm) and bearing journal on vent contaimination. Remove mounting I. now control. valve
,pring 9. Check valve ball
either side of each gear should be within cap screws and withdraw valve assem- 2. now control valve 10. Pilot line connection
3. Check valve sW{J 11. Unload valve
0.0005 inch (0.0127 mm) of the other bly from lift cover. 4. Check valve spnng 12. Combining (sequenc-
side. There must be no more than 0.0002 Reinstall valve assembly in reverse 5. Check valve ball ing) valve
6. Housing 13. Combining (sequenc-
inch (0.005 mm) difference in widths of order of removal. Tighten securing cap 7. Check valve s~ ing) valve spring
drive gear and driven gear. Light score screws to 60 ft.-lbs. (82 N ' m) torque. 8. Check valve spnng 14. Unload valve spring
167
Paragraphs 388-389 FORD
CHIC!( YAl V I DlAClIVATO R end of Its stroke because the tractor 11ft
cylinder will reach the end 0' Its stroke
first and In doing so, will contact the stop
pin causing the control valve spool to
Fig, 4S0 - Remot. cylinder
o"."Uon c.n h se/ecred by return to neutral and stop 011 flow.
rot.tfng cylinder rod clevis
to the positions shown. Also
To correct this out-of-phase condition,
ref., to t •• t proceed as follows: Push the auxiliary
service control valve fully inward and
move the hydraulic lift control lever to
bottom of quadrant. When lift links are
fully lowered, pull auxiliary service con-
trol valve fully out and move lift control
lever to top of quadrant. When the Load
Fig. 45f - Exploded .,Iew of Monitor remote cylinder reaches the end
~~
123 4 32 LOld Monitor remote control
cylinder. Not. check 'til l.,,,
of its stroke, the lift arms should stop
moving a moment later when tractor lift
2322~(
(17).
5 cylinder reaches the end of its stroke.
~1dF~1 7 M~k
7. '"0" ring The cylinders should now be in phase
8. Back.up ring (synchronized).
9. "V" block seal
10. Wiper
i~ 78 1'~9~ O ~
II. Clevis pin 388. OVERHAUL RE MOTE CYL-
12. Rod clevis
21 18 18. Spring pin INDER_ With cylinder removed, re-
I{ ~[~' II 14. Clevis key
15. Cylinder rod
16. "0" ring
move hoses if necessary, then move pis-
ton back and forth to clear cylinder of
~ 12 17. Check (poppet) valve
oil. Remove nuts from tie-rods (6- Fig.
14 ~
- ', - 13 18. Pisoon
19. Check valve seat 451), then pull piston, piston rod and
20. Washer
1. Cylinder devil 4. Cylinder barrel 21. Back-up rings gland (5) from barrel (tube). Pull cyl-
2. Back-up ring s . Cylinde,gl""" 22. "0" ring inder clevis (1) from opposite end of bar-
3. "0" ring 6. Tie rods (4) 28. Nut
rel. Remove nut (23) from cylinder rod
hex head retainers and plugs. Position ings are 180 degrees apart. See Fig. (15) and remove washer (20), piston (18)
"0" rings in counterbores of valve 450. and gland (5) from cylinder rod. If neces-
bottom-side using petroleum jelly or a When set for Load Monitor operation, sary, cylinder rod clevis (12) can be re-
suitable equivalent_ the check valve unseats when cylinder moved from cylinder rod after removing ~
reaches end of stroke and diverts oil bolt and key (14). "0" ring (7) and back- ~
flow to the tractor lift cylinder to obtain up ring (8) can be removed from gland
LOAD MONITOR REMOTE full lift of lift links. after removal of wiper seal (10) and "V"
To connect Load Monitor remote cyl- block seal (9). Check (poppet) valve (17)
CYLINDER inder , attach piston end hose to auxiliary and valve seat (19) can be removed from
service (lift) port and rod end hose to re- piston if necessary.
A special Load Monitor remote cylin- turn (drop) port. Mount cylinder on im- Clean and inspect all parts. Renew any
der is available for use in conjunction plement the same as any standard 8-inch which are scored or excessively worn.
with the Load Monitor hydraulic sys- (20.3 cm) stroke cylinder . Pull auxiliary Use new "0" rings, back-up rings and
tem. This cylinder can also be used as a service control valve to its fully out posi- seals and reassemble by reversing the
standard 8-inch (20.3 cm) stroke cylinder tion to pressurize auxiliary service port. disassembly procedure. Be sure check
and cylinder function can be selected by valve is centered in check valve deac-
rotating cylinder clevis so a rrow on NOTE: If the Load Monitor remota cylln- tivator area when arrow on cylinder rod
clevis aligns with either the LM (Load dor 10 hooked up whan tho mlln hydraulic clevis (12) is aligned with the STD arrow
Monitor) arrow on gland (cylinder) or system 11ft arm. are partially railed, tho on gland (5). Install wiper seal (10) with
the STD (Standard) arrow. These mark- remote cylinder will be unable to reach lip toward outside.
168
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 390·392
Fig. 4S2-E.plodfld view ot Remove control levers by removing
sing'. spool ,emote control clevis pins retaining levers to valve
".I"e wUhout spool detent
mechen/sm. spools, then pull levers from pivot pins
in adjusting screws (I4-Fig. 452 or
1. Snap ring
2. Plug 453). Remove snap rings (1) that retain
3. Saew centering spring caps (2), then push or
4. Washer
5. Spring cupe tap on rear Oever) end of valve spools to
6. centering spring remove spools (7), centering spring (6)
7. Valve spool
8. Seal retainer assemblies and caps from front end of
9. "()~ ring valve body.
10. Port plug&
II . Seal .
12. Con~er NOTE : On double spool control valves,
13. "O~ rilig be sure to tag valve spools as they are
14. Pivot screw
15. Switch valve removed as each valve Is a select tit and
16. Retainer plate not Interchangeable.
17. "O~ ring
18. Valve body
19. Plug
Remove screws (3) from ends of valve
2Q. Check valve plug spools to remove centering springs (6),
21. "O~ ring
22. "O~ ring spring cups (5) and washers (4). Using a
23. Spring slide hammer with small internal pulling
24. Check valve ball
attachment (Nuday tool 7600-E or
Fig. 453-Exploded "'ew of equivalent), remove seal retainers (8)
two .pool remote control from valve bores. Remove the "0" rings
..e/... without spool detent (9 and 13) from valve spool bores .
mechenl.m, Ve/ ..e .pools (7) Thoroughly clean and inspect all
er. not shown r.mored;
r.fer to (7 - Fig. 452)., parts. If control valve spools or bores
are seriously damaged or scored, the
9. "O~ rings complete valve assembly must be re-
10. Port plugs newed as spools and body are not
11. Seal rings
12. Long control lever available separately. Renew centering
12A. Short controlle1rer
14. Pivot &Crew springs, retainers or washers if cracked
lSA. By.pass valve or distorted. Centering spring free
16A, Plug
17. "0" ring length (new) is 1.103 inch (28.07 mm);
18. Valve body renew spring if free length varies
19. Plug
2Q. Check valve plug materially from this dimension.
21. "O~ ring To reassemble, proceed as fonows:
1. Snap rin~ 5. Spring cups 22. "O~ ring
2. Plugs 6. Centering springs 23. Spring Lubricate control valve spools and insert
3. Scre....., 7. Valve IJpools 1!4A. <.:hecit valve them into front (centering spring) end of
4. Washers 8. Seal retainers 25. Plug
valve body. Push spools rearward so
452 and 453. Either valve can be used One "0" ring (5-Fig. 455) is placed in rear ends are even with "0" ring groove
with single or double acting remote cyl- counterbore on lift cover and is omitted in valve body. Lubricate "0" rings (9-
inders. On si ngle spool valve, open (turn from counterbore in valve face (IB - Fig. 453) and using rear ends of valve
out) switch valve (I5 - Fig. 452) to oper- Fig. 454). Tighten retaining cap screws spools as "back stops," insert "0" rings
ate a single acting remote cylinder from to a torque of 40-45 ft.-Ibs. (54-61 N -m). in grooves in valve bores. Push spools on
"LIFT" port of valve. On double spool through "0" rings so they extend about
valve, back Allen head screw (I6A-Fig. 391. OVERHAUL VALVE ASSEM· 'I,-inch (1.9 cm) from rear of valve body.
453) out two or three turns to operate a BLY. With remote control valve assem- Lubricate front "0" rings and push them
single acting cylinder from the "No. 1 bly removed from tractor as outlined in into bore around front ends of valves,
LIFT" port. Valve levers must be held in paragraph 390, refer to the following then install retainers (8) using special
raising or lowering position as valve paragraphs for overhaul procedure: driver (Nuday tool N-651 or equivalent).
spools do not have detents. If valve is Reinstall centering springs and cups,
held open after cylinder reaches end of 392. CONTROL VALVE SPOOLS, flat washers, retaining screws, caps,
stroke, tractor hydraulic system relief CENTERING SPRINGS AND SEALS. snap rings and control valve levers.
valve will open at approximately 2500
psi (17.25 MPa).
169
Paragraphs 393·396 FORD
2\1~~
Fig. 451- Exploded r/.w 01
s/ngl• •pool femol. control 26A
11""8 with spool deten' (39)
V.,,,' 25
mechanism.
'I.'v.
spool (7)
Is not shown remolf,d trom 24 \ \ ~ I 30
J4~
t,
body; re',r to Fig. 457.
R.t., to Fig. 458 for I.t. pro-
ducrIon de.en. ,egula tlng
23 29
valve ."embly.
28A
llA .
13.
5:.
P Fig. "58-Exploded ,,'ew 01 I.te ploductlon d ..
14. ring t.nt regul.tlng ".'"e .ssembly lor ".Ives s hown
15. Check valve seat In FIgs. 456 .nd 457.
16. Knob
17. Float valve
18. "O~ ring 23. "0" ring 27. Spring
21. Seal rings 24. Valve body 2M. M iusting plug
22. Port plugs 25. Valve ball 29. "0" ring
23. "0" nng 2tiA. Spring retainer 30. Plug
24. Valve body
25. Valve ball
~.252&212121.
~"'i"~
2ti. Ball seat spool valve or check valve poppet (24A-
~: ="pI""
29. "0" ring -
Fig. 453) on double spool valve, unscrew
plug (20) and remove spring (23) and baU
1. Snap ring 6. Spring <Up 30. Plug
2. Plug 7. Valve spool 89. Spool detent or poppet. Remove sealing "0' rings (21
3. "O~ ring
4. Spring cup
8A. Plug
9A. ~Oft ring
40. Spring
41. Retainer
and 22) from plug. Renew baU or poppet
5. Centering spring 10. Check valve ball 42. Retaining ring valve if damaged in any way and renew
spring if free length is not equal to that
of new spring.
InstaU new "0' rings on check valve
,---:;P¥Al.,. .,.,.
: 23 24 2121 21
~ 9;i!
21 2131
Fig. 457- Ellplodfil vIew of
two .pool remote control
plug. Drop baU or poppet valve into
bore, insert spring, then lubricate "0'
--____ ---------------- -_.--__ A, ",.'.,.e ....mbly with .pool rings and screw plug into valve body.
22 f.i.'\ __ 31! detent (34 .nd 39)
~ 1Y OI!II 32 : mftChenism. R.f., to Fig. Tighten plug securely.
21 1Y~
458 101 .,.Iew 01 I.te produc-
20 11 33 i
Remote Control Valves With
---J~ ' ~
tion det.nt regul.tlng ".Ive
t,,J, 34! ..sembly. Spool Detents (Prior to 12-70)
~ !_ _ ~_;_ .J •
13.
14.
IS.
16.
PI""
Seal ring
Check valve !leal
Knob
396. Exploded views of single and
double spool remote control valves with
spool detents are shown in Fig. 456 and
If-~~-~·· ~31
17.
18.
Float valve
"0. rings
457. Either valve may be used to operate
31
19.
20.
S-pass valve single or double acting remote cylinders.
To operate single acting remote cylinder
I
, : \U"
'''rOf'" 1~
!: ii~'O
11
12
11
""
41
.1
42
21.
22.
23.
Z4.
25.
rings
Port plugs
-0" nng
Valve body
Valve ball
from single spool valve or from top spool
of double spool valve, turn knob (16)
counterclockwise until switch valve (17)
L.':-.-:::::::::::.-.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::--1 26.
27.
Ball seat
Spring is screwed out against stop pin. To oper-
: 28. Mjusting plug ate single acting remote cylinder from
~~dm~,~_..J
29. "0" ring lower spool of double spool valve, screw
30. Plug
31. Plug
32. "O~ ring
Allen head screw (20) counterclockwise
1 33. "0" ring until against stop pin which will allow
34. Detent piston switch valve (19) to lift from seat. Unless
35. Long valve lever
36. Short valve lever float action is desired, switch valve (17
1. Snap rings 7. Valve spools 37. -O~ rings or 19) must be closed to operate a double
2. Plugs 8. Plug 38. Pivot screws
3. "fY'ringI 9. "0" ring 39. Detent piswn acting remote cylinder. Detent pistons
4 . Spring cup. 10. Springs 40. Spring hold control valve spools in raising or
5. Centering springs 11. Check valve balls 41. Retainer
6. Spring cupe 12. Check valve &eat 42. Retaining ring lowering position until remote cylinder
reaches end of stroke; then, increase in
hydraulic pressure will open detent
regulating valve and pressurized
393. SINGLE SPOOL SWITCH 394. DOUBLE SPOOL SWITCH hydraulic fluid will lift detent pistons
VALVE. Loosen locknut on lever ad- VALVE. Using an Allen wrench, re- away from spools aUowing spool center-
justing screw (14 - Fig. 452) and swing move set screw (16A-Fig. 453). Then, ing spring to return spools to neutral
retainer (16) out of way. Then, using an using needle nose pliers. puU valve (15A) position. Control levers can be returned
Allen wrench, unscrew switch valve (15) from valve body; remove and discard to neutral position manually before
from valve body. Remove and discard "0' ring (17). Renew valve if pitted or remote cylinder reaches end of stroke,
"0' ring (17). Renew switch valve if ex- distorted. InstaU new "0' ring in groove or can be held in raising or lowering
cessively pitted or distorted. Install and on valve, lubricate valve and "0" ring position after detent release pressure is
lubricate new "0' ring, then screw valve and push into place in valve body. Rein- reached. Remote control cylinder and
into valve body. Move retainer into posi- stall AUen head plug. valve are protected by the 2500 psi
tion and tighten adjusting screw locknut (17.25 MPa) tractor hydraulic system
while holding adjusting screw square 395. CHECK VALVE. To remove relief valve when control valve levers
with control lever. check valve baU (24 - Fig. 452) on single are manuaUy held in raising or lowering
170
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 397·405
position or if detent regulati?g valve is available separately. Renew centering 402. SWITCH (FLOAT) VALVES .
adjusted to pressure exceeding that of springs, retainers (spring seats) or b?re Refer to Fig. 456 for single spool valve
relief valve. caps if cracked or distorted. Cente~mg and to Fig. 457 for double spool valve.
spring free length (new) IS 1.103 mch To remove switch valve (17) on smgle
397. ADJUST DETENT REGULAT- (28.07 mm); renew sprin~ if free length
ING VALVE. Detent regulating valve spool valve or for top spool for double
varies materially from thIS dunensIOn. spool valve, drive retaining roll pin from
should be adjusted to release spool de- To reassemble, proceed as follows: valve body and turn knob (16) to un·
tent pistons at a pressure slightly higher Place rear spring seat (6) on valve screw valve completely. Remove "0"
than that of normal cylinder operating spools slide centering spring over end ring (18) from valve stem.
pressure. When so adjusted, cOfolt:rol of s~1 and compress spring far enough To remove switch valve (19) for lower
valve will be returned to neutral position to install front spring seat (4); then,
without an excessive pressure buildup
spool of double spool valve, drive retain·
release spring. Lubricate valve spools ing roll pin from valve body and unscr.ew
when remote cylinder reaches end of and insert them into valve bores from plug (20) with Allen wrench. Then, usmg
stroke. front end of valve body. Hold spools so needle nose pliers, pull valve from valve
To adjust detent regulating valve, rear (lever) ends are even with the 110" body and remove "0" ring from valve
refer to Fig. 457 for double spool valve ring grooves in valve bores, then stem.
or to Fig. 456 for si ngle spool valve and lubricate and install "0" rings. Push Install new sealing "0" ring on valve
proceed as follows: Remove regulating valves on through "0" rings until spring stem, lubricate "0" ring and push or
valve plug (30), then using an Allen seats contact shoulders in valve bores.
wrench turn socket head adjusting thread valve stem into valve body. In·
Install new "0' rings on bore plugs, then stall plug to retain switch valve for
screw (28) into valve body (24) to in· install plugs and retaining snap. rings.
crease detent release pressure or out to
lower spool in double spool valve assem-
Lubricate and install detent pistons, bly. Install retaining roll pins in control
decrease release pressure. Reinstall springs and spring retaining plug .with valve body.
plug with new sealing "0" ring (29) after new "0" ring or retainer and retall'~mg
completing the required adjustment. ring. Reinstall control levers on pivot
Late style detent regulating valve 403. CHECK VALVES AND
pins and connect to valve spools Wlth SEATS. On single spool valve assembly,
assembly is shown in Fig. 458. clevis pins and cotter pms. refer to Fig. 456 and remove spring
398. REMOVE AND REINSTALL. guide plug (8A), spring (11A) and check
To remove and reinstall remote control 401. DETENT REGULATING valve ball (10). Using a wire hook or
valve with spool detents, refer to para· VALVE. Refer to Fig. 456 for single other suitable tool, extract valve seat
graph 390 which outlines procedure for spool valve and to Fig. 457 for double (15).
removing and reinstallIng Similar spool control valve. Then, proceed as On double spool valve assembly, refer
remote control valve without spool follows: to Fig. 457 and remove plug (8), sprmg
detents. Unscrew regulating valve plug (30) (10), check valve ball (11) and using a
and remove plug and "0" ring (29). In· wire hook or other suitable tool, remove
399. OVERHAUL. First, remove reo sert an Allen wrench in socket head plug seat (12). Then remove second spring
mote control valve from tractor as out- (28) and withdraw valve :,"sembly from and check valve ball and extract inner
lined in paragraph 390, then proceed as bore in valve body by prymg and pullIng seat (15) with suitable tool.
outlined in following paragraphs 400 on wrench. If valve body (24) is stuck Renew check valve balls and seats if
through 403. tightly, unscrew plug, extract spring pitted, chipped or worn. ReneY' any
400. CO TROL VALVE SPOOLS, (27) and pull seat (24) from valve Wlth spring if cracked, distorted or if free
SPOOL CENTERING SPRINGS, hooked wire. Be careful not to lose valve length is less than that of new sprmg.
SPOOL DETENT PISTONS AND ball retainer (26) or valve ball (25). Reinstall by reversing removal pro·
SEALS. Refer to exploded view of dou· NOTE: Early production regulating cedure and using a new "0' ring (9) on
ble spool control valve in Fig. 457 and valve Is shown In Figs. 456 and 457. refer retaining plug (8 or 8A).
proceed as follows: to Fig. 458 tor exploded view of later pro-
Remove clevis pins retaining control duction regulating valve. Remote Control Valves, With
levers (35 and/or 36) to valve spools (7) Or Without Spool Detents
and remove levers from pivot pins in ad- Regulating valve spring fits inside ear· (12·70 And After)
justing screws (38). Remove detent plug Iy valve ball retainer and outside of later 404. Exploded views of single and
(31) and "0" ring (32) and/or retammg valve ball retainer and sprmg gwde double spool remote control valves with
ring (42) and retainer (41), then Wlth- (26A). Later ad,;'Jsting plug (28A) also spool detents are shown in Figs. 459 and
draw detent spring (33 and/or 40) and has a spring guide and is used as serVIce 460. Except for detent assemblies (items
piston (34 and/or 39). Remove snap rmgs replacement for earlier plug (28- Fig. 24 through 28), remote control valves
(1) from front end of valve bores and tap 456 and 457). are the same. Either control valve can
or push valve spools forward out of Inspeet all parts and renew any that be used to operate single or double act·
valve body' bore plugs (2) will be pushed are worn or damaged. If necessary to ing cylinders. Refer to Fig. 461 and
out by val~e spools. Remove "0" rings (3 renew valve seat (24), complete reg· Table A.
and 37) from bore plugs and from rear of u1ating valve assembly must be reo Disassembly of detent and non-detent
valve bores in body. Compress centenng newed. Install valve with new "0' ring valves will be the same except double
spring (5) and remove outer spring seats (23) and lubricate "0' ring before insert· spool valves have twice as many parts
(4), then release spring pressure and re- ing valve in bore. Refer to paragraph and non-detent valves do not include de·
move springs and inner sprmg seats (6)
397 for valve adjustment. Install tent assemblies.
from valve spools. regulating valve retaining plug with new
Thoroughly clean and inspect all "0" ring (29) when valve is correctly ad- 405. ADJUST DETENT REGULAT-
parts. If control valve spools or bores m justed. ING VALVE. Detent regulating valve
valve body are seriously damaged, com- NOTE: It will be necessary to temporarl· (29 - Figs. 459 and 460) should be ad·
plete valve assembly must be renewed Iy Install plug whllo chockIng dotont justed to release spool detent poppets at
as valve spools and body are not release pressure. a pressure slightly higher than that of
171
FORD
18 19 Refer to paragraph 406 to adjust linkage
"
during reinstallation on 6700 and 7700
Fig. 459- Exploded view of
models.
s/ng/. spool remote control
v,lve .tt.r production date 408. OVERHAUL. Remove remote
of 12·70. Va Iv. shown has control valve as outlined in paragraph
detent assembly (Items 24 328, then proceed as follows: Remove
through 2.). Non ·detant
v.'ves, except tor detent pin (bolt) securing handle to valve spool
, 24 and disengage handle from spool and
29 0 V1'>./ 25 .ssembly, remain the sam• .
\ a.tent u/"8 can ". made to handle pivot (22 - Fig. 459 or 460).
I I ""a....-26 funcrlon as • non-detenf Remove snap ring (28), spring retainer
;o?!'f',..,r ~ ~ ~ 2728 '1""8 by removing only d".
tent '1111.,8 spring (26).. (27), detent spring (26), poppet (25) and
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 C- detent ball (24).
NOTE: On double spool detent valYes,
1. P lug keep poppets Identified with their bores
2. Check valve plug 11. Washer 20. Valve spool 29. Detent regulating valve
3. ..., 12. Spring retainer 21. ~O" ring 30. Seal as poppets differ slightly In that one pop·
4. Spring 13. Centering spring 22. Handle pivot 31. Valve body
5. Check valve ball 14. Spring retainer 23 . ..., 82. Steel ball pet hes a small bleed hole.
S. ..., 15. "O~ ring 24. Detent ball 38. Spring retainer
7. Plug 16. Float valve stem 25. Poppet 84. Spring Remove retaining ring (8) and end cap
8. Retaining ring 17. Seal 26. Spnng 85. A~U8ting plug (9), then push on handle end of spool and
9. End cap 18. Spring pin 27. Spring retainer 86. "0 ring
10. Screw 19. Val\'e body 28. Snap ring 87. Plug remove spool and centering spring
assembly from front of valve body (19).
Remove screw (10), washer (ll), spring
retainer (12), center ing spring (13) and
Fig. 460- Explod.d vl.w of
doubl' spool remo te control
spring retainer (14) from spool. Remove
v.lv• • fter production date "0" rings (15 and 21). Remove plug (37)
of 12·70. Except for d,tent and "0" ring (36), pull regulating valve
assembly (Items 24 throuQh (29) from body, then remove adjusting
28), non-d.t.nt v.'v.s reo
m./n the s.m• • Th. Inbo.rd plug (35), regulating valve spring (34),
spool, without d.t.nts, Is spring retainer (33) and ball (32) from
.'w.ys doubl• • ctlng . nd regulating valve body (31). Remove seal
c.nnot b. conv.rt.d to (30) from valve body.
s/ngl. acting op.ra tlon.
R.i., to Fig. 459 for legend. Remove socket head plug (1), then
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 remove check valve plug (2) with seal (3),
-
Reinstall plug with new "0 " ring (36) Single-Spool Vllve. or
Outboard Spool of Inbolrd Spool of
after completing adjustment. """"'" Double-Spool Valve. Double-Spool Valve.
Va',.. Cylinder FIoot Bypa..
Apptleltlon(.) Valve Valve Ult Port Drop Port Ult Port Drop Port
406. ADJUST REMOTE CONTROL
VALVE LINKAGE (MODELS 6700 Single-Spool
One Doubfe-Actlng NIA Closed Lift Hose Drop Hose NIA NIA
AND 7700). Rotate turnbuckle on con- Withou t Deten ts
One Single-Acting NIA Ope. Lift Hose Plug NIA NIA
trol rod so with remote control valve
spool in neutral position there is 2'12-2 One Double-Acting NIA Closed Lift Hose Drop Hose NIA NIA
Slngl....Spooi
5/8 inches (63.5-66.5 mm) between rear With Detent.
OM Single-Ac ting NIA Ope. Lift Hose Plug NIA NIA
edge of control lever and rear of control
lever slot in console. On models Two Double-Acting NIA COo.'" Lift Hose Drop Hose UftHose Drop Hose
172
SHOP MANUAL Paragraphs 409·412
spring (4) and check valve ball (5) from CLOSED·CENTER REMOTE than that of normal cylinder operating
valve body. CONTROL VALVES pressure. When so adjusted, control
Drive out roll pin (18), then unscrew valve spool will be returned to neutral
float valve (16) and remove seal (17). Closed·center remote control valves position without an excessive pressure
Plug (7), seal (6), handle pivot (22) and are used on Models 5610, 6610, 6710, buildup when remote cylinder reaches
seal (23) can be removed, if necessary. 7610 and 7710. Valves are available in end of stroke.
Thoroughly clean and inspect all options of single or double spool and To adjust, loosen locknut and turn ad-
parts. If control valve spools or spool may be installed in combinations of one, justing screw in to increase pressure or
bores in valve body are excessively two, three or four spools. Double spool out to decrease pressure required to
scored or worn, the complete valve valves contain twice as many com- return control valve spool to neutral.
assembly must be renewed as valve ponents as a single spool valve and in ad-
spools and body are not available sepa- dition use a shuttle check valve located 411. REMOVE AND RE INSTALL.
rately. Centering spring free length .is in the internal pilot line passage Clean area around remote control vaJve
2.022 inches (51.36 mm) for detent type connecting the two spools. A flow can· spool(s), then detach control linkage
control valves, or 2.157 inches (54.79 trol restrictor is used on each remote from valve spool(s). Tag and identify
mm) for non-detent type control valves. control valve spool and may be adjusted valve hoses, then remove hoses and cap
Renew centering springs if they differ to a minimum of 3 gpm flow and a maxi- valve body ports and hose openings. Re·
substantiaUy from given dimensions, or mum of 15 gpm flow. When flow control move cap screws securing remote con-
if they show signs of fractures or distor- restrictor is set to less than maximum trol valve and quick-release coupling
tion. Also inspect check valve spring (4) output, excess fluid flow from pump is assembly to mounting bracket, then
and regulator spring (34) for signs of returned to the sump by the combining withdraw assembly. Separate remote
fracture or distortion and renew as valve located in the priority valve control valve from quick·release coupl·
necessary. assembly. ing.
To reassemble, use all new 1'10" rings Closed-center valves may be used to To reinstall, reverse removal pro-
and seals, lubricate parts and reassem- operate either single or double acting cedure. Tighten securing cap screws to
ble by reversing the disassembly pro- cylinders. When used to operate single 41 ft.·lbs. (56 N·m) torque. Refer to
cedure. acting cylinders, a single hose is con- paragraph 409 for control valve linkage
nected to lift port of quick release coupl· adjustment.
ing. The cylinder is extended by moving
2 3 control lever to raise position and 412. OVERHAUL REMOTE CON·
retracted by moving lever to float posi· TROL VALVE. Remove cap screws reo
tion. taining detent housing (2 - Fig. 462) to
valve body (3), then withdraw detent
409. ADJUST REMOTE CONTROL housing. Extract valve spool and center-
VALVE LINKAGE . Loosen locknut ing spring (4) as an assembly from de-
securing trunnion and rotate trunnion tent housing end of valve body.
5 so with remote control vaJve spool in
NOTE: Slido valvo spool and contorlng
neutraJ position, there is a distance of
spring assembly slowly from bore without
1.5 inch (38.1 mm) from center of ac·
applying undue pressure as damage to
tuating rod attaching hole to valve body.
spool could result.
Control valve handle should be vertically
positioned (within 2 degrees) when valve
spool is in neutral position. Remove plug at end of flow control
4 spool bore and withdraw spring (1-
410. ADJUST DETENT REGULAT· Fig. 463) and spool (2). Unscrew flow
F ig. 462 - Vie w s howing detent ,egulatlng 'rely.
(' ), deten t housing (2).. Ve /Y8 body (3). spool and
ING VALVE . Detent regulating valve control knob (5- Fig. 462) retaining
cent. rlnf/ spring assembly (.f) end "ow control should be adjusted to release control screw, then remove knob . Remove cir-
knob (5) on c/osed·cent. r ,. mot. control .,.I"es. valve spool at a pressure slightly higher clip located behind flow control knob,
2 2 3 5 2
~, "
\
I 4
FIQ. 464- Retelner (1). shatt (2). sprlnQ (3). lo. d FIQ. "'55-Aft., remo vlnQ sKur/nQ clrcltp, ' X·
FIQ. 463 - View showlnQ flow control spool (2' check valve ("') and ruttlctor (5) ar. s.cured Into tf8ct shuttl. ch.ck v.'v. (2) by In"rtlnQ • suit·
and sprlnQ (1). R.f., to t.xt. position by • clrcllp loc.t.d b.hlnd flow control .bl,. tool (1) throuQh hal. In v.'v•• nd.
knob.
173
Paragraphs 413·415 FORD
2 2 3 4 5 6 1
~! /,
1
Fig. 466- VI.W' s howing shuW. check 'fa'.... se.t
14 13 12
'7 " ~ 11 - 10
Fig. 467 - View showing qulck-,.'eas e coupling assembly used on c losed-center ,emote control
9
(1) and b." (2) loc. t.d In '1.1.,. body sid, of dou- va/res.
bl•• pool '1. 1'1' ,.
I. Housing S. Ro!I pin 9. Clip
2. Clip 6. Washers 10. Body
then withdraw retainer (1- Fig. 464), 3. Check valve assy. 7. Ball bearings II. Lever asay. 13. Guide
4. Spring washer 8. SJeeye 12. Spring 14. Plunger
shaft (2), spring (3), load check valve (4)
and restrictor (5). Remove circlip retain-
ing shuttle check valve (2 - Fig. 465),
then insert a suitable tool (1) through
hole in valve end and extract check
valve.
CAB
Note that on double spool valves, two
shuttle check valves as shown in Fig. Models 5600-5610·6600·6610· and rear cab mounting bolts to 252-308
465 are used. A third shuttle check valve 7600·7610 ft.-Ibs. (343-419 N -m) torque. If loosen-
seat (1- Fig. 466) and ball (2) are located ed, tighten cab mounting pad-to-axle
in valve body side. 414. RE MOVE AND RE INSTALL_ housing bolts to 180-220 ft.-Ibs. (245-300
Separate removed components as Remove access panel in cab transmis- N-m) torque.
needed. sion tunnel. If so equipped, detach aux-
Thoroughly clean and inspect all iliary service control knob and remote
parts. If valve spools or spool bores in control valve levers. Remove hydraulic Models 6700-6710·7700·7710
valve body are excessively scored or lever control quadrant while noting two
worn, complete valve assembly must be rear bolts are dowel type. Remove 415. REMOVE AND REINSTALL.
renewed as valve spools and body are quadrant boot retainer and push boot Remove gear shift knobs, then lift floor
not available separately. Inspect springs down through opening. Move hydraulic mat to expose gearshift boot. Remove
for signs of fracture or distortion and control levers to vertical position . shift lever boot. As needed, detach Dual
renew as necessary. Renew all other Detach steering wheel. Remove trans- Power control link clevis from pedal,
parts as needed if excessive wear or mission gear shift knobs, boot and trans- then remove pedal. If so equipped,
other damage is noted. mission access panel. Remove steering remove transmission handbrake lever
To reassemble, renew all "0" rings and column access panel. Unscrew square assembly. Remove scuff plates, mat and
seals, lubricate parts and reassemble by head pinch bolt and remove throttle con- access panels in each door opening, to
reversing the disassembly procedure. trollever. Unscrew and remove steering uncover front cab mounting bolts.
Tighten detent housing retaining cap column boot retainer plate and boot. As On models equipped with air condi-
screws and centering spring retaining equipped, detach lower end of Dual tioning, disconnect quick-release con-
coupling to 5 ft.-Ibs. (7 N-m) torque. Power control rod from pivot assembly. nectors located above rear axle. Loosen
Tighten screw retaining flow control Disconnect main wiring harness connec- securing locknut and unscrew differen-
knob to 1.25 ft.-Ibs. (1.7 N-m). On dou- tor adjacent to steering gear. If so tial lock pedal. Unscrew pinch bolts at
ble spool valves, tighten shuttle valve equipped, remove transmission hand- gear lever pivots and extract main pivot
located in valve body side to 10 ft.-Ibs . brake lever assembly. pins, then withdraw levers. Disconnect
(14 N -m). On models equipped with air condi- main wiring harness connector adjacent
tioning, disconnect quick-release con- to steering gear and steering hoses at
413. OVERH AUL QU I C K RE - nectors located above rear axle. Discon- pipe fittings . Disconnect all cables,
LEASE COUPLING. Unscrew sleeve nect all cables, hoses, wires, rods and hoses, wiring, rods and tubing which will
(8-Fig. 467) from housing (1). Remove tubing which will interfere with separa- interfere with separation of cab from
roll pin (5) and washers (6) from handle tion of cab from tractor. Loosen secur- tractor. Attach lifting apparatus to cab,
shaft, then withdraw handle (11). Com- ing locknut and unscrew differential unscrew front and rear cab mounting
plete disassembly of components with lock pedal. Remove scuff plates, mat bolts and lift cab off tractor.
reference to Fig. 467. and access panels in each door opening, Reinstall in reverse order of removal.
Thoroughly clean components, then to uncover front cab mounting bolts. At- Tighten front cab mounting bolts to
inspect all components for excessive tach lifting apparatus to cab, unscrew 180-220 ft.-Ibs. (245-300 N-m) torque
wear or any other damage and renew as front and rear cab mounting bolts and and rear cab mounting bolts to 252-308
needed. Reassembly is reverse order of lift cab off tractor. ft.-Ibs. (343-419 N -m) torque. If loosen-
disassembly. Renew all "0" rings and Reinstall in reverse order of removal. ed, tighten cab mounting pad-to-axle
lubricate components during reassem- Tighten front cab mounting bolts to housing bolts to 180-220 ft.-Ibs. (245-300
bly. 180-220 ft.-Ibs. (245-300 N' m) torque N-m) torque.
174
L